SRIPATIPADDHATI

TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH WITH NOTES AND

A SAMPLE HOROSCOPE WORKED OUT

BY

Panditabhushana: V. SUBRAHlV1ANYA SASTRI, B.A.

Asst. Secretary to tlu Go'll. of lIfysore eRettn'd)

AND

Translator of BnhatJalaka, Jatakapanjata, Phulac1ccpika, elc.

-----
Revised and Enlapged.

(Copyright Reglstere(l)

PlaNTED 13Y
V. B. SOOI.l131AII AND SON:>, D'>.NGALORE
1937

[Price Rs. 2-12 ~O.

OO}J'ie::; of lhis uouh cwn 7w harZ 0./:-
Panditabhushana
V. SUBRAHMANYA SASTRI, B.A.
50, 3rd Cross Road,
Basavangudi P.O,
BANGALORE,
 PREFACE
'1'0 THE

FJRST EDITiON.

1'0 calculate correctly the strength of the several significator~

which IS very essential for it right understandIng and determination
of the e:rr:'I;:::l<r (Ayurdaya) and the ;::~T (Dasa) periods as laid down
by cr:cr<r'+fm-{ (Varahatmhira) in his ~l[:;orf(f'l'i (Brihat Jataka) and also
for ascertaining the G:"'(1T;r.l'{ (Oas3.kral11a' the sequence of the DJ.sas)
of the several sigmfic.ttors, correct Ide)s of Bhav!ls and tl'elr
Sphutas are neec'ed and to help the student in thIS direction I h:we
thought it desIrable to present him with an annotated English
translatIOn of the ~{fqRr il'':fu CSnpatipaddhati).

In Southern IndirL the \3'~;;~r (Ududasa) sy~te,n IS followed,

though It is not so much as even mentioned by i.:f~r::!'rr(r·n (Varaha.
mihira). But It does nol appcu to proceed on quite mtional11Of'<'.
Accordtng to this system, all creatures born on tbls earth under
dIfferent latitudes and meridtans are prec;umed to have the same
horoscopes provided the hirths occur at the same appucnt loc,d
time, and consequently to b" subject to the mme trend of fortnne
and destiny though experience shows that such a preSUTllptlOn 1<;
hardly tenable. Considerahle differences are brought ahout hy the
circumstance that days and nights arc of dIfferent lengths in
different parts of. the world. A beast may come into the world nt
,the same apparent local time as a man hut it they are to have the
same Rasis (<:Tf~) and Amsas ('3l:zr) for their Grahas (and not f,1r
their lag-nas) the rJlaces of their birth must be under the same
meridIan (as e g., Colombo, BareilIy). Being however unller
different latitudes these places cannot have the same '3Tl[l'{f<'l (Ahar-
mana), and hence can110t yield the same +rl<1:;:;rq; (Bhavachakm);
and for the same reason the '11<f (Bhava) poslitons ot the f,everal
significlltors are bound to vary In the two n:J.tivitif!s tholl~h the
zodiacal pOSltions of the Grn.has are the sa'ne.
iv PREFACE

It has therefore been rightly laid down in the following PJ'r'fi

(Sloka) that that 31r~;;:P:r (Ayurdaya) should be investigated which
would accord with the strongest sigmficator of the lot-the seven
planets and the Lagna:-
.."
qu~
..
+rA'T
...,...... ~ ~ ...... .
r'H1il!:j'+rqE'~qaT ~T~~:;r ~r+J~i!i
...... .....

.!\ ..... ,...." ~" ~ ....

+rT+r r+!~r!OT'1H<:\a+r~«'~u <lir(l';:q$fi!~ql~: I
1!{<H:qr~ ~'lil~M<r~;raifa- ~r~~r~ q~g
(l';.ir ~'li'':iT~r~.{qffi q(l';~ij' :qrs~f:qrq~~~f: II

:.il'Rf'fim1~m V, 33.

It thus behoves the student to ascertain the relative strengths

of these significators first and foremost. The necessity therefore
for the study of a treatIse like that of our author stands patent.

In tl'ansbtmg amI annotatmg the book, I have mainly relied

on the Benares Edition of the Text and (9"5r~'f.6{f~:9~) BaJ1a\aknshin
Daivagna's commentary. I have also derived large help from the
commentary of R9r'fi<::~~ (Dl wakara Daivagna) on (~~Cf~"Cf~) Kesava
Daivagna's Ci[(f'fitf:[m- (Jataka Paddhatl) and not scrupled to quote
freely in places from that commentary. I cannot be sufficIently
grateful to Dr. V. V. Ramana Sastri, M.A., PH.D., F.Z.s., F.R.A.S.,
etc., for his many valuable suggestions.

The book is not without faults and imperfections. SUll'ges-

tions for Improvement will be thankfully receIved.

Bangalore City, 1. V.
24th April I9I9.
J SUBRAHMANYA SASTRI
 PREFACE
TO THE

PRESENT EDITION.

The encouraging receptiun of the last edition is responsible

for this revised edition of the Sripatipaddhati.

Sripati appears to have lived in the first half of the eleventh

century A. D. He was a Brahmin descended from the sage
Kasyapa: his grand-father was Nagadeva. Snpati was a reputed
mathematician, an astronomer whose opinions wele said to have
been held in great respect even by Bhasl ara, and author of
about nine treatises mcluding ~rqifr<r (Snpatlyn), a commentary
on Bnhatjataka, and $frqf~ (Sripatipaddhatl), the pre~ent work·

qr~;fq;[[er (JatakakarmapadJhatl) came to be treated nR n

separate branch of study about the middle of the eIghth century
A. D. an3 amongst the writers on this subject of mathematical
astrology, ~TqRt<1f (SrlpatIbhatta) was one of the earliest, IllS
predecessors beIng ~'9:C: (Sridhara) and q11ii<fi1TO (N eelakanta).
Sripati has had no successor for four centuries till ;r,'il"T (Kesava)
by his expositions establtshed a unique place for himself in this
field. Further, commentaries on Snpatipaddhall it.self are a large
number.

In the present edition, for the sake of convenience and facility

of study and reference. the note on each sloka is given after the
translation of the verse itself, instead of being given separately at
the end as in the previous edition: the explanations have been
fuller and more comprehensive. The slokas of Ff,~I"IqWd (Kesava.
paddhati), a remarkable and highly-valued work on the subject, have
been quoted in their entirety in their appropriate places, it being
considered that Kesava's views and exposition of ~fFr (]ataka-
paddhati) would enhance the value and usefulness of tIllS work.
Additional explanations ha:ve been added to illustrate the text.
Vi· PREFACE

My eSieemed friend, Mr. Robert De Luce of Los Angeles,

America, himself a well-known scholar and (luth:)r of several
works on Astrology, has kindly furmshed me with a short sum-
mary of these chapters which I have lhe greatest pleasure In
inserting as an AppendiX. The relcler Will agree that the resume
is simple, clear aad terse and helpful to 'beginners.

If the present edItIon sh~uld enable the ordmary reader

correctly to appraise the comblaed strength of the pl&.nets for any
particular POlOt of time, I should consider myself amply rewarded.

50, 3rcl Cross [{oad,

Basavangudl, Bangalore_ j
l
V. SUBRAIIl\!.\NY,\ S -\STRT,
6th S("pternber 1937.
 DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS

First Adhyaya.
SLOKAS
Author's declaration of his purpose ••• 1
Preliminaries. A general description of the work to be done 2
<ref (Nata) and '3''ifCl' (U nnata) defined 3
How to get the <iF.{ (L3.gna) and the at@' (Asta) or the
seventh '1T<r (Bhava)? 4-
How to get the 10th and the 4th Bhavas?
How to get the other Bhavas? ...
...
. .. 6-7
5

"fftfBFCI" (Bhavasandhi) 8
+11qq:;~ (Bhavaphala). The effect of a planet's position in a
+119" (Bhava) ... 9-10
The application of the Bhavas to the purposes of life 1J
Second Adhyaya
How to measure the amollnt of planetary aspect? ... 1-4
Special rules with regard to the aspects of Mars,
Jupiter and Saturn
Third Adhyaya
An enumeration of the Shadbalas 1
~r-=rorz;;+(-(Stthanabala)
~ CUchchabala) Ii
~~ (Saptavargajabala) ... li-3
~l~~~ (Yugmayugmabala) 4
<tl1lG<lirR~~ (Kantakadibala) 6
~~<?i+J: (Bhantyamadhyamukhabala) ••• 6
W~ (Digbala) •.• 6-8
<tl[<';>;orz;;+( (Kalabala)
q~~ (Natonnatabala) ... 9-10
'll'if<f~ (Pakshabala) ... 11-12
ft.:ro~+r('lT<f~ (Dinaratri tribhagabala) 13
~~~rf.f (Varsha masa dina horabala) 14
~~ (Ayanabala) .•• 15-16
~ (Cheshtabala) ••• ... 17-18
 DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS
SLOKAS

~lJfiT'fi~+J: (Naisargikabala) 19
>11~ (Bhavabala) ... 20-23
Fourth Adhyaya.
'mCi'fi'fi'il" (Jatakapbala) based on ~f!: (lshta) and 'fir! (Kashta)
How to get the ~ (Ueheha) rays? 2
The Cheshiakendras of the Sun and the Moon explained ••• 3
How to get the ~r (Cheshta) rays? ••• ••• 4
~'fi<iI" (Uehehapha1a) and %r!1'fi0'l" (CheshtaphaTa) 5
il:~T,[~'1: Oshta Drigbala) and <iiE~~ (Kashta Drigbala) 6-7
~~<i!W (lshta Shadbala) and 'fif!:T:f~iif'il" (Kashta Shadbala)
il:l'!~n1<ffr~it[~+J: (Ishta saptavargajaba,1a) and 9ir!lJHcrf~'iI"lt.
(Kashta saptavargajabala) ••• 8-9
<:~r!lJHCf~~<r. (Sputeshta saPtavargajabala and ~(!;'fiEfI1f'
m~ (Sphutakashta saptavargajabala) 10-14
Fifth Adhyaya
~rm'il" (Horaphala) based on ~~;(I<r (Ayurdaya) 1
~!!T~<i1 (Cheshtagunaka), '3'¥1~ur<ii (Uchchagunaka), ~2":lur9'i
(Sphutagunaka) ••• 2-3
arr~ur'li (Asrayagunaka) ••• 4-11
'fi~1'IfCfi (Karmayogyagunaka) ••• 11 ~
The Ayushka1as (~r~1fi~T:) 12
~'1TiiTi~ (Chakrapatardhaham). Its application to the
four Ayurdayas, viz., aror~<r (Amsayurdaya),
rq~<r (Pmdayurdaya), Frtrm~* (Nisargayurdaya)
and ;;:ft9~ (Jeevasarmayurdaya) ... 13-16
'*~~ (Amsayurdaya) ••• 17-18
rqrr~mc:f<r (Pindayurdaya) • • • . .. 19-23
The rule regarding ~tflqjti>:rR (ChakrapatardhahaDl)
when more than one planet are in one and the same
\"Iro (Rasi) 24
Sage (i't~) Devala's view with reference to 'Of"fitfTmi&.Tl~
(Chakrapatardhahanj) 25
Reduction consequent on the presence of a malefic planet
in the Lagna in the ~ (Pinda) and r~tf<f (Nisarga)
Ayurdayas ... 26-27
\irwr~i<r (Nisa,rgayurdaya) ••• 28
 DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS Xi
SLOKAS
The different conditions under which the three different
Ayurdayas above named obtain 29
Neelakanta's (rfl~'fiU6) view ... 30-31
~':(Il1m-;:::hr CJ eevasarmayurdaya) .•• ••• 32-34
A rule regarding the process of getting the ~~tZ (Lagna-
yus) in the fct1l":g" (Pmda), R;::r.r (Nisarga) and ~~l1f
(Jeevasarma) Ayurdayas ••• 35
The view of ~N~ CSridhara) and others in certain special
cases 36
To whom the ayurdayas treated in this chapter apply
and to whom not? ... 37-38

Sixth Adhyaya.
fu!'K!i!+rW (Rishta.-Rlshtabhanga). How to determine it? ... 1-5
Seventh Adhyaya.
The m'l (Subha) and a:r~'l (Asubha) phalas (q;~) revealed
in the Dasas
The 12 forms under which the ~qyifi (Dasapaka) is treated.
(The application of the Adhyayas 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
13, 17 and 20 of i[~Rf'fi-Brihatjataka sllOwn in this
connection) .'0 2-7
Th~ order of the Dasas ••• 8
The rule of determining the same in an il"~I~;::;f<r CAmsayur-
daya) ••• 9-11
The rule for determining the order of Dasas ill a ftt1l"s
(Pinda) as well as RffrIT~"t<r (Nisargayurdaya) •• , I 2-14
How the Dasa of a planet is matured by the influence of
other planets' 15
Sub-periods of a Dasa (ari'Q~~r-Antardasa) 16
Vldasas and Upadasas 17
The rule for ascertaining the commencement of the
several Dasas, Antarda.sas, etc. ••• 18-21
When wIll a Dasa prove auspicious? 22
The good or evil to be experienced in a Dasa dependent
on the positIOn of its lord during its course and also
with reference to the Moon ... ••• •.. :23-:24
 xii DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS

SLOKAS

Details of the same 25

The Moon's influence on mental states during It Dasa 26
Application of the ~·Subha and ar~.Asubha (mentioned
in the 4th Adhyaya) to the Dasa periods shown here 27-29
A Summary ••• 30

Eighth Adhyaya
~~+rqre' (Subhasubha phala) in various forms 1
The interpretation of the Ashtakavarga results 2-3
The effect of Rajayogas and of planetary rays 4
orR!! (Arishta) and mtl!+rw (Arishtabhanga) during a Dasa 5
When is alfb! (Arishta) to be feared most? .•.. 6
When can this be averted? 7
ApplicatIon of ~:;mrili (Strijataka, ·Brihatjataka 24th
Adhyaya) shown 8
Application of the fil<riurre:w:r (Niryanadhyaya, .Brihat.
jataka 25th Adhyaya) also shown 9
Attention to the technical terms used helpful in enabling
the student to understand the science accuralely 10
Conclusion 11
Quantity of matter given, in view to prevent omission
or interpolation 12
 t'\ ~ ,.......,.
II ~P:rT~q~TCl: II
SRIPATIPADDHATI

srtT~S~tfTt{:
rt~CTT ijt !!~~CTqf fir~lJqij1;r(l~n ~T(oT
ij~qT~-p:9:~&:Sf~n~R~ru~ ~~: ~Tq'rn: II
,.... <:' '" <:' "\ <:'
rol'iq~T~;:r7.{T T~:qlq ij~(i5'I'l ~1(TtTqTql;:i~-

~?(~ ~Tq~~~qi:Rt~t it(f~C\f ~Q~ II ~ II

Adhyaya 1.
8loka 1. Having bowed to that Divinity that is
adored in the form of my preceptor and is the cause of
the dawn of knowledge to me of the three periods (past,
present and future), and having my intellect expanded in
consequence by the graciousness of his lotus-feet, I,
~1qfe~'Cl (Sripati Budha), am going to set forth, at the
solicitation of my pupils, the method of working out
horoscopes,-being equipped for the task by my repeated
and thorough study of the end and aim of all the authori.
tative works on astrology and hoping to win the appro.
bation of those that are masters of astrologicai science.

:;:r~qr nrNq'~r~~r<J?I~fu qfll'i!fr<iij~ tiil'ifr"l:.

i~ ~m<fiq';a:rn ~i!ffi:t il{rfq~t sft~q \I
 [Adh. I

Bloka 2. The exact time of the birth of a person as

revealed by the gnomonic shadow and other apparatus
should first be ascertained. Then the planets should be
set down as they are at the time of birth together with
the rising sign. They are to be rectified repeatedly by
an operation to be performed by means of expedients [or
finding their true place as prescribed in the Siddhantas.
Then the bhavas, the aspects of the planets and their six
kinds of strength should be investigated.
~~9q;~J~:-
~ ..... ....... ...
~ ..:;r: ~~nmus:;r \;f;:i1~;ri!jr CI:ars~ ~<:r: ~~<!:r
~ ~ ~
~~~ T~ 'OfGl"a- ~lil" ~~T~~ ~:I"''i~: ~ :q II ~ II

l"he lllstruments III use 10 the tIme of Bhaskaracharya

(o:rl~Cfi~r'<frr) are thus mentIOned III his Siddhanta Siromani (rB~Rr-
1~l(t+{(u'r~..
l!1~T il'r~fer~<i' ;qf!: 'l!1ii-eiitiq;;r;~ I
'':'

:qrq. ij~ I'fi~<t '<fr~* tfr{+rrr~<i; 'I:f;:~~ II

1 he rules laid down 10 this book Will be better grasped by
the student by means of the illustratIOns given below with reference
to the horoscope of a person born m Lat. 10° 38' N.
The particulars of the date of birth are as follow<i.
":(lIF~<f!~;r~<fi CSalivahana Saka)--1'175 i'rrrlflu (l\Iesha Masa)
19-(1853 A. D. Apnl 30)-;af.:rerro~ (Samvasara), J319"1lT (Sravana) .,~-::r
(Nakshatra) 39 Of (Ghatikas)-28 R (Vlghatrkas)-MaximulU duration
of .wrIT[ (Sravana)-60 GhatIlms, 8 Vighatikas-~<1<l'T<r (Subba yoga)-
17 Ghatlkas 41 Vlghatikas. Time of birth, 30 VighatJkas before
Sunnse. Length of the day for the given latitude-3D Ghatikas 55
VigbatJkas. Ll Ghatlka,=24 Mlllutes. I VighatIka=24 Seconds.]
S1. 3.]

B1<r.,T7{l" (Ayanamsa)-21 0 47' 38 JJ • The exact longitudes of the planets

at the time of birth as reveale::l by the PanchanJam are notej below:
tfct: (Ravi-Sun) O-17°-43'~301/
:q~~: (Chandra -M00n) 9_14° -29'-39 '1
~'f: (Kuja -Mars) 11-27"-53'- g/l
~~: (Budha-Mercury) 11-24°-13'-+4/1
~<i.: (Guru-JupIter) 8- 1"-25'_ 1"
~:n; (Sukra-Venus) 0-14"- 2'--56'/
7{l"R: (Sani ··Saturn) 0-27"-55'-41"
~~: (Rahu-Mo::m's Noje) 2- OC - 4' _42"

Sun Rahu
Mars Venus
Mercury Saturn
-------_. --
I
I
----I
I
I~a"l II-
Chakra I

Moon
I I
---II "-~----

Jupiter
Ketu
I ~

iT~t"td~llmtf ~~ fet~~: ~Ri: ij' ~) ;r~:

~~~~fftrqR~~Q) ~M"~~'ll~tfT;~ ~~Qq: I
ll~~T~T~q{ijij Q ;rrn{tt~ ~t~srri;fiqT~ ;rij
~T~S~ ~(\<?iTfijij- ~vtR~ ~i;fiqT~ ll~~ II ~ f'
Sloka 3. The interval between midday and the
time of day which the position of the Sun indicates is
called ;rei (Nata.meridian.distance). When this time is
subtracted from 30 ghatikas, the remainder is called ~iifei
(Dnnata) which represents the interval between the Sun,
i.e., the particular time of day chosen, and midnight. If
the time of day being less than midday be subtracted
4 [Adh. I.

from it, the interval denotes Sl'llifa (Prang.nata) or

meridian distance towards the East. If the particular
time of day taken be greater than midday, the latter has
to be subtracted from the former, the interval represents
st~~~a ! Pratyang.nata) or meridian.distance towards
the West.
The idea of em (Nata) should be clearly grasped. It is either
(mcn·Prak) eastern or (m<r'li-Pratyak)
~ , westem em (Nata). The
former occurs between midmght and midday, the latter between
midday and midnight. Again ~rs:m (Prangnata) includes 2
cases- (1) the di~tance between the Sun and the MeridIan durmg
the first half of day when the Sun IS above the hOrIzon j (2) the
distance between the MeridIan and the Sun when he is below the
horizon, ~ e.,
when he has not yet risen. The ~~if (Pratyangnata)
also comprehends these 2 cases: (J) the distance between the
MerI~lan and the Sun 10 the afternoon prior to hIS setting j (2) the
interval between the Mertdian and the Sun when he has sunk below
the horizon, i e., after nightfall.
The horOfcope under reference is an example of ~ifcr (Prang.
nata. The length of the day was given to be 30 gh. 55 vigh. The
interval between the Sun and the Mendlan at the time of birth is
therefore 15 ~ 27t fq Plus t ~ =15 ~ 57i ~. This ~ifij (Prang-
nata) subtracted from 30 ghatikas (that is 14 er. 2§ fcr.) represents
the ~'a'Q (Pragunnata).
i!i~~Rr:-
,ri\": ~~~a ~ir ~i(r.(~;n;:~;ra \1Qci
~~,,~ ~§ ~q(~H'ita M~ .....,~~ ;;iRtat{.1I

~15t: ~'rf il~ qT +{q{ij ft mltr

~;:;r ~:qta'tflf:
ij~~ qT~HT~ ~ij '«f~~enn 3f(,JRf1~~i't +{~~: I
~p:q ~ ~qWf! ~«T'Erij~~n ~~~it~r~Rt:
~ij ~~f~~tti Q~t1t iji(lJl~~~ri fi{~'i'{ II ~ II
Bloka 4. If there be a birth towards the conclusion
of a night or some time after its commencement, the
51. 4.] 5

residue of the night joined to the half-day that is to Cf)me,

and the elapsed portion of the night increase] by the
halLday that is past) represent re3pectively the Eastern
(srl~.Prak) and the Western (~~~.Pratyak) Na.tas (iiij'.
Nata) or the distances from the meridian. These resu1ts
are to be preserved for future use. Then the Lagna or
the rising sign is to be m1rked out for the time of birth
conformably to the actuCil position of the Sun and the
rising periods of the signs at the place of birth. An1
that increased by six signs is declared by correct reckoners
to be the al~ (Asta) or setting sign.
A knowledge of <1(1 (Nata) and "fflil (Unuflta) is essential to
ascertain the <fiT<5"!"<5 (Kalabala) or temporal strength of planets (zJide
Adhyaya 3, Slokas 9 and 10 mira) and also to determine the 10th
+IT"!" (bhava). The rising perwds of the 12 divIsions of the zodIac
from the Equinoctial Pomt for Lat. 10" 38' N. are as follows:-
~'1 Mesha 4q. 17i.R. g<;)TTula 59. O~N.
~q+r Vrishabha 4 9 • 4H ].1. '[r~ Vnschlka 5 ':r. 16~~.
T'i=r~ Mlthuna 5 er. 1H N. 1off);~ Dhanus 5 'I. 29 ~.
<fiGCfi Kataka 5 q. 29 N. ~<fi<: Makara 5 9, 14~ ~.
i~~ Simha 5 era J 6 ~ P-r. W<i Kumbha 4 9. 4 g. ~.
<fi~<rT Kanya 5 t:[. O~ R. liT<r Meena +9. In P-r.
The Equinoctial Point as the name indicates is a posItion in
the Ecliptic or the Sun's path in the heavens, which, when the
Sun enters, there is equal length of day and night throughout the
Earth. If the division of the zodiac into 12 sIgns be taken to com-
mence from this point, theIr rIsing perIods for any partIcular place
,\ ill not vary from year to year. Owing to the movement of the
EqulDoctial POlDt from East to West, z e., in a direction contrary
to the order of the zodiacal signs, the nsing penods of these latter
whIch are reckoned from the Star Aswtni as given in the current
almanacs are not relIable fer a number of years for the simple
reason that ~r.r (Mesha) i.e .. the first sign ~hich once began at the
EqulUoctJal Point is now 22 and odd degrees removed from it and
may get farther of[ from it every succeeding year. If a table of
the rising periods of the signs true fer all years is to be prepared,
6 [Adh. I.

it is possible only when ~q- (lVIesha) IS reckoned l;ITI;f., (Sayana) z".e.,

when it is made to commence from the Equinoctial POlOt.

The rules to be given for the determination of the Lagna (~~)

or the rising sign will bear out this fact.

Rules for correctly finding out the L'lgna taken from Bhasln~·
racharya's Brahmatulya (ml:r~'~)

;:m<firfus<ifs<firs;qo:r~ril'~~wfi.q~r~~({~;r') f[~: ~: I
~r<~;g:Q~ ,P.f~~l:I''fif~ ~-:ti'rtiitM:~q<!:rCfi?;~'l: Ii
G

n~~~t&T ~q+r~r~~~ ~rra!rri ~'fr'ifl( I

O'({!HI'T
:at~:a:'tit~cr~{'i(r~~:$ O'~: ~r1'.p..fo:rt~~o:r~ II

Find the true pOSItIOn of the Sun from f{q- (Mesha) 10 signs,
degrees, minutes, etc. Add thereto the precession of the Equinox
or '31<!c:rt~ (Ayanamsa). The sum WIll reveal the distance of the
Sun from the Equinoctial Point and consequently the particular
division of the zodiac calculated from that point in whIch the Sun
DOW is. The portion of the sign traversed by the Sun is styled
the"E"fi (Bhukta) or p;l.ssed portion; the portIon to be traversed by
the Sun is called the "ilrnr (Bhogya) portion of the sIgn. Since the
rising periods of the signs reckoned from the Equinoctial Point
for the place are known, find out the time which the ~1''1 (Bhogya)
portion of the sign occupied by the Sun takes to rise above the
horizon. Subtract this time from the time at the end of which
the birth has taken place. And from the remainder, go on subtract-
ing, as long as you can, the rising periods of the next following
signs till you get a remainder whIch is less than the rislDg penod
of the sign to be subtracted and hence called '31'@~ (Asuddha) sign
(z,e" that could not be subtracted), FlOd what portIOn of that sign
this remainder represents. That is the E''ffi" (Bhukla) portion of
that sign in degrees, 1Ulllutes, etc. Add to th is the preceding signs
reckoned from the Equinoctial Point and subtract from the sum
the Bl<\<'!t:(l (Ayanamsa). The remalllder represents the Lagna.

To find the true position of the SLln. we have the following

data;-
51.4.] 7

Day Ghatikas Vighatikas

The Sun's entry into ~'Ef (Mesha)
was on 11-4-1853, Monday 44 50
The Sun's entry Into '[IT+!" (Vn.
shabha) was on 12-5-1853, Thursday 37 35
The time taken by the Sun there·
fore to pass 30° of Mesha 1S 30 days 52 45
The interval between the Sun's
entry mto ir'Ef (Mesha) and the
birth in question IS 15 10
of Monday plus 17 days
Plus 59 30

of Fnday, or 18 days 14 40
, ) 18 days 14 gh. 40 vigh. x 300
The SUll S pO~Itlon (or longItude IS 30 days52 gh. 45 vlgh.
of Mesha=-17° H' 301/ III l't'Ef (Mesha).

We now proceed to find out the L"goa.

Adding the ~"iJ" (Ayanamsa) to the Sun's posItion, we get
1-9·31-8. The portion of l[ll'+r (Vnshabha) to be traversed by the
Sun, u~~ (Ravibhogyamsa) IS 20° 28' 52". The time ta1.<en
for 20° 28' 521/ of '[tt+!" (Vnshabha) to rise is
20° 28' 52" 1 •
30 d egrees X 4 gh. 4a vlgh.=3 gh. 126 vIgh. nearly.

The interval belween sunnse on Ftiday and the hme of btrth

at the close of Friday night IS 59~ gh. According to the rule
given above, subtractIng 3 gh. 12-11 vlgh. from 59k gh. we have 56
gh. 17t yigh. The rising periods of 11 signs 1~:Jrr (Mithuna), CfiG'fi
(Kataka) etc., to itrr (Mesha) mclusive come to 55 gh. 18~ vigh.
SubtractlDg thls from 56 gh. 17 ~ vigh. we have 59~, vlgh. left of
'["f;:r (Vrisbabha) which represents the 1m (bhukta) portion thereof.

ThIS 59-} X 30°=6° 19, 24 1/ 0 f l[t.'f+!" (Vri.

. turned to degrees gIves 28li

shabha or 36° 19' 2411 from the Equinoctial Point. Subtracting

the a:{Gfirf~ (Ayanamsa) from this, we have for the Lagna 0·14·31.45
which means that 1+0 3. 46" have passed In ~15f (Mesha) at the
tltne of bulh. The e:{~~ (Asta Lagna) is 6-14e31·46.
8 [Adh. I.

~~~~: f{~~~n~i1n~7.f ~~~qT:q. +r~i;rT~~'{ I

t . " •
~~ ij't~t ~~ t{~t{wQ" "~n~~ ~. ~ij~~~~ II~II

8lok(~5. What people call ;r'<:J;{~u (Madhya Lagna)

'i.e., the culminating point of the Ecliptic is deduced from
the Eastern "fa (Nata) conformably to the rising periods
of the signs in the Equator by a process termed ~Oi
(Rina) or negative (i.e., in the reverse order). The same
i~; deduced from the Western "fa (N a ta) by means of an
additive process (1iT"f.Dhana_positive). This when in.
creased by six signs becomes the fourth or the N adit
Sign.
~,:([Cfq;-Rrr:-
'"'JI ,... ,,~

~~'tqT~i'iq~~~'mHota: q~r~aH~~~1'f
"
~~~T~~~~ ~,,<\'rn ... a;:iH'<:~ ~q~o:i f!~:a: II ~ II
'"
The rislOg periods of the signs reckoned from the Equinoctial
POlDt at the Equator are given below:-

Blo:r;;T (Sayana) Gh. Vlgh. '3F!F1 (Sayana) Gh. Vigh.

iter Mesha 4 39 g'il"l Tula. 4 39
<[fFf V nshabha 4 59-i. '[r~9i" Vnschlka 4 591;
fl1:g'1 Mlthuna. 5 21~ 'T!IlJ, Dhanus 5 2a
'-h~ Kataka 5 ZlZ +F1K Makara 5 2U
fB~ Simha 4 5Si, ~<i Kumbha 4 59h
Cfl;:<:fl Kanya 4 39 +rl'1 Meena 4 39

The !f(s"f(f (Prang-nata) is 15 gh. 57! vigh. The dIstance of

"-

lhe Sun from the Equinoctial POlDt IS 39° 31' 8". The rising
period of gO 31' 8/1 of ~q<i (Vnshabha) at the Equator is
9° 31' 8" 1795 "
--300- x 360 gh. = 1 gh. 34:1: d vIgh. nearly.

The nSlDg perIods of ~er (Mesh a), 111'1 (Meena) and ~l1 (Kuma
bha) at the Equator are 4 gh. 39 vlgh., 4 gh. 39 vigh. and 4 gh.
59!,- vigh. respectIvely or 15 gh. 52;g vigh. on the whole.
Sl. 6-7.]

Therefore the par lion of l-nil:: (Makara) correspondIng to

a
15 gh. 57it vigh. mllZlts 15 gh. 521'"8 vlgh. or 5 Vlf'"h. IS
~
5 19
~O' 10/1 '72 near Iy •
3.21 Jx 30 0 =ro
U -'

Therefore the dIstance bet veen the Sun and the Meridian is
9~ 31' 8/1 of 'ltfl{ (Vnsh1.bha) pilLs 30~ ofi'J'1 ('''fesh,) plus 30" of lij';:r
(Meena) plttS 30" of ~;:r (Kul11~h2,) plus OJ 30' 10/1 '72 of lFfi~
(l\Iakara) or 100° l' itS" '7':::=3-1C·1-19.
N,)w the Sun beIng at 0-17-43-30, the dIstance of the Meri-
dIan from the stellar Ar!es IS 0-17.+3-30, Jlunlts 3-1C-1-19 or
9-7-42 11. ThIs is the posItIOn of the li'€:P3'::f C\Ia:Jhyalagna.) or the
lOth ;r:r1F.f (bhava). The +th -.:rIg (bh~l.>'a) IS obtaIned by subtra.ctlng
6 signs from the i Oth +rler (bha va).
The operatIOn may be checked by findmg the 4th ;r:r[g (bhava)
directly thus : -
The ~~cr (UllJlatha) IS 1+ gh. 2~ vl,,;h. The nSlDg peno] of
20° 28' 52." or 'lCf'" (V rishabha) IS
20° 28' 52"
-;-0d - - x 4 gh. 59~ vlgh.=3 gh. 2+'23 vigh.
~ egrees
The rising period of flT:Ji'f (Mlthuna)=-5 gh. 21'83 vlgh. Sub.
tracting the sum of these tw') from the "3''4ii (Unnatha), we get
5 gh. 16-44 vlgh. of C\'i:>;C\'i (Katalm). The degr ees. mlDute"', etc.
correspondmg to this time are
5 gh. 16' 44 vigh. )( 300,;,:; 29° 29' 4-9" . 28.
5 gh. 21' 83 vIgil.
Therefore the dIstance between the Sun ani the nadir MeridIan 18
20° 28' 52" of 'lq;:r (Vns]13,bha) Plus 30° of f.'12!i'f (Mlthuna) Plus 29°
29' 4-9/1 '28 of i{i:>;C\'i CKataka) or 79° 56' 4t" '28. The Sun beltlg at
0-17-43-30 the position of the 4th, m'f (bhava) IS 0-1743·30 Plus
2-19-58·41 or 3-7-42-11·

~Q: ~~~l~~et ~~~T~.nfiI~4 ittQllf~~Hr~~ I

~'4 N~~(~ N:UltQ4.:f ~q Qa:.?~~q~ fir~ot ~~<Q'Ut( II~II
~~{;~ilfnriTst;r+(ill~! Q~;:ZHr ~)~;r~Tqfu~~ I
f«~~~ij l(FH rn:gam lf~~ ~+n~+i: R;:~~~li(ij~: II~\I
~r. 'Cf. 2
10 [Ac1h. 1.
Blokcts 6 and 7. Subtract the figures of the Lagna
from those of the fourth (+frer-bhava); the fourth from
the seventh, the seventh from the tenth, and the tenth
from the Lagna. Take a third and two thirds of the
first remainder and add them separately to the first (+ff"f)
bhava to obtain the two succeeding ones. Take a third
and two thirds of the second remal11der and add them
separately to the fourth bhava to get the fifth and the
sIxth. Deal simIlarly with the other two remainders and
get the bhavas intermedIate between the seventh and the
tenth,

Hhir O>:.j~~+f~ ~7.i~~Qr 7.ir~Q~;l) rn::;;~a-r

~ ..... "
~;:'Clr arq' :q ~rW+fl~~~~r: II

The fourth bhava is

The Lagna IS 0-1+ -31 -46
:::ubtractmg, we get 2-23 -10 -25
A third of this IS 0-27 -43 -28
By addlrg tbis result to the Lagna or tbe
first bhava 0-14 -31 -46
we get tbe 2nd bhava to be 1-12 -15 -14
By adding to the Lagna 0-14 -31·-46
twice tbe above (0-27"-43'-;;[)")
that IS Plus 1-2'i -26 -57

we get the lthlrd bbava to be 2- 9 -58-43

,.....1:;, ." "'." '\ "

I
q~l;;;ij ~f~¥iG:~ T&: ij'r;;;~ ij~ T~~n ~TC\1i~{ !i~;:~:

\';;~~ij ~;:~~~nlT;r~TQqT{(nq~ :qTPtN~: ~?lRr II~ II

Sloha 8. A half of the sum of two contiguous bha~
vas is called their Sandhi (~fi'er). A planet that is in a
S1. 8.] 11

Bha va~sandhi (~rC!"~r;:'€f) produces no effe:::t. But the pIa.

net that is short of a S::wdhi (i.e., on this side of it)
produces the effect of the preceding bha va, If it should
be in excess of a Sandhi, it produces the effect of the
bhava to come,

OJ.
e:rr(;~ff;:~siu ~~rr: 'If.'t?; 'i{~r(qrr~+r~T::r:;rro~ I
'"
~~n::n.:r;:~~N'fi~n:riTr+rfllfrn~roir~~:PFi~~~ :~r~ II
The 1st bhava is 0-14-31-46
The 2nd bhava is 1-12-15-14

Adding we have 1-26-47- 0

Dividing this by 2, we get 0--28°-2]'-30" as the Sandhi between
the 1st and the 2nd bhavas.
The Sandhis of th~ other bhwas sluuld be similarly worked
out.
The Sandhi preceding a '1[9 (bhava) IS calle,"! l1f{l'<iIJIi:"i (Aram.
bha.sandhi) and that succeeding it, R{ll1QP<f (Virama.sandht).
~".JG[1:[:<J:fu: -
"...,.~ ..... "",.... r.-
ffT;:'<irl1."<{mrr~a': II

For slokas 6, 7 and S, compare also the followlDg from rr,r~n:

(Parasara).
~.:;:f ~:(§ir<:I:. ~@' efir~r~ efir+{ ~r<:I:. ~ "€I' ~'i1i'J: I
~q~iJefif~W71tcT ~p'.irl'!&'i.iTrro:~ ~l-Tr~ II
'('0 .... G' " .... ~ ......
't"l:l1H~~~~ ,~r;:'Cf: ~1·j~Tqmt;l;fT: i
-q.~ "[r~liT +IT''fT: ;::~+T<I'f;:(f fi[ +r~;::'Cl';q': Ii
Also-
.
~'rc qfa'r<9~'i'I'r;;J1;:::;,;+rqi'[cH q~J1+r
"..... . "€I'q "
~
T~~qr
• ... ~ 4o"
<PHi ~r;;:+r~!!~."lT~7.rQ" "ti a'-CiT H+T+rq:; :q T'liT'f!;x.1

"€I';:$f~N~ ~:;rqT~~~qiT~~~ ~ +lTEfT: ~l-Tm:~:

12 [Adh. I.

The following table ~'l\7'eS the Bll.lvas and their Sandlm work·
ed out In accordance wnh the rules; -

The 12 Bhavas \1olth thelt Sandins.

--- ~-12-- 3 14 \ 5 !6 17 \8-1 9 1 10 III 12

Signs - - . -
.. -0---; -;--3 -4--5---6 ~1-8 --9--:--:
Degrees •.• 14 12 9 7 9 12 14 12 9 7 9 12

Minutes ..• 31 15 58 42 58 15 31 15 58 42 58 15
Seconds ... 46 14 43 11 43 14 46 14 43 1l 43 14

.-------,-------------
'.'r B l1lHI!'f l=f.{ ;.i' ,i I ~{
.or If-r
12 23 I 34 1 45 1 56 i
67 78 89 910 10'11 11'12 121

::-:----=1-::- 1-9--:--:
1

1- -:- -3-:-4- -5- -6- --7 1,-8

D"Jraes ... , 28 i 26 23 23 26 23 28 26 23 23 26 28

Mmutes
I
... 23
I
\ 6 50 50 6 23 23 6 50 50 6 23

second~_ _.~{~J ~~_~___~_~ J~~_~.~~___.~_:

•. 30

~Tqt~g;~I1: ~~ ~~~H;:r~rif~~ tut~t f4~~ I

~eft;:r~ ~n+!{f~~ ~ ~l ~Ufu~{5f ~i 3i~i!~q~ II~ II
Sloka 9. A planet produces the full effect of the.
bhava in which It is when its distance from the Bhava-
sandhi is equal to thJ.t of the Bhavamsa (~T.d~ = semi.
bhava). When the planet has a less or greater distance
from a Bhava.sandhi than a Bhavamsa, its effect must
be ascertainej by a Tllle.of. three process.

"ifi':8"i.fl1m:-
~4 ~1~'OI'~ +H<rfr:H~(?;~ ~r-il:rCi~;:"q;:a-~­
IJIT<I ~1~'ef;j~mf;:5~ ~q:q~ .-rrqrr~~s~tr ~ir II ~ II
51. 10.J 13

~Tcr~t~ f{ ~~~i'~: '{of ~ +ner~t{t~!! I

&n:fSlit{,~crfet~'t{~T~ 'fi~ ~ ;:r'~n efif%tQ) ~i{I;:'~: II ~ Q II
Slo7~a 10.
Sages have declared that when a bhava
begins its effect also begins. The effect becomes full in
the equl1 portion of all bhavas (just where a bhava is
divided into 2 halves). When a bhava approach':!s its end
more and more, the effect gets les3 and less till at last
it ceases when the end of the Lhava is reached.

The effect of a planet upon a +iT<i (Bhava) is measured by a

fraction whose numerator is the lllterval between the planet and
Its nearest ~~'if (Sandhi) and the denomlO ,tor the Interval between
the ~,f;:'if (Sandhi) above-m 'nti )ned an 1 the +f[<rr-:J (Bhwamsa.) The
effect IS said to be InCre3.Smg or decreaslOg accordmg as the planet
IS nearer to the am:"I1I2f~'if (Arambha Sandhi) or N~F[tTro% (Vuama

Sandhlo)

The Sun is in 0·17·43-30. Its nearest 111';'if (Sandhi) is 0-28-23-

30. The mterval between the Sun and this fral1l2ffi''if (Virama Sandhi)
is 1O~ 40'. The mterval between this .,j.:=l (Saldhd and the 'n9i~
(13havamsa) is 13° 51'44". The effect of the planet on the 1st +rI9"
(Bhava) is
10' 40' .~
130 51' H" or /694
and it is decreasing or!'Jlf (Kshaya). because it IS nearer the f91::rlftl~'if
(Virama Sandhi).
~J'G[{

.fT<rt~: ~mlt !f{: ~1B iTa: 1{o't P.i'tl~ q:j~

~~'tl~r ;r '6~~~TS;:~n:iT~~um~~q' "ii{ I
+rfC'{T
~. ,.......
;:".;r~~ !fir~ iTOlt(~rrcr<6
- ~
'ttrrcrq--
t~.n 'ttT":lt~ ~r~ffiSN<fi~~ ~T~ q;~ 'n" ~ II

The table overleaf shows which of the planets produce the

an'T~ (Aroha) and which the '31:r~[{ (Avaroha) r.o~ (Phala),
 14 [Adh. II

The bhava Natu! e of t.he Measure or

Planet In whIch Effect-Aroha extent of the
it 15 posited or Avaroha effect
-- -
Sun Fast Avaroha '7694

Moon Tenth Avaroha . 5791

Mars Twelfth Avaroha '0313

Mercury l'welfth Avaroha '2579

Jupiter NlUth Aroha '3823

Venus First Aroha '9653

Saturn FIrst Avaroha '0334

~ ""'''
iiT;:q~t(TIJf~<Jif;:~~T~~qn+J11~n~~Un[~
I "\

~ ~ llTefH qftq;(!q;fP:rT~~q ~{~)~q'fi{1n~ ~~Tq: II ~ ~ II

~fa S>T(qffir~(R!~T~t \ifT~iif;q;g:~"r
+IT''T\:.~·n~l'! ~;:rra:

SZolea 11. Thus should bhavas be decided at the

time of a birth, a journey, the assumption of a vow, the
ceremony of tonsure, a royal coronation or other like #

ceremony and marriage, For it is by calculating bhavas

that the effects due to certain combinations are found out.
End of the First Adbyaya.

~al~S~t:n~:
~tf;t tf~t~~~T 'fi~n~ QqT~Ef;ijf 'l{~~'HI~qn~ I
~~t~~~~t;r~ it ~~~~n'€tC\t ~$~~fijol';:r{;:r II ~ II
s1. 2-3J

Adhyaya 2.
Sloka 1. As the effects due to planetary aspects
have been described in various ways, I now set forth the
method of bringing out the amount of the planetary
aspect to enable astrologers to determine the effects
thereof correctly.
'" ,,""- "",.....'to\

'[~p:n ?:~T Tcr~l~ij~?!! q~~~+~TSI'El6fi~~

~n:~: ~l~~ ~ftqefi~~t ~T;rq~ft+r~: I
r-- ",,\ "\,, 1'\"\
'[T~: ij'r ~(~T~ ~~~~+qrsPEle:6: q~~To:rT
"1'\ "\ " <:,,, "\
l~aH{ijT WJij~ij~~n ~~:n~g;rnNefi~~ It ~ II
"\ ~J:" "- "\,, "-
~~~q!!'p·n ~~~ij!!lJfct 1~1I +tnS{~~~~
?ij)~-lTS~~+.u N~f~~efi~: qf!'1j~T ~ij: I
"- ~ ""~" ""-,,
+1~T ~.?c{: ~Hn~l;:re:ij ~H~~;1=In~~rslq

~l+ltT{;fr W1;r~ij~ij{ Q'-lTif~T~m~~: II~II

Slokas ;2 ancl3. If the aspected when diminished
by the aspecting planet exceed six signs, it is to be sub.
tracted from 10 signs. The remainder reduced to
minutes is to be di vided by 7,200. The result is in R upa
and represents the amount. of the aspect. But if
the difference should exceed 5 signs, subtract these
5 signs from it and reducing the result to kalas
i e., minutes, divide it by 1,800. You will get the aspect
(~fg-Drishti) in Rupas. When the difference
exceeds 4 signs, subtract it from ;'\ signs and divide
the result by 3600 to get the amount of the aspect.
Should the difference exceed 3 signs, it is to be
subtracted from 4 signs and to the remainder reduced to
minutes, add 360) and divide the sum by 7200. The
result gives the amount of the aspect. Next, if the
difference exceed 2 signs, subtract these two signs from it
16 [Adh. II.

and to the remainder reduced to minutes, add 900 and

divide the sum by 36 )0. The result represents the
aspect.

~)(;{ij~~~n~~*Wri~) lI''dI'~:ijfehrffi't I
~~ ~$i!r: ~~~'l~;q: ~~~n:~sNt tf:ritl'Rr;:r) !f~~~: II~II
Sloka 4. Lastly, should the difference exceed Olle
sign, take away this one sign from it, and reducing the
remainder to m:nute3, c1ivide it by 720«)... The asp3ct
will be obtained in l{tlpa. In this WJ.Y the exact amount
of the planetary aspects can be ascerlained. No planet
sees beyond ten signs.
Take the Sun as the aspectmg planet. The aspected :nay be
planets or bhavas. First, we shall take the Moon as aspected.
The Moon's posittcn IS ... 9 14 29 39
The Sun's position is ..• a 17 43 30
Subtractmg the Sun from the :YIo:m we get 8 26 4S 9
As this exceeds 6 slg'1S we have to subtract tha sa ne from 10
signs. The remainder IS 1·3·13·51. This when redllced'to minutes IS
1993-85. Dividing it by 7200 W~ get the Sun's aspect on the M{)on
to be '277 of a Rupa. As the strength always goes to the
aspected planet, the same IS put·down 10 this case as the Moon's
Drigbala.

~ir~qT~n $tlt:f~) R~7.fT: ~~Hr~~lf~lijijT;rr'{

~ ~
1Il.t n
{I .... I'>t.... '\ '" C'
1~~llIlTT1:1T~~T~ ~;:'if~;:~qr; T~~ r;:rTTlfl{ l;::ra~

Sloka 5. Three.quarters, half and one~fourth

of a
Rupa are to be superadded to the aforementioned as.
pects of Saturn, Jupiter and Mars respectively when
these aspects fall upon what occupy 3rd and l:Jth, 5th
and 9th, 8th and 4th places with respect to them

Take Jupiter as the aspecting planet and the Sun as the

51. 6 J 17

aspe..:ted one, Subtractmg Jupiter from the Sun we have 4·16·18·

29. As this exceeds +signs, subtract It from 5 sig'ns; the remain ..
der is 0·13.+1-31. Therefore ibe aspect is
~~1'516~ = 0228
3600 •

~~~qn 1l~~", ~TT;'lI: ~r~lt;:rTN"~~tt: I

~fOHrh ~~ur+l~T ~;~);rr~ qft~$'f!n II ~ II
~Rr lj~'rqra-firn~CHll't Girij'~q;g;~r
~rn:~N;;f'i'-lr;qr ~?!T;q:

Slo"ka e.
The additive figures for each of these
three planets are to be kept apart; they are to be multi.
plied by the degrees, etc" by which the difference
[between the ~~~ (Drisya) and ~!:r (Drashta)] falls short of)
or is in excess of the prescribed quantity, The product
is next to be divided by 30 and the quotient is to be
deducted from the Kshepas (a:r:r) or addItive figures.
The result expresses the enct amount of the (a.:rcr)
(Kshepa) to be added to the Drigb::1.la (~liij<!s),
The ,xact amount of the !i:tq- (Kshepa) to be added to the above
~9('; (Drlgb.31a) is
, lr 1- -.-16°
2
18' 29" }
30~ :='228,

Therefore the strength of Jupiter's aspect all the Sun ,s 'Z2:H"

'228='456 of a Rupa.
Sripatl's rules for fIDding the ~'if('; (Dngba1a) of planets
are given by ~~19;f6r~ (Kesava Dalvagna) compressed in one sloka
111 a different form .
.::.. _ ....... '" ... r... ....
~~mu[~~r({Ull'.:f;r~,;'8B.ir~l1~rra;<1

~qf qT~~'r~~lf~~ ~~1JTr ~?.!: ~~ ~m: I

~

~;:a:''H*<{~~:jJr<rn~itr~r~, f?;GiT: ~~~~r

+lm~~l;q~(:'ii:~rr{w<!s~"Fs;·.~~~r ~~ +r~q: II 'd' II
G
It may be rendered thus : -
.8>TT. ii, 3
18 [ Adh. If

The excess of the aspecteu over tho aspectmg planet In SIgns

may be any figure from 1 to 12.

°
0, I, 3, 2, 0, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, 0, are the quarters (t) representlOg the
strength respectiveiy 10 the 12 cases. If the aspectmg planet be
Jupiter and the excess be 8 and 4 sIgns, 4 IS to be substituted
for 2. If Saturn be the aspecllng planet and the excess be 2 and
9 sIgns, put down 4 in place of 1. If Mars be the aspecting planet
and the excess be 3 and 7 sIgns, replace 3 by 4.

In case an excess can tams degree~, mlllutes, elc., 10 addItIOn,

Its strength should thus be modIfied. FInd out by how much the
strength denoted by the next excess increases or decreases. Multi.
ply the number of quarters representing thIS m10 the degrees,
minutes, etc., and divIde the product by 30. The result IS to be
added to, or subtracted from, the number of qUai ters assIgned to
the excess In question, accordl ng as the strength for the next I~
higher or lower.

Let us calculate accordmg to thIS method the Drigbah of the

Sun got by the 3.spect of Jupiter.

The p)~lllon of the Sun is ° 17 43 30

The POo.ltlCD of JupIter Hl 8 1 25
subtracting, we gel 4 16 18 29

Thus lhe excebS IS bel ween 4 and 5 blgns. In the case when
Jupiter IS lhe aspechng planet, the table to be used for the
qual ters representinsr the strength In the 12 cases IS

0, I, 3, 4,0, 4,3,4, 1,0,0,0.

Thus when the excess IS 4 SIgn!', the strength is 4, and It be-

comes 0 when the excess is 5 signs.
S1. 6 ] 19

The actual strength of the aspect of Jupiter in the above case

160 18' 29" }
is { 4- 30 0- - x4 quarters 01'

'4-56 of a rupa,

f>;:f~~rf~l'=irat:a ~H;f' .(ig;rr;: l"l'cir<j; >:t r;:rr -<n:1J[ rr 'il~r~ E'I':

'" .... ....... '" '" ..... -" "'.....---..
~r<i:jfn:r~;rt.f~f'6f{T: q{ eq''lf itHf~r ~ql';:cr r<j;~ qr~IlT$p':r<j;r: II

The following rules are laid dvwn by 'C[(f;(f{ (P[].rasar~) for

findltlg out the ~if~ (Drigbala) of planets: -
a~'lfrf[~r~'!f st!f{ q~!fu~ irsN:f; lt~(( I
i?;n:'lf ~':ITfl!:'l ifr~:rt Q llrrrr~(/:I' 'q' ~~!f; II

::rrufu~ N;:H ~Trn +1'TfTf f[~rr~ ~'I!!f: I

~<rrr6Ti6
.-
~~?"aT~mr
....
~fufuTltrfu~ II
~

fir::rrr'l;'!f ?ilfaf ~r<:!fr i?:~~ ~(m?3ti +T~('( I

<li~lf"6T~ n:r<'ff nr~l +rf'lrfu.tfu?3;:rr~'qr II
~':rrfu~ Tq-<I'r (fm +1'mr [n: ~t p.p::rrf1rrrr:
rn ~ir 'q' rn'f;fOl 'q' 'CfQ{~ ~J:H~:<r II
::iH~~r: ~Hl:rTs,a- m:<r'-lf <:fffsiar: ;fj;rr'l. I
- '"
..... ........
'iiTr"f~q\rQ+1'r+rr<iHrq
""."
an!: ~~~r
""
+r"fq: II

Subtracl the figures representwg the number of sIgns, degrees.

mwutes, etc, traversed by the seeIng planet {om those of the seen.
If the difference should exceed 6 SIgns, subtrac [ the same agaIn
from 10 sIgns. DIvIde the result by 2. The result represents the
Drigbala of the aspected planet.

But If the dIfferenee exceed 5 signs only, then leave out the
number representtng tbe sIgns. The degree, etc, multiplied by 2
glves the amount of Drigbala of the planet.

But If the dIfference should exceed 4 signs only, subtract it

from 5 signs. The degrees, etc., that remain express the amount
of Dngbala.
2) [Adh. II

But if the dIfference exceeds 3 signs, subtract it from 4 signs.

DIvide thIs result by 2. To what yeu thus obtaIn add 30 Vnupas.
The total expresses the amount of Dngbala, (l !lupa'= 60 Vlrupas.)
If the dIfference exceeds 2 sIgns, leave the figure representmg
the signs. To the number of degrees, etc. remalUIDg, add 15 Vlru-
pas, ThIS wdl represent the Dngbak

If the difference should exceed one sign, leave out the sign.
The number of degrees, etc., dIvided by 2 repre~ents the amount of
Drigbala.
The DrigbalR that is th11s found has to be supplemented by the
addition of 45,:0 anJ 15 Vnupas, respectIvely, in the case of
Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars when these aspect 3rd and 10th in the
case of Satun'. 5th and 9th In the case of JupIter, and 4th alld
8th III the case of Mars.

N. B. :-Planets do not see the 2nd and 12th houses,

(~~t~) GRAHADRIGBALA
o:l
'-' c:!
--
"0
.~

> P cd ..r1
"0 ...
::l ...
c:l
'0
o:l
o:l
..r1
'5' ::l ::l
..!<i
::l cd
0::: u :::e: CO (j if) if)
-
\lcr: Ravi ... \ '277 ... .,. '6~,6 ., . ...
I ... ...
:q.~: Chandra '723 . '473 '412 '742 '638
"I
~![: Kuja ... i
I
'111 .. , ,., '470 ... ...
~'<T: Budha .. , I '081 ... ... '4+0 .., '030

~<1: Guru '456 !

i
'109 '970 '940 .. , '578 '116

~;n: Suhra '"

! '~46
.. , .... '605 .. , ...
~R: Sani ... '720 ... ...
, .. I '776 , ..
I
------ - - - - -- --- --- - - - -
~~rfl!
Subha Dnshtl 1'179 '436 1 1'443 1 '352 1'045 1'320 '784
1:frq~fu
Papa Drishti ... (164 ," ... "826 ... ...
"1"11;:
 (+lrC{{«H?J) BHAVA DrUGBALA en
I-"

CJ)
1-..1

(Bhava) 1 1 2 3 4 5 I 6 I 7 \ 8 9 10 I 11 I 12

{l<f (Ravl) . . \ !. , '185 '581 '564 [ '091 1'893 '795j"6-4·--c1- ·3-3 ;:.-"-;-1-'-c6-4-'- -

'i'{;:i\ (Chandra) .,.\ '749 i 'SIS I '075 '773 '7871 '518 I '249 ·0.9! I '230

~;Jf (Kula) ... \ I '119 i '552 'S36 ' 298 1 '479 l'COO '760: '399! '168 i '
;ii'
~<r (Budha) ! 'ISO I 'SIS '637 '237! '600 '830 '599 I '368 , '137 I :$
£i,
I ; J ' I

~~ (Guru) '562 ! '361 '9:28 '8021'785! '159 I I '052 ; '3<)2 : '840 '"
§i
....
i! . i ,>!l
~ 'E44/ '533 I "0:2::1 I '996
I (' ,
(Sukra) '216 76+ '533) -302 i 033 I ,
.;

, I
!
I,I 1

';(fA- (Sani) I '401 '918 [ '6,9 i '261 i "553 ! '880 i 't49 i '662 r '593

'@<{~fu. (Subha Drishti) II-l'-31~I-l'(-)2;fl-'7-31--1-2:-8-:i612'342 il"~05 -2'-015 1!-1'-3S2-: -';-;I-j-'4-'911-'-425-'-I'O-70

1:jl1:j~fu (Papa Drishti) I' I "119/1'138 2'3371: 1 J I 'S31 2'446 2 435~~~'163 I '662

End of the Second Adhyaya.

t-.:)
......
 22 [Adh. lIt

",,-
darqrS~~q!
e:.
er~TqqT~ij iitVlr a:~TT~~qT;riT~, ;r +r~~Q)S~: I
ij~~T'l~~r~trq~N~~1tfu~ tfi~rPl~"~ ~ II I'
Adhyaya 8.
Sloka 1. As there can be no knowledge of the
order of the periods anu the sub-periods, etc, of one's
life without a knowledge of the strength of planets, I
proceed to set forth this ~trength in its entirety, differu
entiated as it is by the circumstances-position, direction,
time, nature, motion and aspect-of the planets.

;:ft~T ~:qUNtfit ~~ ~ ~~n:q(\t 3l:;~ij-

" (:I.... •
~~(l ~fI~~: ~~T~~+r+r~T q(5 ijf~JI. I
qt~~ ij iI~ f:rtfiTQl~~q ~ij (\i ~ Sp:rr
q~T &rN~~S$.'( =tRufr f4~ ij'~ijS!l{: II ~ "
, Sloka 2. When a planet diminished by its depres.
sion figures is in excess of 6 signs, it is to be subtracted
from 12 signs and the difference reduced to minutes is to
be divided by 10,800. The resultant Rupa is the exal.
tation.strength (~'iiSl'C[5'. U chchabala) of the planet. If the
planet should be in its Moolatrikona, it has £th8 of a
Rupa j if in its own house its strength is t a Rupa. If
it is in a very friendly house, its strength is measured by
~ths of a Rupa. In a friendly house its strength is 1th
of a Rupa. In a neutral house it is ~th of a Rup::t.
The Sun's posItion is o 17 43 30
Its depresslOn IS ... 6 10 0 0
The dIfference IS •. , ... 6 7 43 30
Siuce thIS exceeds 6 signs, it has to be subtracted from 12
S1. 3 J
signs. The remamder IS 5- 22-16-30. Therefore the '3"'€f'f'"'
(Uchchabala) of the SUll in l\upa is
10336'5 ,
16800 = 957
Of. '1U~\
;:r'r:qr.r ~ 3:i't +fT'ci'rR-.:r<i; 'El'sr;fTg-':ITT'efq(,( I
+ir:rfri'i~ fuf+i-l'm "t~!iF~r"i~ +r~\'f. II
Subtract the figures representlt1g' the depressed p.)SltlOn of a
planet from those repcesentm:; Its <tc:tual p'JsltLOn (e,g., Depressed
positlOl1 of the S'ln IS 10 deJre':Os in Tula or 6 siJns 10°). If the
difference exceeds 6 Signs, subtract It from l2 sig'1'" n.educe this
result to degrees and divide by 3. What IS obtamed represents
the ;::r~'f~ (Uchchabah) In VlfUP1.S of the planet,
Table showing the '3"'€f'-f3" (Uchchabah) of the pbnets.
1'lanetsEX11tat1011 Neecha Planets ExaltatIOn Neecha
strength strength
llavi "957 6 10 Guru '186 9 5
Chandra '397 7 3 Sukra '90S 5 27
Ku]a '667 3 28 S:lDl '0-1+ 0 20
Rudha '051 11 J5

Bloka 3, In an inimicJl hou,e it IS T\th and in a

very iI1lmical sign it is ~1.2 th, The positional strength of
a planet due to its Lcing ill the Sapta vargas (~8'Ofii)
should be determined in accordance with its relation to
the lord of each of those vargas-
~;'J,,!l.f.i;:m:-

i£r;i)i£r ~<rlJlrQ; "t:~CT: -q:$N<!'i~~",~~~(~ "lei>

~ to ..... r-.. ,...., ...........
~e;.Ts;j( ~+i+rs~A"r~:;:H:l1lf +i'~T:;fq;fi;r ;;r<?Sl3;.1
" ~,..... t"\..... ,~'""...... ...
r~~~f~{'efn!~ ~'-l ~+rT«lr qr~+f~HT::tir
....... - ""I.""'" "'" ~
e;;;SaTlllr.. ~;qr<{+r ~\[nC{tfOf':ITr~ ~<!~ ;r,r8''f'-l:if+( Ii ~ II
Sapiavargas are seven-fold classification of a SIgn into (I)
~T~T (RasJ), (2) 1l.:r~r (Hora), (3) ~EIHrJ[ (Drekkana). (4) B"Rt~ (Sap·
 24 [Adh. III

lamsa), (5) ;:rejt~f ~Navamsa), (6) ~ri'{~T:j (Dwadasamsa) and (7)

(:;r~f~ (Trimsamsa). See zodiacal Charl altached.
Note that the e).tent of strength slated here as denvable from
::r~ (Ucheha) and 'ifRq.,. (Saptavargas) of a planet is the same as
the measure of the good influence mentlOned In Adhyaya IV Slob.
8, m!ra,
For finding out the ljH9![51ejZ~ (SaplavargajabalaJ of allY pla.
net we must know the exact n<Lture of tbe relationship existtng
between ihis and the rest of the plauets? "'I.~.-whetber he IS a fr-r?J'
(Mitm), "3ffl--rf~?J' (Adlllmitm), :(f?J' (Satro), 3Tf9~?J' (Adhi 8atru) or a
Uli (Sarna), This has to be det;rrn111ed With ;efercnce to (1) the
f~M[:;ft"1iji1{ (Nlsargamattn cha1<rarn)- the chakra sbo>\lOg the
nat ural [riendsh 1 p or enmIty between planets (Vide 'ill. !fl. Adhya.
ya II, Slobs ..j 2-4 5) aNI (2) the i1Tff,{f&"ifil:r~'9iji1{ (Tat\whkarnaltri
chalnam)-the chal,ra showlDg the fneocbhlp for the tIme being or
plane Is (zllde ;;rio r.n. AdhY8ya If, SI( ka 41.)
This latter kmd of fnendshlp between the several planets can
be determined by findlOg out their relattve positIOns, 2.e., byascer.
taimng, accordll1g to some whIch of t:le 12 bin vas they OCCUDY in
the tTFfT.[iji (Bhava chakra.) alrc1.dy prepaced (Vidfj page 13 supra)
aad which for COl1VCtllenCe we shall c-t!t ">'lrlTr:T]j'rr$01 (L'1~n3.
bhava KU11d11,). Other" say that the relative posItion of one ph.
net wi th respec t to another must be determlllcd by first casting
the +1feT§us<,fj (Bhava Kund tIl) of the btter phnet (L.e., by co 1-
sideriiig tbe latter pLll1et as the L1.gna -vule the eX1mple workel
below) and then 6ndm~ which particular <'freT (blnva) in this
+Tfr.r"1'T. (bhava ch~ha) the Lmner phnet is occupying,

Ct. ~F.:1li1U>Flil~
or\'<f,T~<jiT: ~~: f!~:"{r;:p:iT<rr: ~nr1i+1f:qf~I-HQ,p:i~r:
~ ~.....,...., ... ,.....~ n
Q}/i~iH::ranz:n'1<i~~rr.f<rmm~ Hlfql l"f~'i'fir: II
~""~ ......... ,.... .IjI~. '" ,",.oj-,,"
~HH~~ <=/'lq(l: <!iHl:f~m if5"~q'~mqCf,r<fr rl[' I +fa-
..... ~... ...... .
..... ~ ~~ '" ....
, ~" ,....,
~~ if~:rn~v.r 'tl!.fFH.n~:r; ~-la:~;;rf'liffl",:r r"l'r'i:!;:~~ II

The <;n:rmcr§.ltt~(i';i (Lagna bhava Kundall) already worked out

will enable one to find out in wluch of the several bhava" With
respect to the Lagna the Sun and other planets are situated;
similarly, in order to deiermme how the pl'wets are situated With
 S1. 3 ]

respect, say. to the Sun, we must prepare a fresh mCf'<f'!ll'( (Bhava

cbakram) for the Sun. This should be done by taking the Sun's
position as the ascendant and determining the other bhavas on the
lInes laid down in the firat Adhyaya We shall therefore first find
out the 4th +{"[<f (bhava) by taklOg the mtdnight as the ~[:fil'" (Ishta
kala) and fix up the rest 10 order.

The Sun's position 15 0-17°.43'.30/1. Half the length of the

midnight of birth IS 14 gh. 32' 5 vlgh. and the '31<r<fr;(J (Ayammsa)
is 21° 47' 38/1. Adding thIS ~t~ (Ayanamsa) to the position of
lhe Sun, we get 1-9°.31'-8/1 which is the tropical longitue of the
Sun. The portion of {'Hf (Vnshabha) yet to rise 15 20°.28'-52/1.
The time taken for this to rise in Lanka IS
20° 2b' 52/1
30 d egrees X 4 gh. 591;- vlgb. or 204'24 vlgh.
u\ .
9 10 11 12
_11_2 _3 _41_5 !_6 _7 )_8
--
Signs ... 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Degrees ... 17 15 13 10 13 15 17 15 13 10 13 ]5

Mlnutes '"
43 23 3 42 3 23 43 23 3 42 3 23
30
2_1~
Seconds '" 16 2 47 2 16 30 16 2 47

B'
--1---
~ ~\B'
l:f 'lJ B ~I~~ ':t
__

I~
1'2 2'3 34 45 I 56 6 7 78 891910 ]0'11 11'12121
_1-
Signs ... 1 1-1 ~-31-4 -6
7
-71-8,--9-
10 0

Degrees ... 1 29 26 26 29 1 1 29 26 1 26 29 1

Mmutes ... I 33 13 52 52 13 33 33 13 5:.! 52 13 33

Seconds ...! 23 1
9
-"
55 55 9
23
1 23 1
9 55 55 9 23

And the time for l+r~;; (Mithuna) and efi<r<li (Kataka) to rise in Lan-
ka IS 10'727 gb. Total of these periods IS 14 gil. 7'86 vigh. The
portion of fu~ (Simha) that will rise in Lanka 10 the remalnu:g
o gh, 25 vigb. is
~f. -cr. 4
26 [Adh. III

25x6 30"=2~"07
1795 x J'

Now subtractJIlg the 3P.f.,f0" (Ayanamsa) frolll the above. the POSI-
hon of the 4th "iTCf (bhava) IS found to be 3-10~ 42' 47".

The 12 Bhavas and theIr SandhIS wIth reference to the Sun's

positIon as the ascendant arc set out m the prevIous pagC'.
The correspondlllg' lables for ihe Meulh and other planet!>
may be SltUlJarly worl,ed out.
From the sl kas (Jlloted from !(1'1~I'I;jfil~ (Sal1lbhuboraprakasa)
in r.aJe Z+. supr.l, It wIll be seen that >i'r'11rr (Sn;)atl) doe~ not
favour the latter VI<.W flnd which ha~ abo nul been followed III OUI
calculatIOns.
The words. f<f'f'1;;I~lrr~tl III thtl text admIt:. of two I11tcrpreta-
hons. That glvell III lhe lratlo,lallOn and followed III the examplc
has the wpport of ccmrneolators 1I1,c <J;:.r:u~'Of (Sundaraml::,ra) and
(tqlifl\~Cf~ (Dlwakara Dalvagna).

In hIS commentary on the slol,a <luoted frull! :r..Ff'F~~T (/\Gs.a"a

PaJdhatl) III pa.ge U, sl(jJra, K<lIif1:r (DIWilkara) observ()s as
follows : -
" ",...,..... '" r-"J\ .. ~
~~f((qer;arra;~n~r '§li;11 ~i!rra;tfoif~H<:(~i[+!rl'l.\0!4r.tT (f ~~r~l,f:

<a{l~;fl;~ ~'Tit"'f;rIJ'(T{r4'lr ~!1~: I iT(iT?;f~

0::.
qTRr 6' iTj[Tf;qr:
0:-
~TM:~aqi!~fu
0:-
..~qt q'lITltr, ~~stT+r~r(T~ ~:I':~<liT.sr<:iSrfif !11~rfOr I
€tqT ~1;a-T4'Ir;)'1':IT::::rT<r~ a~'.H I -q;~ ~~ arcii 6l';ffqrr.$'l~ ~T~~~:
qij~ ;jqrd I lj~ !1€~ \11;Qqir~ar ~ ~Ti!f+!~ ij~ ~i!r~~r+i'T Q"lf;;r-
mmf?J:9: ~~qri.'f rr~'ffi ar~ Jl'r~f+1Tcr I <l'{:;r <6fa1~~ ol1r:.iE I !1;af :>;ffu:l;:.
a.I{ i[rH~ <iTf~ a<:(~&:~r;lr ~~if~Q"r~r ;;rr ~O:~ij'irn<6).Jts~ i.'f~ iWer~oj
~ ~~~ ~~q"rtn:r~T~ ! a~~~:>;f+r, I Plf~iS\':rT~FIi'!(lT~~ir'cllQ, I fei;
~=;t ~~f?.q'~~rre;~~:ffi~r~(HRr {.J;j<rrcr I q'( $l'T~f;r!1;..iJ ;t,"f1'q. ij~.:rr 4'lT<ij:-
~Rr il'T;:~;rqOf;m ~fu fiim i3i~: I a~r :q ~:mrq~rql'1'!:i+r, I

~~ ~~i.'f; g.,q:;;t 3l<6uffi "toT "'1:qr:iiil~ ~q:;~ ~~+Tr;C{h~~ I

• "........... (to • ,.....,..., ... " ' , . . . "
QTC{ q:;~~ Ti[Q~ ~{ a~'( qT~:;r<r iliTilif; !~:e:raqrr~<6rlJ'( II s.:ri.'f

at:;r ~.r~~:e:rT~~ ~~a<Hi3;. iTilifiTf 3:1'&:: ~"t(J'{lr~ ~.t q:;~ tr~ra-l­

~" qi ~'iT~~ ~:e:rar ~~~nfr \=i'ttJi"rrtr Ii cii G;~Talf6 illViilcr a~r<t:
S1. 3 ] 27

~~r~ffuf.:r ~~~~ ~'n;i: 'ifi?if~~rre: q7r~'lPII1(1~~M ::rctFi: I q-n';iH

\jfm~sRr I
~i?ifu<PrllT~a:ir'Pelm~fu;;r G' l1rf{~ I
<fffu~~"l~ oqrrq- ~:qcn iff qj li':ITf <Sfi?ili. II
~aiG\:i''!i: <l§"nmar il'~r~nrR{:rrr ~rrr: I
"[rnrfu-~
... -.... ""'" -. • "'f' .. .. . . . -. -.....,
"l~rrq- ~i?ir;;r -lifUTTri:THaT<'iT q'Orm<rr ilfi!! ~f{~ra <'iff Ilf~Cf ::r='f II

Vile shall now pcoceed to find Oett the 13tpr~ Hi?S (S1ptavarga,j1..
bala) of the Sun in the txample :
He is occupying the Rasi of trEf (Mesha) a sign owneJ by
Mars who is his G11'<T!+r1!f (Adhimitra). The strength on thIs
account is • 375 of a Rupa. He IS in a hora owned by the Moon,
who is also his 3TNm'>f (Adhlm;tra). He gets therefore another
'375 of a Rupa on this account.
He is in the ~if:I<T[ (Drekkana) of Simha, hIS l"'fa:r"1 (Swa1.:;she-
tra), and is thus entitled to . 5 of a Rupa. For the same re,1son he
gets' 5 of a Rupa for hIS betng 1U the ffnrtnTi':if (Simh:l. Saptamsa).
Mercury, the lord of Kanya whose -=rcn':if (Navamsa) IS occupied
by the ::un is a f+r'>f (l\htra) of the Sun The Sun gets therefcre
only '25 of a Eupa, He is occupying the ~f-l'cft,l;,:r;;::~t;(r (Vnschtl,a-
dwadasamsa), i.e" a'l 3{"I" (Amsa) owned by Mus, his ~:Afu7:r'=f (Adhi-
mltra). He gets '375, L1.stly, he 15 in Jupiter's lfir'ifr':if (Tnm-
sam sa), Jupiter is hIS 13+l (Sama). The Sun's 'fC?i (B..lla) on tIllS
account is '125. Thus, he gets in all '375 plus '375 pIllS '5 pllts
'5 Plus '25 plits '375 flus 'J25=:2'5 Rupas.
It should here be noted thlt tths of a RupJ. is to b3 allotted
for a planet only when it IS in its "!~~<fiT<T[{[% (Moolatllkona Rasi)
and not when it occupies a iKr (Hora) or any other of tbe 6 Vargas
{other t han ,-TT~r- Rastl owned by the planet's l'j",i3riirll] (Moolatnkona)
sIgn. In the latter case the strength that should be taken account
of would be only so much (which in any case does not exceed '375)
as is laid down for the particular kind of relationship the planet
in question bears WIth the lord of thIS 'f'l~oKrrr (Moolatnkona) sIgn,
et ~['<R.
~rrf[rra:.r(n;rt \>:1"( $fi[TUTrg~~ ;sri?i~ I
rri~ ~~CTqfrSrq a'{m~ q~T~~'l. II
28 [Adh. III

and the following commentary of R<rr'fi\ (Dlvakara) on the same :..

'" .......... ,.... ..... ~"
arsr Bi'!m?J~\lT~ ., Tsr'fi[Ill["er;r u" P"V\:. I
Thus, 10 the example, the Sun though' occupying the ~r1J[
(Drekkana) and :eRi~ (Saptamsa) represented by the sign T~{
(Simha-the Sun's Moolatnkcna Rasl) gets only '5 of a Rupa m
each case.-on account of the sign bemg hIs Swakshetra,-mstead
of '75 of a Rupa. The same remark ap)lIes to Jupiter, who
happens to be in a Hasi, a Drekkana, Saptamsa and a Dwadas-
amsa all belonging to "!~~ (Dhanus). He gets '75 of a Rupa
only in the first Varga and not In the other cases
But the slokas quoted above from qu't\\: have been thus
commented upon: 3l(;f <1\<1 'lim \Qlfl'l:[i'.qCfl1'\<1 lif89<T;;f or<if ;:rl~llfur ffi\'{-
~«ii:\:ffi'i;r~tM[1J[ffifl1t~e:r~t~%~hmNq~.,i +r.<?i~Cfilll'[~Mf~sr~.
~J:\T$r~m.,t ijill~: ~lf}cr 't~ '3"\Tli ~o .,~:to ~ ~'''1 ~ ~o ~'T ¥
m: ':l. tJft~a. <n& !:fm a:r~ (feci" \c!fl~r<rCfl1\<1 'l&:T~~if;fqffi: ~+l:<?ifu'<fifUT
"Q;'f fct~ ~~ '6"'-', tTTiW'J:, etc., and would be translated thus:
" If the lords of the Saptavargas occupied by a planet be in
their +[,<?iTSrililur (Moolatnkona), ~~ (Swakshetra) or In the houses
.
of an a:rl\:ff;riil' (Adhlmltra), ~sr {MItra" ~ll (Sama), ~sr (Satru) or an
~
ar~ (Adhlsalru), the ffif<fffilOf<?i (SaptavargaJabala) of the planet
'"
will be 45, 30. 20, 15, 10,4 and 2 Vlrupas respectively,"
According to this View, the HffC!1T~'f<?i (Saptavargajabala) of
the Sun will be worked up thus:
The Sun's position is 0·17°-43'·30". Mars, the lord of the '{1m
(Rasi) occupied by him, IS in +ft., (Meena), a house of Jupiter who
is an a:rr~fl1sr (Adhimltra). HIS strength in the \·fu (Rasl) there-
fore will be '375 of a Rupa. The U\f (Hora) occupied by the
Sun is that of the Moon who IS in +t<fi\: (Makara), a SIgn owned by
Saturn, a friend of the Moon. The Sun's <f<?i (Bala) 1Q the ~TU
(Hora) WIll thus be ·25 of a Rupa, The Sun IS in the ~5'1irur
(Drekkana) of flj{ (Simha). The lord of ~~ (Simha) z.e., himEelf,
is in ~ (Mesha). a sign be10ngmg to Mars. an arf'1msr (Adhilll1tra),
His i[<?i (Bala) on this account will be '375 of a Rupa. For the
same reason, the Sun's i[~ (Bala) due to hiS being m the m~nrt':(r
(Simha Saptamsa) wdl be -375. The 'i'fClt':(l' (Navamsa) occupied
by the Sun is 'Ii;<rf (Kanya), a sign owned by Mercury and this
51. 3] 29

planet is in +ft;::r (Meena), a house belonging to ] UPI ter who IS hi.s

fnend. So the Sun's strength due to this Will be '25 of a R1lPa..
He IS occupying the <[fa:r~~m~ eVrischika Dwadasamsa); Mars,
the lord of "!T?rOfi (Vnschlka \, IS in mil
(Meena), a house of an
31f''<1fl1~ (Adhimitra). The Cf<l<r<;l" (Valgabala) on this account wIll
be '375. Lastly, the Sun is m Jupiter's Trims1tnsa. Jupiter IS
in '<1~;;r, (Dhanus;, hiS "[~irO'H:Tf':if CMoolatnkona f{asl). The <[<;I"
MUTUAL RELATIONS OF PLANETS.

I <:fct: I T.fr;::: I ~;;r: I ~'<1: J ~~: ! ~>fi: I ':ifR:'"

-_.,----.
I
~ ... 1. 10. ':if. 12. 12 9 . 1. ~.
~. ~. ~. ~
31N- ~~ 31T~- (i:r~ "t<;l"~ ~
~ fir~
-- -- ------
... +. T.f. 4. T.f. 5.<:. 5. \ . 5. \.
-
"8::T 5. \.
3{l<r - "9i\J~ '31'N' 3{T'<1· '1l1 31M--
1l:r~ fI:r~ fh~ ,:(T~
- - - - - - --I- --
~'f.TiJT 0.' ". \.
i ~i\J?r
2. ~.
fI:r~
8. ~. 8.~. 9.~. 5. \.
~i\J~ ~~~ 31T~-
~
I
':if1
-- -- -- -- ------
Hf:(f ... 5. \. 7~~. l2. ~. 11. ':if. 9. ~. 4. T.f. 7. ~•
Bf~r-r Tl1~ 31M-- mi?{ ""f~~ 1311 1311
m~
-- -- ------- - -
cri':if ... G.m~'!I. 2. I?'.!, ~. 11. ':if, 1. 5 \ .
~. ~
mr-r 31N· fR:;r "'JiM". 311~-
fu~ Pr~

ra:\~f~ ...
1-I
---- ----- - -
18. ~. 3. '!I. II. ':if. 9. ~.
~~

9.~. 6. '!I•
'31'1"'<1- " 1
I 31P:r • Tl1~ fI:r~ ~~~ 31N·
I fir~ fu":;r f+f?f
- - - - - - ----
~m~ ... 19. ~. 12. :1. 8 .•~. 10. ~. 1. ~ 9. ~.
Bl1 1W1 ~~"1 l+r~ 31fcr • ~~
I fu~

--- -
30 m7ffiq'~: [Adh. III

(~acrir~) Saptavargajabala
ctl

'"..a'" I
'""' Cl! ctl
...CJ ::l ....
Planets > ctl
til
5' '"
!:l
....
::l
..!<: i:lCl!
ctl
~ U I ~ ~ Cj I Ul
::l
Ul
.'
Gnha .. , '375 I '25 '375
I
'25 '75
I '25 '125
i
Hora , .. '375 '5 '375 ')75 '125 '031 '125
Drel,kana .. , '5 '25 '5 '062 'S '031 '062

Saptamsa ,., 5 I '25 '375 '25 '5 '125 '125

Navamsa ... '25 I

'25 '375 ' 25 '375 '031 '062
,
Dwadasamsa '375 . '375 '~5 '25 '5 '375 '062

Trimsamsa .. , '125; '25 '5 "25 '375 '062 '125

~i~ M\~_~ 11-687/3-125 ~ ~

(Bala) will therefore be '75 of a Rupa. The total Wi.f;f:;riif~
(Sapthavargajabala) of the Sun wIll thus amount to '375 PlItS '25
PIlls '375Pllls '375PZlts '25p[us '375 pIlls '75=2'75 Rupas.
The first of the two tables prmted above gives the mutual
relations of planet~, whIle the second, their l"ffi1'lT;p.ri'>i (Sapta.
vargajabala) as per the former view and which alone has been
adopted In these calculattons throuf4hout.
f ~
~ll+r ~qiqijl m~~s.tir ~~ffi'
'" ~ '" TQ.
r.r er~1f(ftqq;n:f"\ I
lIhJ~ ~Ni~ii~~f~~n~q~q Nqd~q ~ ~:r1{ 'I \J "
Sloka 4. The Moon and Venus w hen they are in
an even sign or in a ~avamsa (if"flU) owned by an even
sign give Hh of a Rupa ac; strength. The Sun, Mars,
Jupiter, Saturn and Mercury give the same amount of
strength when they are in an odd sign or in a Navamsa
owned by an odd sign,
When the Moon or Venus occupies an even sign and also a
Navamsa owned by an even sIgn. then the st.rength IS hh of a
Sl. 5 J 31

Rupa for each circumstance. The total strength IS!r a Rupa.

SUTIllar rerr.ar1{ applies to anyone of the other planets occupying
an odd sIgn and at the same tlme a Navamsa owned by an odJ sIgn.
Cj. ~~cj1:r~fu:
~~;:{. ~+r~lh«~ ~ ~q~~;:~ qU,nw ;!n;r;~ I
'" "
Bl\I"fN5T
~t~~ ~Rir~nii;fl 'H"l~ ~ql q~ ~r.;~ II
.,Also 1.flJ~T\.
,:., .. ", f"'.... po.., ...... to .....

........ ~;:~'g$f ~l;:{T~l n:n~u~t'ltlm: q'{ I

The Moon and Venus when III a "fCfT'IT (Navamsa) owned by an

even sIgn have <:"IFT9~ (5tthanabala) measured by 15 Vlrupas. The
rest when III a <19m (Navamsa) owned by an odd slgn have <:'rr<1"f~
(Stthanabala) measured by 15 Vlrupas.
The Sun IS In j{'1 ClVlesha), an odd ~Ign, and III the 6th 'l9m
(Na\ amsa) o\vnecl by "ll;-91 (Kanya), an even ~Ign. So the Sun's
a:r~;r1i9~ (Ayugmabala) IS '25 of a R.upa.
The Moon IS In 'fen'.: (Ma],ara) and In the 5th '11:(i"il (Navamsa)
owned by 'i'Hf eVnsbaba) an even sIgn; and ,ts :g"+f'f~ (Yugnmbala)
IS 625 pllts '25 or •5 of a Rupa. Mars IS III +IFf (Meena), an even
sign, and 1D the Jast "RT~ (Nav&msa) owned by >fr<=r (Meena). So
the .a.r~;r+{9~ (Ayugmabala) of Mars is zero.

~~m~t~q<:?I;,{ (Yugmayugmabala)

-.~-;:;-; ~r~~--i-~~-q: -1~T~~T E~' I ,"",

.
-·~r~-I 0
--~-----
r" r~-I ~·I~
.. -~-----.--'-~-.'--.-- - --"_._-
" ,..." C' "" I'\"~
~QG~T~'FI~~ r;'PHiS:qr ~qCfil~~~l1Tr 1~\jf~Pl I
"
~(~(lHle;1.l1~ii!! :;:r t \ . " T~~1.l:
ql~: ~l;r~~Ft-.=(~!! "" II ~ II
Sloka 5. When the planets are in Kantaka (lst,
4th, 7th, lath), Panapara (2nd, 5th, 8th, 11th)~ and
Apoklirna (3rd, 6th, 9th, 12th), a Rupa, ~ a I-{upa and
t of a Rupa respectively are to be set down for their
32 [Adh. III

strength. When the feminine, hermaphrodite and mas.

culine planets occupy respectively the end, the middle
and the initial portion of a sigll, lth of a H.upa 'is to be
assigned for their strength.
it':([ql[~fu:-

$;:~r~~ ~ ~crepT~~{!1lT;::?;r;:;~f;:a ~~r: ':fi~r~ I

t"\ ..... ~... '"' ..... ~,\ .....
~(~er :q~+r ~H: ~~+Jep W§fOff :q ;j:{I;~ ~~r
... . . . r-." '" • ,." ~ ,. . .,
sr"'PTar rqa-~r;:a lUa:gra:a- ~r~ ~T"''''T~ f~qa:~ II a. II

AlsO'Tii"
~~~: 'tOlof(?;f +r\o.~+rOf(?;: Gil1(q{Rrai:l~[~ I
.... " ..... "" .,... ......... ""
~,qnW+rif: ~I'ffir ~1<'1'~(?;: ~:qH gTil'f+r: II

q:Zl~<: lays down the following : -

~;:~r~~ ful('fT ~g(~ q~Ri::nfij-f~: ':fi+JTQ, I

:anTa:+r-.;~ Iq~ T~~ ~lleplOT~ fuiaT: Sfi+rr~ II
~i'\~G''P~f~~~r ~-af~R:r~ !l~: I and adds
~:ilP"~~ifa~?i'':il~<t ~ril'~~ ~: II
I'When a planet occupies a ~~i:\ (Kendra), f.j1 rrrQ<: (Pallapara)
or a:rlt{~1=[ (Apoldima) sIgn, its strength IS reckoned respectively at
60, 30 and 15 Virupas.
Planets that. are masculIne, hermaphr8dlte and femimne occu-
pying respectively the first, second and third Drekkanas of a sign
have ~~rOTq~ (Drekkanabala) calculated by 15 Virupas. When
the planets happen to be lD their own q:~1j- (Shadvarga), the
~tlf.TlJjqi'> (DrekkanabaJa) is to be reckoned at 30 Vrrup s instead of
15 Virupas."
According to this, Jupiter would get . 5 of a Rupa msle:1d of
'25 shown in the statement.
:lS

~~stffa:Of~li. (Kendradibala)

:cG1: \ :r..r;j\: §;;r: !.'l' ~., ll'" 1"",,-

_11 ·25 '25 '25 1_1_._1
S1. 6 ] 33

There is a diversity of opinion as to what Kendras are, Some

take the Kendras to be <'llt[ (L"gna), 4th, 7th and 10th Rasis.
Others take them to be the 1st, 4th, 7th and 10th Blzavas, The
commentator or ~r:rRr'f;g;Rr (SripatipaddhatI) and ;q~ (Balabhadra),
the author of it~r:rn CHoraratna), hold the latter View, while 1HJ:(R"
(Parasara) and ~~or~i;f'tf (Kesavd D.livagna) incline to the former.
Neither view affects the horoscope in question.
Regarding masculine, feminine and hermaphrodite planets,
refer to ;;;1~Tl~;;;r<:r (Jatakapanjata), Adhyaya II, Sloka 27.

ir~rlJlq'~+r. (Drekkanabala)

<I" ,,",' ~, "" I;j;, r~~;T';'-

o 0 0 0 [ '25 I 0 [ 0

~~",,~<?l+I. (Stthanabala)
c:
..-..
....
::l
....
2 rn c:
-
....
Planets c:
::I
0
0
UJ
....
ell
...
U
Q) 0-
::l
C
Q)
E
(f) ~ ~ ~ ,....,
::!
> ct!
(f)
---
I
Uchchabala '957 ,397 '667 '05i 1'186 "90S '044

Saptavargaja' 2'5 2'125 2-75 1'687 3'125 '906 '687

bala ,
Yugmayugma- '25 ·5 0 '25 '5
bala
Kendradibala l'O l'O '25 '25 '25
°
1-0 t '0
'5

DreHanabala 0_ _ 0_ _ O _ _ I~ 0
__ O 0
Total ... 4-70'14.022 ~.66'12.23814"311 2'811 2'231
-
"~,, .... ""'.,,. (I" ....
~T;:.r~T~·Hija:~qT~~:rm Ta:iT;rZ1 ~~ "lqT~~mr: I
f;r~~ ~f;{~~T ~p.r~~: ~il~~~IJfT ~f~~: II ~ II
'.:;)

Sloka 6. The positional strength (~TiI'~ _ Sttha_

nabaLt) has thus been treated of in this work. Hear the
-if. 'f. 5
34 LArlh.1ir
Directional strength (~nt~ - Digbala) [rom the East
onwards. Mercury and Jupiter are strong in the East or
LJgna Bhava; the Sun and Mars in the South or 1Cth
Bhava; SatUln in the West or 7th Bhava; Venus and
the Moon in the North or 4th Bhava.
or. ~mEfitt1ft::rIQ
fq~gqri:lT~"''i.;rmllT ~'eI1+f1\iqr ~~~'«;:~'r I
;r;:~ 'et{T~~ll\'ref.i~ ~t( qjirUT ~ ~'ll\'~~r~i{: ~: II
Also~

i?;gJ ~rfu:~m ,fi:r~m'r ~4~ii: TElii'iraCfifr :q

lfor<lJffl::
,-..s:. ~~,.... • ~ ~ -.. ~
~rll\'~r ~a.iq&5.;r~~r ;r+r:~~~r <t ~qr<tim:r I
~~ ,,~~,.. ~ ...
~Tm~<T: ~$TiI~ref.iU ij \n(!'J ret6r'-'l':::l.fiil~r +rqiit;z.U
AlsoB~

~.it ;f1<l~r~'r ~'tfr1fi~~'r ~«11~ ~( +rT~1fift-

6{:;:<ctTTq;:~R=liir n~~r~iiriia:;z. II
(l ",.... ..
'" "

3T~f~i~l~l~~~~ ~~ih~ :s:tTqTi:~T~l{q ~e;r+{ltT~ I ~

itt\t1f +{litq:q;~~(+7.Jf !TI~~H!mJft~~~ ~~ II \9 II

"ilNtt ~~i(Q(T~m~ ~~liij ~T~f(~nl~Ji{: I
...... + • ."
+r;:r;::qTR ij ~~iI'~ ~T~~n q~ ~~,,~ !Tql~ II ~ II
Slokas 7 and 8. Subtract the 4th Bhava [rom the
Sun and Mars; the 7th J3hava from Jupiter and Mercury;
the 10th Bhava from Venus and the Moon; and the
Lagna Bhava from Saturn. If the remainder should be
in excess of 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs. Heducing
the result to minutes, divide the same by 10,800. What
is obtained is the Directional strength (~..r~ - Digbala)
in Rupas. I shall proceed to state the Temporal strength
(<fi~~.Kalabala) of planets.
 51. 9 ] <!a-1~)sl:lqrq : 35
Let us find the Sun's Digbah.
The Sun's position is 0 17~ 43' 30"
The 4th Bhava IS 3 7 42 11
Subtractmg, we get 9 10 1 19
Since this exceeds 6 signs, we have to subtract
the same from 12 signs,
The result is 2 19 58 41
ThIs, reduced to minutes is 4798'7
DivIding by 10800, we gat the Sun's Digbala Do" '444.
ct. q<:r~H-
:;j{'-fi'f(~:rrrq: ~:rir ~r~riY:i!'f1i1f~ <:i'jR:J1rr~: [
+to.;q<:i'jg <[mat;?{'r~(,n "ls-.:rT~:r~
.... '9"Rf II
"'lw.rnr~T'o;;q U+H~:i +rrrrrti~ '€i '('fa:<i'j;r. I
That is,
., Subtract the 4th bhava from the Sun ~s well as from Mars.
Subtract the 7th bhava from JupIter as well as Mercury. Subtnct
the 1st bhava from Saturn. Subtract the 10th bhava from Venus
and the Moon. When the drfference 10 the several cases exceed
SIX signs, subtract it from 12 signs. DIvIde the result by 3.
What is obtained is to be reduced to degrees, etc. The result
constitute fi:\.qB" (DIgbala) in Virupas, etc."

~~~fu:-
+r;:~~~"IT1i"'l'r~~rli ~ct m'if ~'eI'r';rir<ir-
;:$iT'i!i s:!'r~lJ~ffis~n:p;r n:r~f(~i '{<i~~ff:
"'" ,... G'
r~""r<{ {~~ij II
Directional strength (R'~l'(-Digbala) of planets.

1-:;;: "", I,Of' I,,, ~., r~' I ~, 1

G:-I'037 1'554 1'260 ['887 1'535 \'074

. ~ ~~
;:r=ffii{~ 41(t{T~~l~~T ge{~i:fi'T T~;:r~=ffi~·n ~~:
~

~;:~~;rT ~'l~~+{1~ ~T~) ~~~iiiijijij~{~?;: II' II

36 [Adh. III

ija'aqT;rl~efflf q~r~a': ~~T~~~~ij) if~ ~~~ I

~~~ {1m :er ~;rI ~ ~q;t f€r~'-fitij~~Hltfr~~ ~~~ II ~ I) II
SZaleas 9 and 10. Mars, the Moon and Saturn ha ve
strength by night. Jupiter, the Sun and Venus have
potency by day. Mercury is strong at all times. In the
case of planets having strength by day, take the ~;;net (U n.
nata) and in the case of those strong by night, take the
"'let (Nata). Reduce each to paJas, i.e, vighatikas and
divide the same by 1880. The result is NZltonnatabala
(.nt1;a'ij'Q(9) in Rupas. Temporal strength of this kind in
the case of Mercury, by day as weJl as by night, should
be put down a.s one I~upa.
;;JR!<fiqTK:;rra
f<t~ro:~ot'o:~r<i'rit~r: f.£{s&:'iif II ~'OI': ~~r \I
<m:ri'{~
" t' " .... -,..... .... ~ ,....""
~rqr~T~~r~iJTSr~ T'<t!f.l' ~aa ~ ;:a;;:~+(HH T"Tm II
Also ~~(1':n
f<tF.;l~ffi~~~~u: ~~T SJrsf~ :qT;:q II
For determining the actual strength, c/. t[\T~<:,

~r+r't:;J;fT~r({tH;;fTf%: ::(mrnR fa' ~~Tq: I

at<f;+fTdq-~uolt i]:RI i{f~r lf~r ~ ~rr II
~ "". r.. ~ (' ... "
+rr+r:q;:!f~i{r<'fT ij qll!+~T q-:;:J;J;fT({+rr: I
" ,....,....... . . ~. ....
,~q-rq(i'jr+mr SH'ffi q(i'j <'flU ~~r;:<i~r II
qf1!~ ~({r SJ~ \I

" From midnight to midday is called day. From midday to

midnight, it is called night. The past nadis (ghatikas) during the
day (i e., from midnight to midday) multiplied by 2 gives the K<ff<f<;l"
(Divabala) 1D Vlrupas of the Sun, Venus and Jupiter. Subtract
this from 60 nadis. The balance gives the K<rf9"13 (DivabJ.la) of
Mars. the Moon and Saturn. The process is to be reversed for
the night. That is, the past nadis multiplied by two are to con-
stitute the \lm13 (Ratribala) of Mars, the Moon and Saturn. And
the defect of this from 60 nadis is the <:n~9<;l" (Ra.tribala) of the
S1. 11.12] 37

Sun, Venus and Jupiter. Mercury has 60 Vlrupls for thIS strength
at all times (both during the day and mght),"
~C(Fr:r~a-:-
.......... " .... ~~( ~:n::r~~ ~q. ~?;r ~rr[~­
f.&T;rr~'Qi .,ar~fr ~~;yr:;tfG1i "!''t'''ir <i~ II \9 II
ifClr~Q;r~~ (N atonnatabala)

\:11r: \ =q,,~: 1 ::J;isr: ( ~'q: I ~'f: t ~: 1 ~T~:

' 468 1 ' 532 1 . m 1 1'00 I '4-:~T~468 J.532
,,~"I
~t(~~ ~~H ~+r;r;rH~~~~~n~~r~ q:;~I'iijrSij'r
(I" " " ' ' ' ' ' ' '
I
.q~ii~({TW-~ij) ;ri3aIq~ i£~ ~n~~ lil:arq~ 1\ ZZ II
" "
ij~;r ~ql~~g,ij;r;r '1)~;rT ~~~\;fn q~iif~ ~iHarT~ I
\' .
" ~+{~~Urqr
;r~aJqaJ " . tHq~~TtJTl+n«Cf " II ri( II
'" " :q CfaJ
SZokas 11 ancl12. The 1\,100n diminished by the
Sun when found greater than 6 signs should be subtract.
ed from 12 signs; and the difference reduced to minutes
should be divided by 10,800. The result is the Paksha·
bala (q~<i~) in H. upa of the benefic planets in the light
half of the month. The same subtracted from a Rupa
is their Pakshabala during tl;e dark half of the month.
Wise men say that the Pakshabala of the benefic planets
in the li ght half of the month corresponds to the Paksha.
bala of the malefic planets during the dark half and vice
versa.
This is given tersely and elegantly by Kesava Dalvagna thus-
..... ...... ,....""..., ~ f', "" ,,(;' • •

gm"~ raT~~?:Qc<mr~~T <n~ ~clT ~.:<:~a

,,!,p:rr"lT ~~o1 fEi-.:T f{?;+r~ \I

In the light half of the month the 1:f1{{<['19"(Pakshabala) of benefic pIa-

• r past ThlthlS U€ti<r)
nets on any day IS n umber or ThtthlS(fu[~) in the ('i~)Paks-ha-J-ie-.,-l-S
 38 [Adh. III

the defect of this from um ty I::; the 1.TZ{iifO'i (Pakshabala) of the

malefic Ones.
In the dark baH of the month the '1(3'<[;;) (Pakshabala) of the
benefic planets on any day IS number of
Thlthis @f<r) to come ,
=T::"h-:-'t-:-b-(:-::~:";'r':;-:''''
I IS Iff ~ In Ie "1:1
);;=:,:..:;: t} --~-:-:-(-1)1- h ). .. 1'> The defect of thIs from
a,s a .. f', .,
umty is the 1:f~i;O (Pakshab lla) of the malefic ones.
Of. !nJ':,J\:
~
.................... .•• :.q;:~r~<p
- ....
rq~TI::!i '<I' Ii
~*rf1:i~ fir~rl::.;rre!ir~T:rr?'li1ilT fm1t4i?r'l. I
q~\\'l' ~<3fu;:~s:!'~~r~..ffatT ~ qf~a-: II
Subtract the Sun from the Moon. If the difference exceed 6
signs, subtract It from J 2 signs. Reduce the result to degrees, etc.
Divide this result by 3. What is obtaIned is the l1~q;;) (Paksha ..
bala) III Virupas of the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Jupiter. The
defect of this from 60 wtll gIve the 1:fwr", (Pakshabala) of the Sun.
Mars and Saturn.
Some consider Mercury malefic when associated with malefic
pla.nets. The Moon IS reguded as benefic whether waxing or
waning. The commentator 011 ·~;fFrr~cr:s:ii'r (SripatzpaddhatI) would
treat f£"I (Budin) as £1.1 ways benefic.
Also see;;n. tJr. II-9, pp. 49-50.
q'~<r(?i!=( (Pakshabala)
[-- ~
<;:[0[: 1'9;:~: 1~or: 1 ~<:T: I ~'l": 1?j'fi: 1lfi/;.-r:
~_________
·481 1.5181.481
. _ . ____ 1.5181.5181.5181.481
____ __ __ _.J
~~~+nit, i{~ ij~q ij'l+'lrifu;\lt~lIt{f ~qcrr I
~T~ ijq'fd~R1Ql~$t :q \t~) ij~eni{~fuij~ II ~ ~ II
Sloka 13. There are 3 equal divisions made of the
day and 3 equal divisions made of the night. These
taken in their order are owned by Mercury, the Sun,
Saturn, the Moon, V <,mus and Mars. The lord of the
51. 13 ] 39

particular division of day in which a birth, etc., takes

place has the strength of a Rupa. Jupiter has this
strength (of a Rupa) at all times.
Gf. tfU~~.
~c<rT;:~qT~ir{Tf,* f;;tl{r<frii~ <.{~ ~ I
\i(;:~~RG~~Tf-.;rQ"a-: qf~ii1'<i'i~ ~~~ II
&IT''I'Tir ~s:r~~ ~ ft{~~ €HaI<rr are~ I ~,

~T~ii;:~;:[g~r{T: Qa1.l: ~~a:r ~~: "

" Divide t.he day mto 3 equal parts and the nigh!. also mto 3
equal parts. The lord of that porhon whether of day or mght in
'9:'hich the birth happens has 60 Vlrupas as his R<ro~'iFI~ (Dhma-
ratri Tnbhagabala). This <f6 (bala) in the case of conception
and in the advent of the intelligent pnnciple into the foetus f~1r~
(Chitpravesa) IS 30 and 45 Vlfupas respectn-ely. Mercury, the
Sun. Saturn, the MOOD, Venus and Mars are respectively the lords
of the six dlvisioI'.!.S (of day and mg:lt). Jupiter possesses th1S
5trength at all times and gets 60 Virupas durmg birth; (according
to the commentator, even during i31T':Tf'i (Adhana) and G-.r~1r;(f
Ch I tpra vesa)."
~ro<r~1
srrmf~+rrirsfaGl'~: ~~Tii: ms€r filmis~fir~f fir~T;:6 I
SfToj-.;rf ~..:~f~ 'ot' 'i.~: ~<hr ~T;frsi;~ru re;4'fT;:a- II
Also ~urr'fi<::
fif~~~ ~";:r~f'ii{~<t'(~A:. ~iJf'{.:rfrii ~~af fir~..a- I
rr- ~" ~
!:Tr~-.;rr ~\i~(a:4i r~if~: '1i(Ti!r~4'fri'a' K'CI'qlJ'f: ~<l{'" II
(I ..... " ..... "..... _

~~~
................ &l,::i[~4~~~ 56+1Tl'f. I
~ ~ to .. ,.... ,..... ,..... .. .. ....

(ir+~rOf,ri1fi~<f{ Ti(~: ::ar'1i(r('l~morr 'ot' ~ ~~-

~q~ II

~.mfur~+rr<A<i'i~ (Dinaratdtribhagabala).

,,., \ '"'<, 1 "" \ ,"' \ !l<' \~, "fit, I

-0-1-0\-1-0\-1 0 0
40 [Adh. III

• "\f" • "' ,," ,," "\

qT~ ~;r'fS~ ~ ~qm T~;;:r ~~P:r ~~OTFT~q~ I
~q ~&l~n~fij ~rner1~ij:t ~ &T~T~~~: ~~Tr1t: II~ \lll
Sloka 14. A planet gets ~,iI, ~, and 1 Rupa for its
strength according 8S it happens to be the lord of the
year, the month, the week.day or the hour <pr(i\'~m (Kala
Bora) in which a birth, etc I has taken place. This is
the temporal strength as stated by the astrological
proficients of old times.
ir.~cp:r~fu:-
........ :ap-Tr:s-rn;:r>:{f[<?ir ~~ ~+H+H!ii'lff[riSfi{: II ~ II
, '"
Cf, 1:fn~\:.
tf't+rr~~~m.,r fafqfiaT~:;;~.HraT"fr: I
...".... ,:.,. (}

q;r~~r{rr'i:fq~CI' ~1Jl ~~~n~i1~ Ii

&TNrir ~tJ;f~m !! ffr~:;~~;;:r(i\'rq;H: I

"The lords of the year, month, day and the Cfifi~'~rU (Kala
Hora) hn ve respectively 15, 30. 45 and 60 Vlrupas for their
strength. Durtog awn., (Adhalla), these hwe 30 VICUPJ.S. During
fr.ror~~ (Chltpravesa), they have 45 VlrupJ.s."
A year consists of 3 50 dlYS and a m )nth of 30 d:LYs. We are
to find fr~m the number of days that have elapaed fro,n the time
of ~iE!' (Snshtl) (Zit de 'I<fi0":&;[('l • Suryaslddhluta Chapter I, Slokas
45-50 up to the pres3nt and divide them severally by 350 and 30
days. The quotients wIll represent the number of years and
months thai have passed.
When 360 is dlVlued by 7 there is a rem:l1nder 3, and when 30
IS divIded by 7 there IS a remaInder 2. Muitiply the number of
years since the creatIOn by 3 and add 1 to the product. DIvIde
this by 7. The remaillder will give the week·day reckoning from
Sunday, The loru of the day found IS the lord of the year
requlled.
Multiply the number of months elapsed since the creation by
2 and add 1. DivIde thiS by 7. The remamder will give the day
of the week counted from Sunday, The lord of th",t day will be
the lord of the month required.
S1. 14] 41

B.:~:1frr~ 3fl[<1Ur:- To find the number of terrestrial days elapsed

since creation up to the day of bIrth in question. we proceed in the
following manner:-
The number of years that have elapsed from creatIOn to the
end of the last 'itiff:9;if (Kn tayuga) 1,953,720,000.
(Vule ~fB~(j ch. 1, s1. 45-47).
~m~'T (freta Yuga) 1,2~6.000
~r1{t'i'T (Dwapara Yuga) 864,00:)
"fiT~!!I'T (K::.lt YUg.L) 4.954

Tolal 1,955,884,954=
number of years that have elapsed S1llce creation to the year of
bIrth In questlCn, or 23,470,6:9,443 solar months.
But m a great Yuga (4,320,0(10 solar years) there are 1,593,336
addItive months. ('ciR:r~fa Cbapter 1 Sloka 38).
Therefore for 23,470.619,448 solar month~, the number of
, 15G3336
addItIve moulhs IS 4J200U0 X 1,955,884,954 or 721,334,701 (wJthout
the remallldel).
Therefore, the number of lunar months elapsed since creat~on
up t:) the month of bIrth IS 23.470.619,448 plus 721,3t:l4.701 or
24,192,004,149; and consequently, the num'Jer of lunar days e1 \ps'
ed Slllce creatiOn up to the morning of Fnd'l.Y, i.e., the d \y of bIrlh
in questIOn, IS 24,192,004,149X30+31 (z.e., the number of elapaed
Tithis 111 ~"1.ChaItra). or 725,760,124.491.
But there are 1,603,000,0:;0 lunar days In a Greal Yuga. and
25,082,252 subtractIve days; 'I.~f.;{~ia (Suryasiddhanta) ch. I, sl.
37 and 38.
Therefore, for 725,750,124,491 lunar days the number of sub.
2508?')52
traclive days IS -4320'0'00 X 1,955,884,954 or 11,356,018,356 (omIt-
ting re mainder).
Therefore. the number of terre3trial days since the crea.tIon
up to the day of bIrth In question is 725,7tO,124,1-91 mmlts
1l,356,0lt',356 or 7H,404,106.135.
8l'r. t'f. 6
42 [ Adh.lII

This divided by 7 leaves a remainder 6 which shows the day

)f birth to be Friday. The <'H{'1 (Varapa), I.e., the lord of the week-
:lay IS therefore Venue.
Dividing tbe same number of elapsed terrestrial days by 350
wd:O separately, we get the two quotients 1,981-,455,850 and
2\813,470,204 denoting the yeus and mouths elapsed since the
:reation. According to the rule given before, these quotients have
to be multiplied respectively by 3 and 2 and the proiuct In each
case lUcreased by 1 and divided by 7. The respective rem~inders
are 5 and 6, Therefore, the lord of the year or 9" hf (Varshapa)
is Jupiter and that of the month, +rf/3'i (Masapa), Venus.
The word m'l:T (Hora) means an hour, ie, ~\ th part of a day
as well as half of a Rasi. Some take It in the former sense anj
otbers 1ll the latter. The lords of the horas C~JCr) accordlOg to the
filst view are 7; ViZ., Jupiter, Mars, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the
J\Ioon and Saturn recurnng 1ll the same order. The lord of each
week day I~ the lord of the 1st hora. For lllstance, the 1st hora
on Sunday belongs to t.he Sun; the next to Venus j the third to
Mercury; the 4th to the Moon; the 5th to Saturn; the 6th to
Jupiter; the 7th to Mars; the 8th again to the Sun and so on.
The last t.e., the 24th belongs to Mercury; so the 25th t.e., the 1st
hora on MondlY, belongs to the Moon. This IS called Cfire'~T<:[
(Kalahora),
The following Rule is §iven in lI[~+rr<:f(US (Muhurthamarthan-
da) for finding the lord of the litq (Hora) at any given time.
r--.. .... ~,.... .... "',...,""."~,, ~
TlnnSq;r;:rrcr(?iR~ ~T<tr{1ff:ij'~Tf'li;;rrorr~;:rr-

~r hrr £:rita-: \I
'"
AscE'rtain the La~na at the tllne anJ subtract the Sun from
the Lagna. MultIply the dIfference by 2. If the number of ~lgn<;
exceeds 7, diVide It by 7. The remainder wIll show the order of
the lit~T (Hora), The lord of the 1st litu (Hora) beIng the lord of
the wee k day taken, a:certalO the lord of the iTl;:r (Hora) in ques-
tion in the order shown lD the formula.

~RfR:rff~;:~r~;;rf"l'T~;;rr Ian~T £:rcr~: II

'"
To calculate the lord of the &:TU (Hora) in the horoscope, we
proceed thus;
S1. 16 J 43

The Lagna is ... 0-14-31·45

The Sun's position is '0, 0-17-43-30

Subtractmg, we get .. , 11.26·48·16

Mu1tlplying tbls result by 2, we have 23·23-3632, so that It i':l
the 24th hora counhn3" from that of Venus i.e., the Moon's.

The subj Jined table gives the aggregate 911"'9'0 (Kalaba.la)

i. e , the Temporal strength of the pI ao ets.

/(/)5 §I~ § 2 ~ ~
___
p_la_n_et_s__ ~____; ~ r l_ _ ~~ ~_v____~__~ __~_~__a~
__

I
Natoonatabala '468 ·532 '532 'ODD '458 '468 '532

Paksh::t1;}ala '48i '518 '48~ 'si8 '518 '518 '48

o ['DO;) o ,1 OJO 0 o
I
V"rshapabJ.b o o o o I '25 0 o
M lsapabJ.la o o o o '0
I
, '5 o
DlOlpabala o o o o I0 '75 o
HorapabJ.la _0_1'000 \_O_ _O_I_O_I~ 0
Total}
Kalab ala 0'949
I ~'05
I
2013 1'518 ':'236 2'236 1'013

sm~~r: €r;qT ~f~~ q~qrq~q c:,:tarilTuT

"" "'"....." ,........ ,,-..
~~H~~(aJHfij~ij~~~QTO:{f T~~~f I
o~~T ~T~ftr~~~tTI~~ ~~ fera1.H
~rllr~ qm ~~~ 1HllTq~l{lJff~tqTf{ II ~ l.t If
'>:) " '" ""

!trig . ""......
~n~3i~f({ =q ."""
~~ T~r~~T~(1'liij'-
"-

" ........ C''' •

;f.frif~{~T~~~{CI'~r+r+rT~~p-Tf{ ~{~ I
fitii liF{l~tfG{~;:r~ qaJ~r~ ij~;:~"n
44 [Adh. III

Slokas 15-15't. The northern declination must be

put down as additive upto its faithest limit from the
Equator, and the southern as subtractive, in the case of
Venus, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter. ThIs process is to be
reversed in respect to the Moon and Saturn; J.nd the
declination of Mercury whether to the north or to the
south is always to remain additive. MUltiply the amount
of declination in degrees by 3 and divide the product by
the maximum declination, i.e., 24°, Viewing the quotient
as H.asis, reduce it to minutes and divide this by 10,800
minutes and the result is the Ayanabala (at'-l'O'f<i(!5') in Rupa ;
this is to be doubled in the case of the Sun just as the
,q'~<r<?i (Pakshabala) or fortnightly strength is doubled in
the case of the Moon.
The ar<r<r;;r~ (Ayanabala) of a planet at the E'lu .tor is
1! a Rupa. This IS lllcreased when the planet's dechnatlOn LDcreases
and is additive; but when the dechnatlOo IS subtracllve, the pIa·
net's strength (l1'<r<r;;r«> - A) anabala) becomes proportionately
dimlDished.

• "If!,..... !\ _
:a-:;:H+r~iI' SITar: ~ffi~ iff '!i;::r +rr-=~crrr 'ff<?iif: I
• ,..,. f"'\. ~ ... .,...., '" t\

~1+l:{ ~mnq~~r ~qSP:r ~T~'Sf: ~'EfiT~zr: 11

+rr;'fi<::I:;;rrir (Bhaskaracharya) III his work called ~g<1'T (BrahI1la·

tulya) alzas 'fi<::UTWi.'I' (Karanakutuhala) gIves the rollowlng rule for
finding out the flifr'if (Krantl) or decimation of the planets North
or South.
;:9;: S6r~('{~Qslfif ;r;{+rfl'W:rr: ~o'i;r;{.if<!T iTTifq<rr~q~ I
"
qa:...;:!lT"<TOf:
......
~~ ~crr
.....,....,'
Tf};'lJI'IOn
.
~'ffi'r~ilm;:r~lJI'rS+rTm: II
ffft~~(fT <;'jostrf'ira-rf;r arT<t mii'J;frfif ~riqTl[a~qiifi~ ,
t::: • ~" ~ ..... ,....
lat:q~iifi: $/iTf;;('fiifi'ilST +rCfr..a ~'ffi'rlf<tT':!T;:rifm<?ifl.tiJir: II

The maximum decl1natlOn, i.e, 24 degrees is reached when

the planet has advanced 90 degrees from anyone of the Equinoctial
Points. Six equal divisions of 15 degrees each are made of this
51. 16] 45

90 degrees and the above rule gives the decl1natlOtl In minutes of a

BI;!fi'f;::[&: (Sayanagraha)-that IS, a planet whose progress along the
EcliptIc IS measured from the Equlno::tial Point-at the end of
these several divisIOns. At the end of the first 15°, Its declination
is 362 mmutes; at the end of the 2nd, it IS greater by 341'; at the
end of the 3rd, it is still greater by 299': at the end of the 4th, It
is further mcreased by 236'; at the end of the 5th. it 1'> raised by
150' more; at the end of the Eth, it is stIll further increased by 52'.
A planet's distance from the nearest EqUinoctIal Point will
reveal in which of these 6 diviSIons it is, and Its declmation may
be determined accordIngly.
Take for example the position of the Sun, ZltZ J 0·17·43·30,
Add the ar<{<ri~ (Ayanamsa) 0·21·47·38.
The distance of the Sun from the Vernal EqUInOX IS 1·9.31 8
The Sun has advanced 9>:) 31' 8" in the 3rd divIsIon. Therefore the
9° 31' b"
decltnation =362'+341'+ 150 x 2S9'=892'737 minutes; SInce
this is his northern decltnation, this is addItive. It has to be added
to 1440', The total declInation of the Sun from the zero· point
(the point where the ~<r~ (Ayanabala) is ml) is 2332-i37, Mul·
tiplying this by 3 and dividing by 14H', we get 4'8599 signs, The
~<r~ (Ayanabala) of the Sun therefore is 4'8599 x 30 x 60 =
10800
·8099 ... of a Rupa.
This is certamly round-about. Kesava Daivagna's method is
shorter and simpler. It is this.
~~I'56rf;:Ci+rr~~aT :5'~ m;e:r: ~r;::ir~ffi';rc: '56i1'm'r;;q'~";~: I
f;{~r~ Q'(qt i(i.'ifr+~~~'Uir .-r~~r;q'.y ~rqil'~@I' ~~1l.. 1/ Q, "
Find the amount of dechnatlOn in degrees from the zero-pomt
and divide this by 48 degreer:. (the decImatIOn from the zero,poIDt
to the maXlmum point). The result is the ~'Fp;r(15" (Ayanabala) in
Rupa.
It Will be useful to quote here what ql:r~<: (Parasara) has said
in this connection-
~T~~t~ifinl~m~'tf;rtqf;l;ffu: g't: 1/
~it~~r ~+rrl{r~l.-rriT: ~rGttraCi: I
~" U?(;q'rfG:~ ~'!Yr~<fifU~~if:tt 'C{ "
46 [Adh. III

~rf'l!T~i:i"j:f~r ~\i':rr;:~qrfa:~~!! ~~"I'~ I

~<?ifre:~~~ u~<rr?;"rr~m~+!T~J q~:?rq: \I
"'f\"""" ,... .
'e"ifFf~rrqq>U('i ~r~~~r ~\i!lrfr'q~ ij I
+lr.n~ fo;:rf+r~'\f; !1~rIJlTl1r~~'" <If<?i+£ II
~~rl:rIJI~<t ~rq: II

Add the "1<i;:rT'Zf (Ayanamsa) to th 3 figures representing the

posItion of a planet. If the result be nJt less than three signs
subtract this resul!. from six, mne or twelve signs whichever is
nearest. The result wbich will be less than three signs or 90
degrees is the 5'1' (Bhuja) of the >=r~ (Graha) or planet. If this ~'l
(Bhuja) is less than one sign, multiply the degrees by 1J. If greater
than one sign and less than two sIgns, multlply t.he degrees, etc"
by ~J and add 45 thereto. If the ~if (Bhuja) IS greater than two
signs, multiply the degrees, etc, by } ~ anJ add 78 to this result.

This result is to be subtracted from or added to 90 degrees in

the case of the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Venus accordl!lg as they
are in any of the six sIgns from Libra to Pisces or from Aries to
Virgo (both InclUSIve).
In the case of the Moon and Saturn thiS process is to be
reverser. That IS 90 deJrees is to be added when they are from
Libra to Pisces and when they are from Aries to Virgo the result
is to be subtra.:ted from 90 degrees,

Planets \ Krant! m degrees I North or SOI1~_l. Ayanabala

Sun ----::.1 14"8;7 Nodh --'-8-10--

Moon '''1 18'98 ~ South '895

Mars 7-806 North '662

Mercury 6'420 North '633

Jupiter 43'607 South '008
I
Venus ... , 13 657 North '784
I
Saturn ... I 17'938 North '126
I
S1. 17 ] 47

In the case of Mercury 90 degrees is to be always added.

The resultmg sum or difference as the case nny be IS to be
reduced to degrees and divided by 3. The result. will be the
"'<1~;;r<?5" (Ayanabala) In Virupas, etc.
For the Sun, this result is to be doubled.

eft~~~~ ij''[~~~~)! ~f!~: ~n ~;r~l;.r II ~ ~ II

"' "<:',,, t'\" "'"
~fl~r~9I~~~~,{if~1.iT~n;:r~:aT Ter~~
C' "
~ ~CfnererUCf~T ~?:qlqT~{1Jf I
... '" "'''''''' '" t'\

8lokas lf5f.-16 j. When two planets are in conjunc.

tion, i.e in planetary fight-and their longitudes agree
I

even to a minute-the total strength of each s:lould first

be calculated and the difference in their strength should
be divided by the dl fference in their latitudes; the result
is to be added to the strength of the victorious planet in
the North and to be subtracted from that of the van.
quished planet in the South.
Two planets are said to be In war when they are in conjunc.
tion and the distance between them is less than one degree.
Cj q'J~~.
.. .. ~I;:qGlir\[<1f~~ i
Rf:$q Gf(?;~r?ifrft fifi~G~ Gf~ +!~~ II

Ascertain what the aggregate of the several balas (detailed

hitherto) of each of the fightmg planets is. Find out the dIiferen-
ce between the two aggregetes. Thl:l difference IS to be diminished
from the total strength of the conquered planet and added to that
of the conquering. The results Will show the strength of the
planets after the fight.
That planet is overcome which is rough, discoloured or south
of the other. That is the conquerer whose dISC is the brighter and
larger whether it be north or south of the other.
?o':UOitrm:-
.... ,.......... ...... t'S'~ .... •
~~ GfrUTrq'!fm~~~:q{qrqr'!fQj';:r~H;:CI{ I
~ct ~r+:q~~~ ~4 oq <:r;rf~Qj'GOi~~:q ~~T~~ II
48 [Adh. lIt
"''''('1 ,
+i~~~q~~~~f~~~l~;r ~=ffiT=ij~~T-
~i{~~ ~q~Ti!;N~~~fif o:~o:r~ cr~Qt~ 1\ ~ \9 II
'"',....., .::.,. .
~ "'\

\TT~:n;:+r'e~!i~TqTQ 'ijcr~~ ~!l~:a:{er.:;:~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~
tfsH~H~isl~efii{q;:r~;::qij~(i$r-;~tfefi~
"-
I
,...... ,..... • (to

~~~n T~an ~ij~ijT(~TijH .HJ~ 'li~ ~-

~ 1'\ Ii:,... "". ~ "'~ ~ '" ~
~~FnT.f ~'lG:~ ~T~Q ~{F(~!i!Ti.,[~: II ~ C II
8lo kas 1(j ~ -18. If the Mean planet exceed the True
planet, subtract the latter [rom the former and add half
the chfference to the ':iffm~ (Sighrochcha). vVhere the
~q"li! (Spashta) or True planet exceeds the +fl:.<:j' (Madhya)
or Mean planet, subtract the latter from the former and
diminish the Sighrochcha by half this difference. FlOm
the Sighrochcha thus Increased or decreased as the case
may be, take away the +{'i!f (Madhya) or Mean planet.
The result is m~~;:;r (Sighra - Kendra) or ~llr%;:$f
(C hcshtakendra) .. If it exceeds 6 signs, subtract it from
12 signs. Reduce the remainder to minutes and divide
the same by 1O,mO minutes. The resulting quotient in
Rupa measures the ~'!fq~ (Chcshtabala) as explained by
the wise seniors in Astrology.
Kesava Daivagna expresses the same with greater breVity
and clearness as follows:-
~'i'l;j~q'l~ai~(?jrf.ro'€l~ ~fZr~q~;:ij' @3irq: I
~r~~~iTar,rq: '<:~a- q:sr;:.:r~ qS.:~:1iI ~f!(qi?llJ,. II
1 he Cheshtakenclra of the planets, Mars, etc. j IS their
Sighrochcha dlmUJ1shed by half the sum of theIr mean and true
positions.
Parasara lays dc)wn the followmg for ascertaining the ,rl\l9i?i
(Gatlcalas) [i.e., (I) <f>li'TRl (Vakragati), (11) ~~rrfu (Rujugati), (111)
f9<fi<iS<rm (Vlkalalati), hv) l1r~'T:a- (MandagatJ), (v) l1;::r(J\"lTfif (Manda.
taragatl). (vi) ~l;r<rm (SleeghragatI) and (vii) ';(\1::[Q\lTm (Seeghratara-
gati)] of planets;
51. 18] 49
qf~~$f;if~ q"ffi;r~!fiifa- ~ I
Q'T~ fEr<fie~iii: ~r~e~q ~+rm~ II
Q'l~ 4~if~~ ~~ 4~~~ =q I
~~~~~ Q'Ta:r.:r ~<i m~a-~~ =q II

The strength of a planet when er'fi (Vakra) or retrograde is 60

Vuupas. When a1~<f'fi (Anuvakra) or progressive, it IS 30 Vlrupas,
The <if;;? lBala) of a planet whose lIght is overpowered by that of
the Sun and which is f<j-9i~ (Vika]a) or stationary is 15 Vlrupas.
When there is B+ff'T'1 (Samagama-conjunctlOn of anyone of the
non-luminaries with the Moon) Its strength IS 30 Virupas. When
the planet has increasing direct motIOn less than the mean motion
'1;:(('TTd (MandagatJ). its strength is 15 Virupas. When the planet
is '1;:~ (Mandatara), i e., has decreasing direct motion less than
the mean motion, its strength is 7t Virupas, When the planet IS
~rn (Seeghra), i.e., has decreasing direct motion greater than the
mean motion, Its strength IS 45 Vlrupas. If it is ~TmR (Seeghra.
tara) ar has increasing direct motion greater than the mean motion,
the strength is 30 Virupas.
To measure the ~l?:T<f~1 (Cheshtabala) of a planet what is called
its ~ET~"l\ (Cheshtakendra) should be ascertamed. The method
prescnbed in the text for finding this ~1!T~;:i{ (Cheshtakendra) IS
very elaborate and involves a good knowledge of the laws of
planetary motion, their '1"a: (Manda) and ~[sr (Seeghra) phalas ('1i~).
It is not possible without a good study of Astronomy to go
through the processes mentioned in the text correctly. As the
generalIty of astrological students depend upon almanacs for the
results of planetary motions, they should feel thankful to anyone
who helps to get at these results most readIly at second-hand.
Such a one has actually come forth in the person of Mr. V. B.
Ketakar of Bagalkot, Ratnaglri, Bombay PreSidency. HIs monu-
mental work named ;;:<ilrutrlllTG"'1: (Jyotirganitam) gives tables with the
help whereof, the (~flsr~"l\-Seeghrakendra which is identIcal with
:iltm;:S;:·Cheshtakendra) -:'of planets can be accurately determined.

* V~de 5!i~'1<fK:qT (Praudhamanorama). a commentary by T'terf<m:-

1.t<f~ CDiwakara Daivagna) on Kesava Daivagna's ;;rr(fifi11;&:f~ s1. 10.
an. 11. 7
50 [Adh. lit

This beok will prove a valuable compamon to the student of Astra-

ogy as it enables him to calculate the tf~WB:: (Panchangam) and
the planetary positions at any given time from 2000 13. C. to
3000 A. D.

The ~1!T'ili;:i\ (Cheshtakendras) of the five planets from Mars as

determined from Mr. Ketakar's Tables are given below;-

~H!ri!f~~ (Cheshtabala)
------.--------~--.--~.------~-----------

______ ~ ~_'"_: __ ______ __ ~,_9: ~I---~-~-;.-.---~~: ~__ ~f~_

'189 '794 '7<)5 '062

~ ~ , ~

~;G:T~.,T~?!~~Jf~~qT~I!iJ~~;:~T~;rI~T~TrJTr~ I
..... ~ ~ • ~ "'f:. ,,\~ "
~~T~~ ~q;ri(lt{~~ ~ijTi(~ ;rp-lv:~f~U;:ij II ~~ II
Sloka 19. The natural strengths ~~m<iii!fi?i (Naisar-
gikabala) of Saturn, Mars, Mercury, JupIter, Venus, the
Moon and the Sun consist respectively of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7 H:upas divided by 7.
CJ. 'RT:(T<: •
• ".. ................. "'f' ~
~C{ ~!!GT~ srr'tfi 1'f~:n'ICfi+t~r "l?! I
qf!~~qC{: ~8~':fT q~~':fTrn~~:
"\
II

'<{~,!;f~':fTfc'~~~t~r; ~;qf{f;.rt r;rqi[~: I

"I he ~Bfi1cfi<if~ (Nalbargllmbala) or llatural strength Cif the pla-

nets from the Sun onwards IS 60,51,17, 26,34,43 and 9 Vlrupas
respectively."

......... "".~ f"...r-- <1\

~r~~r'i.'f~~fJJ:frI{rq~~ <iT{1ff(<ii' ~~i?i

~;:;;:;r{;iJij(iiI:l'3'iliw.u~~r~!JI~~r~t 'iIi+UQ. II ~ () II
 S1. 20 ] 51

~ffi7£<liar(?;~ (N aisargikabala)

1_<1<' : "'~: _I ,~, 1-==-[ ll" [ ;J>i' !

<rIif'
I~OOO 1·8\7 [ '2351'408['571 I~ .,42
~T+~~ ~f!?!~l~~~ crl~ qTqTi1fii~ ~f[{f;:r~ I
~WTfq ~Tflt~l~ ~ ;rl q ~:ffi' ~T;:j ~~ ~r;r~~-?1T ~Q
Sloka 20. When a planet is aspected by benefic
ones, a fourth of the aspect is to be added to its 5 balas
[~~(?; (Stthanabala), ta;lOf(?; (DigbaJa), tm(?;Of(?; (Kalabah),
~!'rar(?; (Cheshtabala), fu€f~q~ CNisargabala)], previously
enumerated; when it is aspected by malefic planets a
fourth of the aspect is to be deductej from the aggregate
of the aforementioned 5 balas. The result becomes the
<iT~ (Veerya) or Shadbala (q~i{<?'i) of the planet.

The strength of a ~rq (Bhava) is the same as the

strength of its lord. To this should be superadded the
entire aspect of Jupiter and Mercury upon the ~fCf (Bhava).
Of. t[U~\ •
.. ,,'" r-...
~+rqf1:r ~n"~<i'iT~a~r"frfi'f aIT"f ::q I
q~Of~rfir 'J;fi[ri1lT ~~1q~'lirii!i(nfu ~ II
"The five <ij(?j Cbalas) described hitherto, viz., ~lFrq<;\" (Stthana.
bala), F;:.q<;\" (Digbala), <fiT~?i (Kalabala), ~m9<;\" (Cheshtabala)
[including ;o:r<:r.,<r?i (Ayanabala)] and $rffilT<fi<r«o (Naisargikabala) of a
planet are to be added together. This sum is to be augmented by
a fourth of the benefic aspect on the planet and dIminished also by
a fourth of the malefic aspect on the same. The net result repre-
sents the Shadbala of the planet."
~~ci':r.~fu:-
._ ilI"'.. .... '"' .,.... G' '"
~<r~{$1'~~rn::q~01r.:r ~;rqrlf ~<rcJ:.

~1':lfTi(f ar(?;m~~ :q 'r~ijl!'fr~~-q<6r~~::rr: II , ~ II

S2 [Adh, II

~~ (Shadbala)
r:::
.......
::l
...
...
Q) rJJ
-
...:::Ir:::
Planets r::: 0
0
rJJ
....
C<l
...
(J

ill C.
:::I
t:i
Q)
....
:::I C<l
tJ) ~ ~ ::g .....,
:::I
> UJ
,
Stthanabala .. , 4'707 \ 4,022 3'667 2'238 \ 4'311 2'811 2'231
Kalabala ... 0'949 2'050 2'013
I
\'518 2'235 2'236 1'013

Digbala , .. '444 '037 '554 '260 [ '887 '535 '074

Avanabala .. , '810 '895 '662 '633 '008 '784 '126

Chesbtabala ... '810 '518 '189 '794 '795 '049 '062

Naisargikabala 1'000 '857 '285 '428 '571 '714 '142
I
....
Total ... 1872018'37917'370 [5'87118'808 7'12913'648 !
- -
t Subhadrishti +'295 +,109 +'361 +'338 +'261 +'330 +'196
t Papadrishti " ,., -'291 ... .. , -'456 .. , ...
-
Total} J 9'01518'197[7'73116'209[8'613 7'459! 3'844
Sbadbala, I
~llltRfu?fiij ~~tTtm~
aTm~ijT fir~ ij~&On Fr~~~~ I
tl1 falqiij ~~ :q~'t~r:~
;{ tJft~¥r :;.r ~:q.:r ~$i: ll~~;ft~~ II ~ ~ It
Sloka 21. When a ~rcr (bhava) is aspected by bene.
fic planets, a fourth of the aspect goes to swell its strength;
when malefic ones aspect it, its strength is to be dimi-
nished by a fourth of their aspect, If the first ~rC{
(Bhava) should be a human Rasi, put down one Rupa as
its Digbala; if a quadruped or a watery sign, its Digbala
is i a Rupa; if a reptile, its DigbaJa is nothing, After
51. 22-23] 53

tbese operations, the true strength of the Lagna or the

first ~q" (bha va) will be obtained.
This is only a special instance of the general rule enunciated
in the 23rd Sloka. If the first Bhava be a biped sign, the seventh
Bhava has to be subtracted from it. The difference is 6 signs
exactly. The Digbala is consequently a Rupa. When the first
Bhava is a quadruped sign, the fourth BhavJ. is to be deducted
from it. The difference here is 3 signs more or less. Hence the
Dlgbala is put down roughly as half a Rupa.
mqm:-
iWI~r';crr'Nl'.rriir(l'r: ~ (1'(1') ~r~q'~t'i
~mi'fif~rlA~orr" ~q~~;r: 1/

~~tf~etR:~~~m ~~~m~lffl( ~q;:Q: I

fif~fir~aijttT fet~t?(~ ~ij~iR~tfRff?tt~: ~r~ II ~ ~
Sloka 22. The signs which are termed watery,
quadruped and reptile are strong in the 4th~ 10th and 7th
Bhavas respectively (their strength in this case being
measured by one Rupa.) They are strengthless in places
which are the 7th from those mentioned a bove. And in
the intermediate places their strength is to be found out
by rule.oi-three.
~l{(;:q~tfi:~~ :q~fit{~t~~ ::q ~1~~t?~R~li ~ I
fet~)~~ ~ ~q~ck ~t{T~~ N~1~tf :q~R~'f,ft,:tJ~~~ II
~m W'ArdICi~mr~T ~iJO(iq\(a'r
~fl:.~~iJ1~:
Sloka 23. Subtract the 7th ~rq' (Bhava) from one
represented by a human Rasi; the 4th ~or (Bhava) from
that which is a quadruped i the first from one which is a
reptile; the 10th from one which is watery. If the
remainder exceed 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs, and
get the ~l~ (Digbala) as before, [i.e, reduce the remain.
der to minutes and divide the same by 10800 as was
done in finding the ~ (DigbaJa) of planets].
 54 [Adh. III

The aggregate strength of a Bhava IS composed of 3 Items:

(t) the aggregate strength of its lord; (2) a fourth of the aggregate
m (Drishtl) up:m It of planets both benefic and malefic, together
wIth the entire aspect of JupIter and Mercury; (3) Its Dlgbala
ascertalOed with special reference to lis character as a biped, a
quadruped, a watery or a reptile sign (rude Jatabpanjata, Adhyaya,
I, Slokas 15-18).
Ct. K<rr'fK
,.... .." f"'.. '" c:o ~
anT T'5!''CfT +ii<l'~&5' <i~rfJ!' ~~rr;j:J<rfl;f (;J(?;t{1li I=fCfi+l:. i
..... ,...... ...... f"o.. "' .."\
;:r+rI'lT<tt:t:~r~<f~ T[(fflt ~+l'3:f:qr;:.itN !f~'l'f !f9;'i'F. ~ II
'" ~ ,....""...",~......................
'Cf<{rHl'clT ~r+<t~T-=I'al~~l]trn:r.Ff'l 'Cf<{'lr~ 1 ~m: I
to ...... ..... ...... "", ...... ~ ,.....,. ~

'CfOfOll;ff,[O:(f("+r:;r ~1~T~<o(Cf rCf~«:rr 9;riJ{'5!' CfiPH II

~"fiR:q...;rr+~:q (TrOT +!'rR :;rr !fr~ iT~m+;;r{+rrfij-(fTfir I
~~r 1lI'~<etm~ ~cfr~,rfu r~n:rf?:h'r'Tfirf;{ <:f(?;rf'l iJrRr "
Some consider that the first half of Kumbha is a quadruped
sign and the latter half, a watery one. But thiS IS not accepted
by Garga who IS of oplOion that the entire sign IS a biped one.

The signs Kataka and V nsclllka have been classed as centi·

peds by Parasara. But accordmg" to Garga and the maj )rity of
astrologers, Vnsclllka alone is Keeta (centJped) whIle Kataka IS a
watery one.
10 36' 30"
The strength cJ ihe lord of the 1st Bhava will be 30' X
')8° 23' 30"
8'613 (total strength of JupIter) PIllS : : - 30-0- - X /"731 (total bala
of Mars) or '465 PZus 7'3166=7'781.
Also tt\RK
,...., ~".. (' to ..."'\
~~!1l!:"'ij~r~r 9;('£ ~~f'!f?;~lif: I
~ '"' .~ If' • ,..", ..

~TOfIrn'~~<i';if~a- ~rr+l<r~ <:f(?;+l:. II

~~~r+<it ~ 9;'tt.~ 1{aWr<i t!: "lr~~~ I
,..... "".....,.....t"
+T~{~I~~ ~+r~ <,{f:;ri:'l'~ II
~9:'I::r~~q-r~"I''t!rcr~;rM~~+lT~ I
~n:qrQ'l:f{rir:li~r ~q~<lqT?;Rr II
at:t>: q;cf.~'fil'irrq. ~'rl"~r;g:riij +T1'l+rr~ t
~ ~~ !Ii+T~~ ~ ~~crT[-rfu~ m1r II
51. 23 ] 55
,.... "'" ~ ..... 1"\ 0

:q'JfiTfa~rl;<i ~r+r~ +i~=ifr.rr~Q Gf~re:. I

+I"(qr.:rt :q mffOlf :q Gf~r;:~€r Ri~1i.fr: II

.. The strength of a Bhava is the total Shadbala of its lord

(ascertained by processes described above) wIth cer tain additions
and subtractions.
If there be any benefic placets aspectlOg' th~ Bhava, add a
fourth of their Drigbala. And if there be malefic phnets also view-
mg the Bhava, subtract a founh of theIr DIlgbala.
If Mercury and JupIter aspect the Bhava. lhelf entire Drigbala
on that Bhava IS to be further added
But If JupIter and Mercury or one of th-lll1 be in the Bhava
itself, add one Rupa to the Bhava-bala. And If S Lturn, Mars and
the Sun or anyone of them be in the Bhava, a Rupa IS to be
subtracted from the Bhava-bala.
Subtract the 7th BhJ.va from Mlthuna, TuLl, Kanya, the first
half of Dhanus and Kumbha. Subtract the +th Bhava tram the
first half cf Mahara, from the latter half of Dbanus, Mesha, Slmha
and Vnshabha. Subtract the first Bhava from Vtlschlka and
Kataka. Sublract the lOth Bhava from the latter half of Makara
and from Meena. H the difference should exceed 6 signs, subtract
It from 12 sIgns. Reduce the result to degrees. Divide this by 3.
What is obtained is the Dlgbala of the Bhava in Vlrupas,"
tfU~, also adds
atw;rg~r~U+fr* ~!m: ct~;n~f~U: I
'iP.:fF;;p.;f; ~U: ~f~<I~:rr~~~ar: Sfii!'r,,( II
'{o<ir~<i: t!<lf~;;r ,{f~i{~t ~rfu'lr q~lq: I
~f1iJ06 'l,aTilci' ~fa~ ~e:f~'lr i!'cI'T; II
~ <f'\" ........ "-
~er+<i'{o{fOU ~ +t<:i1'f{<ii;:~qf I~:n I
QllllT";r'-l: "~r.i<H~ <i)Pli~ ~'6triiH: 51
;::<It<rr~~ :$+H~ ~~ri{R;;'-r::i:!'erB"+r<ir<J~ I
fu~;:ir~~~i{:q;:s:{r~ ~qq: ~(r.:r<i: ':!1~ II
"'. ~ .....
'e\cGfH '" ~~ Sfi+tr=ifr+i+t;:~:qT: qlJ!lTC( m+rN,. I
fu::ac~~~r: ~ar~r .,..~r1.i:l' ilffu;ifr N-fi:: II
+rTq~?Tr",,!:ri[:
~ '" .................. '"
Sl"1'ffi<i{.r <i ."'''T~aq: I
~ ~,.., (I ~
~q'r Gf<.?i(~: "Ii~r(1r ~ f!qr~ tfi;:i:n!~: II
 CJ1:'
+H<iili?ilJ. (The Strength of the several Bhavas) Ol

12 34567 89 10 11 12
,
Bhavaswamlbala ' .. I 7'781 I 6908 5900 II 7'789 I 9530 7043 7392
I
' 7'130 7845 4822 4'136 8648

Bhavadngbala ," '328

I 228 148
I '130
I 208
'119 - 093 I, -263 -178 -168 -'059 '267
Gnejyadngbala '" '56:: '511 1'440 1439 1022 '7~9 '830 i 599 368 '189 392 '840
BhavadigbaJa '" '462
I 308
I '692
I 1'00 I '179 ! '179 " ,
I '846 308 100 '641
,
'358
-!
Bhavabala ", I 9'133 7'955 I 8'180 11O~;;T:o 939 \8100 8129 8312 8343 5843 \ 5110 ! 10 113 ~~.

~)
"Planets are saId to be fairly strong when thelr aggregate Shadbala does not fall short of the figures shown fol
below agamst each planet : - w
Sun 390 Virupas Mars 300 Virupas JupIter 390 Virupas Saturn 300 Vuupas
Moon 360
" Mercurv 420 " Venus 330 .,
If the bala shouldl exceed these figures, it is full.
The strength I of a BhavaTcorrespcnds to the strength of its lord. Jupiter, Mercury and the Sun should have
got under the heads of ~T<f (Stthana), ~'1) (Dild, ~!!T (Cheshta), iflTi;> (Kala) and '''If<f'fi;> (Ayanabala) 165,35, ......
50. 112 and 30 Viru~as respectIvely fto be called strong, Venus and the Moon under the same heads should have >-
0..
133, 50. 30, 100 and;40 Vlfupas. Mars and} Saturn should have (under the same heads) 96, ~O, 40, 67 and 20
Virupas.
-
?"'
-.
'-d
S1. 1.2 J 57
Among the several planets which are associated with a Bhava,
that planet that has the greatest Shadbala mfluences It most."
End of the Third Adhyaya.

""\t
:qr!~s~~r~!
,.... ~ " <:' '" "'~
~!~!i{~'~lJftf'~~H ~eJiH~ ~ 'fi'~r;:rf1l1t: I
T~~~T{f~f~Fl~~ ijQ~~~T~;.yll~.rfl~l:1T~ij I(t II
Adhyaya 4.
Sloka 1. As the ascertainment of good and evil
accruing to a person depends upon an accurate measure.
ment of the good and evil forces influencing his nativity,
the method of exactly determining thes~ forces for good
and evil is to be treated of in this chapter in view to
remove the doubts of students of Astrology.
""'"
~T~Tr;rnH "
~q!ijU !i~;:~n tf~+m~~ "',,'"
ill'J~QT "
Ter~T~tJn I
efit?liQ'T ~troefi~lfll~R~n +ff~m~fm: ~~ ~~~ii7;f: II
Sloka 2. First find the exact position of the pLl.nets
and diminish them by their depression figures; if the
difference exceed 6 signs, subtract it fn n 12 signs.
Reduce the result to minutes. Add 18')0 minu~e3 thereto
and divide the sum by 1800 minutes. The resulting
figures give the exaltation rays :a-;un~+r (Uchcharasmi)
of the planets.
G"<:l"J<:
;ft~ ~ !.It +IT'ifNifa- ~;f;lfkm'e[~fG:. I
,...... ~'"' ,......,
:a-;UH~+f+{q:rrr~: ~<tif r~m':f!~~a-:
~ ....... "..." . . II
"From the figures denotmg the positIOn of a planet, take
away the figures denoting Its depresSIOn point. And If the dIffer-
ence exceed 6 signs. subtract It frcm 12 signs. And to the figure
3Tf. 11. 8
58 [Adh. IV

denoung the number of signs ltl the rema1l1dcr add J, The figures
denotmg the number of degrees, l11lnutes, etc., are io be doubled.
The sum of the two results represents the '3",;;r\~l1 CUchcharasmi)
or the exaltatIOn rays of the planet."
The Sun's positlOn is 0·17.43-30
Its depression 15 6.10

Subtractir.g, we get 6·-7·43.30

As tlllS exceeds 6 Signs, subtract lhe same from 12 signs. The
result IS5.22-16-30.
The 3'>J<:~li CUchcharasrm) I~ (5 t1) plus tWice (22-J6.30) or
6-44·33, that 15,6'7+2 which IS the same as obtamed from Snpatill's
rule, t.e., reducmg 6·22·16·30 into mmutes and diVIdIng by 1800, t.e.,
12136' 5 6'""{,'
-1800- or / 4..

<:I~H~+l"<fiffj~ (Uchcharasmi Chakra).

:rr:
T •
,1'1- Ii "",'~'
.v... I
'-1 Of
I,
:~I'.. I·
---.,-' I -"
~1·
I ~p ~~..
-[ 'ir"'"
~~11·
Dr ':;T'I""'.
"'(,1 ~I

( : 13"383150003110307120119160431 110264
""""=-- ~-"-.-..

"', "',...."
;q:~T~~ef.i;~r1O'r ~iifna:~l;rlfl~nij ln~frl'l;U~~~:
" . I
,... ,... "'\ "'\ ,... "'\ t\ "'\ "'\ ",\,... ' \ \'''\

13f+1n~~TS~~H.'f;:r ~lt1~i~~~;~ l~ ij;qT+1er~rf{ II~U

Sloka 3. The Cheshtakendras of the five planets

beginning with Mars ha ve be;:n treated of already. Add
the Ayanamsa ('iIl<.TilT1IT) to the Sun and increase the sum
by 3 signs, The result is the Cheshtak\~ndra of the Sun.
Subtract the Sun from the Moon to ubtain the Cheshta.
kendra of the Moon.
For the ~e:rEfi;:i\s (Cheshtakendra) of the 5 planets Mars,
Mercury, etc., '1)zde Adhyaya 3, Slokas 17 and 18 mpn.
The Sun's ~ET;i·it l Chestakelldra) =-0.17° ·43' ·30" Pitts 0-21 0 ..
+7'·38" plus 3 slgns=4·9° -31 '·8".
 S1. 4.5 J 59

The Moon's ~qrCh;:~ CCheshtakendra) = 9·14° .29'·39/1 minus

0.17°.-1-3'.30" or 8.26'''.46'·9/1.

Cf. ~~q~f'1:-
~ ,.., ,....,....... .... ~
~q<i>~~ii~~rlf;r~rq'~ln!r~q':p;:~ a--4 r¥
,,1'1.... •. . . ~ ..... ".. ....
lH~!.'e'rcr"rr <if\']; ~~ aa; srTnr~ q:p.:rr:r.r Q II i ~ II

Also l;fU:<Tl::
~T<lift~rcf; it;:~ar ~m~r ~r~CiNTa:
..... , . ,.... (\> ..... ,,'"

::q~r'li;:;r ~~rG;RTT li.OI'fI/:1H<r ~;rrr~ail. II

~!r(O~ri{rtJ1.f~fTij 1f~ ilN~rt~~:[Hit ;:,p~fqrr~ I

«nfur~"fA: ~{qfe:~;~i~mij ~!r~1.ftHT:q1.f: ~~: Ilij II
Sloka 4. If the Cheshtakendras exceed 6 signs, they
are to be subtracted from 12 signs and the difference
reduced to minutes. Add 1800 thereto and dIvide the
sum by 1800. The result expresses the Che5hta rays.
The Sun's ~I CChesht.l.) rays:-::. ~·9·31·8 P!1I~ 1 or 5'3173.
The Moon's ~~ (Cheshta) lays WIll be 12 signs minus 8·26.46·9
plus 1 sign or 4·3·13-51 =4']077,
The cumbrousness of the author's rules has been pomtej oui
more than~ once. The \3'i6f (Uchcha) and ~l!f (Cheshta) rays can be
obtamed by mul hplymg the ~<r~ «(Jchchaba1a) and ~f!1Cf~
(Cheshtabala) severally by 6 and addmg 1 to the product.
~!:r~T~l=(:q'lfi~ (Cheshtarasmi Chakra).

!"" '''' [ '"" I'~' i ~, 1 I 1'""'; !1" <1'"

~~<i<T: 15'317\4'10812'133 \ 5'764 [ 5'774\1'29711'375

~'t)Rqr;rf ~~((rr~a!r;rt ~qr~;rr ~q:q'~ ~~~ I

~I"\. "...., • '" " ~ -..
),{11:T<t~ Q~mgllfri~~T+I~~=ij~~'~tfq:;~ 3{f{r~tf II~II
Bloka 5. Subtract one unit from the units repre.
senting the rays of the planets. Fmd the sum of the
Arithmetical Progression whose first tenn is one and the
60 [Adh. IV

common difference is also one and the number of terms

the number representing the net rays) and divide this sum
by 3 times the rays; the results are the ~'i"{~Ii1fi~ (U ch.
charasmiphala) and the ~!r<~R1fi~ (Cheshtarasmiphala).
After gomg through all the elaborate processes prescribed by
the author, we get a result whIch IS no other than the Uchchabala
and Cheshtabala already found out (vzde Adhyaya 3 Slokas 2 and
18). It is not clear why the student should have been bothered
about the details of iT~1 -Sreidhee (Arithmetical progression).
All this is pithily expressed by Kesava Dalvagna thus : -
lc ~!r'i"~ ~~Rffir~~ #~ R\ifr ~~Ii~:
~~I1!i'~~~~n qcl.T~~i ~r~ir~~trr; I
'~nar;~~~~ ~ Cfi!+PT ~Hrci' G;:(TTtrT: 1fii'15'1\ II
'"
2.:~= -V(~'i"q~ X ~Br~~)
<}i~ = -v(1-~'i"<r~) (l-~~r~~)
. " .. " "\
ijifQ~~ 't~rij~«~ ij ij~~!Tsr ~er 'fi~
"\"
ij I
fq~)~"tf ~qT~q~~rij\~ W: ~!Trlt"~~Tt{YfT~ II~ II
Sloka 6 Multiply the figures representing the two
phalas (1fi~). The square root of the resulting product
expresses the good due to the Uchcha (~'i"-exaltation)
and the Cheshta balas of the planets. Subtract the two
phalas (~~~-Uchchaphala, and ~!r1fie--Cheshtaphala)
sepa.rately from unity and multiply the remainders toge.
ther. The square root of the product gives the evil that
is to accrue.
The Sun's '3"~<:~+r~ (Uchcharasmiphala) is '957.
His ~~~ (Cheshtarasmiphah) is ·SlO.
The product of the above two, i.e., '957 X 'SIO~'775170,
The Square-root of it is '880 whIch is the Ishta.
The Kashta = Y-043 X '190 ::::: -090.
Similarly the Moon's Ishta=-y"397x:5i8 = '453.
The Moon's Kashta =-V·603x -482 ='539.
The Ishta portion of Ma.rs=-V·667 x '189 ::: •355.
S1. 6 ] 61

The Kashta ., =.y'333x'81l=·519.

Mercury's Ishta=Y'()5t X '794 = '201,
Kashta=.y·949x'206 ='442.
"
JupIter's Ishta=.y '186 X '7S5 = '384,
" Kashta::::Y'S14 X "".:205 = '408.
Venus' Ishta "" .y '90S x '049 = '2lO.
Kashta:= .y·095 X '951 == ':00.
"
Saturn's Ishta == .y '044 x '052 == '052.
" Kashta = ,v'956 x ~93s = '947.
ir&flJTrr5i~Ofi~:q~ll. (lshta & Kashta of Planets)

~l!: (Ishta) .. , 'S80 '453 i '355 '201 . 384 '2l0 '052

CliF: (Kashta) ... '090 '539 Ii .519 '442 '408 I '300 ,947

Parasara lays down a dtfferent rule for finding the ~l!: and 'lie:
He says:
~iij'n~~cr~ri'f'T~ ~~r{~+1 ~~~a: I
~ t! EJ+R:~~: ~r~~~~r crfflarsEJ+f: II
...... ~ .... ~ ~" ~ ........
~!jJ'ij~rCf)U <ll.lOfif r,,\rnr&~"r t! ~r;;:r~Q:. I
~~~ft{~if:;;lf~~r([. 1lI'fu'~lir q"fffci: 'li~~ II
Obtain the ~~r (Cheshta) rays in the same way as you got the
~ (Uchcha) rays. Add the two results. Half of this wIll be ~+r
(Subha) rays. The defect of this from 8 will represent the ~
(Asubha) ones, Again, subtract 1 from each of the figures denot.
ing the ~~ (Uchcha) and ~m (Cheshta) rays and multiply the
remainders by 10 and then add together the two products, Half
the result will represent the ~2: (Ishta) and the defect of this from
60 will be the Cli2: (Kashta) portion.
Thus, the Sun's \3"~~fl{+r (Uchcharasml) is 6"742 and the ~E:r­
~~1'f (Chesharasmi) is 5'317. His ~+r\:f:i1'f (Subharasml) is there-
fore ~ (6'742+5°317) = 6'030. His ~~il\:1~" (Asubharasmi) 158
minus 6'030 or 1'970,
62 [Adh. IV

The ~ (I~hta)=~ -.: 10 (6'J;1-~-1)+ 10 (J'317 ~l t =:

57'42,":1-43"17 == ~OO'59 == 50'295

2 2 •
The Cf.2: IS 60 1II1lIitS 5(/295 == ~n05.

'" " ijTPU

-l~;S,", ~~~ ~l~(?mi{ . &:O:1.H'i-CTilT
"."" l&: '" "'" I
;:r~ ~$~ ~
«~~~[Ufr :q "r:ij': q:;~p:~f ~ qr~~i+qf R~cn: ~$i!r: ~g;: II
Sloka 7. Multiply the ag~re;ate q~<rfl' (Shadbala)
of each plam:t sepuately by the figures representing its
good and evil influence as found out in the previol1:'i sloka·
The products give the rectified good and evil strengths
of the planet. Th e 3.spect of each planet is also to be
similarly treated (i.e., multiplied sep:lfately by Its good
and evil '!fi(?;-Phala as found out in the previous sloka) ,
The products indicate the rectified good lnd evil aspects
of the planets.
The Sun's Shadb:tla is S\:;15 (1)
The Sun's Ishta IS 'S80 (2)
The Sun's Kashta is '090 (3)
The product of (1) & (2) IS 7'9332
Tile pr-lduct of (1) & (3) IS '8 i 135
The MJon's Shldb:tla is 8'197 (4)
The Moon's Ishta )s '453 (5)
The Moon's Kashta IS '539 (Ii)
The product of (4) & (5) IS 3'713241
The product of (4) & (6) is 4"418183
Mars' Shadbala is 7'731 (7)
Mars' Isllta is ·355 (8)
Mars' Kashta is ·519 (9)
The product of (7) & (8) is 2"744505
The product of (7) & (9) IS 4'012389
Mercury's Shadbala is 6·209 (10)
Mercury's Ishta IS '201 ( II)
Mercury's Kashta IS ·442 (12)
The product of (10) & (11) is 1·248009
S1. 7] ""
-.:.1!!~1 S~<iP1: 63
~_~ ______ ""~_"-"'R ",-,~"""_", __ -"~_~~ __ ~"",~,,,,,,,,,,",".,...~ . . . . ,,,,,_..,, ................

The product of (\0) 8:: (12) is 2744378

Jupiter's Shadbala IS 8'613 (13)
Jupiter's lsbta is '384 (14)
Jupiter's Kashta IS '4G8 (15)
The product of (13) & (14) IS 3' 31]7 392
The product of (13) 8:: (15) IS 3'514104
Venus' Shadbala IS 7"459 (16)
Venus' Ishta I~ '210 (17)
Venus' Kashta IS '300 (18)
The prociuct of (L) & (17) IS 1'56639
The product of (16) & (18 IS 2'2377
Saturn's Shadbala is 3'844 (19)
Saturn's Isht9. IS '052 (20)
Saturn's Kashta is '947 ' (21)
The product of (19) & (2(') IS '199888
The product of (19) &: (21) ;5 .)'640268

f I
Ishta ... 7'933 3'713 2'744 \'248 3'307 1'566 0'199

Kashta " . 0'811 4'418 4,012 2744 3'.514 2'237 3'640

-
The Drigbala accrued to the Sun by the Moon's aspect is '723
see page 20 supra. His Ishta is '1380 and Kashta. '090.
The Sun's Ishta Drigbala is therefore '723 x'S80 or '63624.
His Kashta Drigbala is '723 X '090 or '06507,
The Drigbala by the Sl1n's aspect over the Moon is '277. The
Moon's Ishta IS '453 and Kashta '539.
The Moon's IshUt Drigbala IS "277 x '453 or '125481.
The Moon's Kashta Drigbala is "277 x "539="149303. Simi ..
lady in the other ·cases.
64 t Adh. IV
~!~rn:;;;~~ (Ishta Drishti-Ohakra)
Planets I Sun I Moon I Mars i~[ JupIter I Venus I ~
'344

'083 '155 '033

Mars '050 180

Mercury ... '036 '169 001

Jupiter 401 '049 I 344 '189 '121 '060

Venus :::I 111 I ... '232 •.. I

I

Saturn .,.1 351 276 ... I

I I

q;fW~T.I'Sii~ (Kashta Drishti.Chakra)

Planet> Sun I I
Mars !Mercury JupIter
--
I Venus ISaturn
-'--- I Moon

Sun 149 '259

Moon '065 '245 182 222 604

Mars '060 191

Mercury ... '043 '179 '028

Juplter '041 059 '503 '415 '173 109

Venus '132 '246

Saturn '418 '293

"i};':(f~:-
<fr~ a~~ij'fiT!ff. !~itrra- ~ ~!ff.!T~it II ~ ~ II

~:lt ~q ::q~I1f~f~ij ~eilUt ~~si

'lTllf~T.,t ;r;'Il~Nij\~~it fiI~~sf!.r: I
~~TS!l'1t ij~ll~i{ij +{'l~TilTSfti(~
~;:~tf~r: ~l~NT~~~~ ~l~~ ~tr,,;r 11<=11
~ij~~+{l~~l{~l{ ~ ~~&~
. ~"

~liij1T~tJl~!! t{~~Q ~t;:r~~~ I

S1. 8.9] 65

~ ~~~ i!~1:(Tq'ti~tlt;:~-
qif~ "~ij Rt{ij i;p:f! ~ltJTn lI~ II
Slokas 8-9. Ancient sages say that the good influ.
ence of a planet is one Rupa in its exaltation; £ths of a
Rupa in its Moolatrikona; i in its Swakshetra; iths in
the house of a very friendly planet; Hh in a friend's
house; kth in the house of a neutral planet; -i'"s-th in an
inimical house; -g\ nd in a very inimical house and nothing
in its depression. The evil influence of the planet in the
several above positions is obtained by subtracting the
good influence from unity. And in the 6 Vargas other
than ufu (Rasi),-ciz., iTu (Hora), ~!f;T!J'( (Drekkana), qam
(Saptamsa), iTiift~ (Navamsa), ~re;flro (Dwadasamsa) and
~~ro (Trimsamsa)-only a half of the prescribed good
and evil influences is to be calculated.
A new and different method for finding out the good and evil
influences of planets through the Saptavarga table seems to be
advocated here and this system is saId to ha ve the support of the
Yavanas. while the one, treated in the two prevIous slokas of basing
the ~ (Isbta) and ~ (Kashta) through the ~ (Uchcha) and ~
(Cheshta) rays, appears to have the approval of sages like Parasara
and his followers. Let us take the case of the Sun in the example,
He IS in Mesha, the bouse of an Adhimltra (a'\~). The
good influence is '375 wbile the evil one is 1-'375 or '625. He
is in the Moon's Hora. The Moo_n in the present case is also an
Adhimltra. The gcod influence is ~ of '375 as the Varga under
consideration is not a Rasi but a Hora, The eVIl influence for the
same reason wIll be ~ of (1 - •375) or' 312. The Sun is in his
own Drekkana and also in bis own Saptamsa. The good influence
in each of these two Vargas will be 1 of '5 or '25, while the cor-
responding eVIl influence is also the same. VtZ., • 25. The Sun is
in Kanya Navamsa, a portion owne:! by Mercury, a Mitra (~-a
friend), The good influence is i of '25 or '125 while the evtl
m. tr. 9
66 [Adh. IV

ini1uence lS 1 0- '25) or '375, He IS in Vrischil,a Dwadasams1,

an Amsa owned by Mars, hiS Adhllnitra. The good mfluence IS ~
ot '375 or '187 and the eVll mfluence is '313, The Sun IS III a
Tnmsamsa (f3f=zrkr) of Jupiter, a Sama (lJl1). The good mfluence
on thIs count IS"~ of '125 or 'G62, the correspomhng eVIlmlluence
bemg g of (1- '125) = ~ of '875 or '+37.
The Sun's good Influence arlsmg from a conslderation of the
Sapta Vargas is thus : '375+'187+'25+'25+'125 -!-'187+'062 or
1'437, HIS eVIl influence IS 'b25+'312+'25F~5+'375F313+
'137 or 2'562, Simllarly. WIth the rest of the planetG,
~qgaor<T~'T~lI. ({shta Saptavargajabala)
Planets Sun I :l\1oon !Mars !Mercury : JUpIter i ven:', Salurn

Rasi '375 r~--I-~- '25 -I '75 I '25 '125

Hora '187 '35 I '187 '187 '063 I '015 OG2

Drekkana. '35 :::5 '031 '25 015 '031

Saptamsa '25 '125 'IS7 '135 25 'OGZ '063

Na\ amsa ... 1 1:25 II '125 '187 '125 187 '015 'on
DI',adasamsa.. '187 '187 '1:]5 'US 'Z5 187 031

Trunsamsa .. , 062 I 125 '25 125 '187 '031 '062

Total ", ~ml~I1s~lo%s~9-;-0578)-;W6

Clif!'?!a'crn:jf<sf(!'5Ol,. (Kashta Saptavargajabala)
Planets Moon I Mars \ MerCUry! Jupiter I Venus r
Saturn

Rasl '625 --.~- -~~25 - '75 I '25 ~ ~

Hora '313 '25 '313 '313 '438 '485 '437

Drekkana '25 '375 '25 '469 '25 '485 '468

Saptamsa '25 '375 '313 '375 '25 '437 '437

Navamsa 375 '375 '313 375 '313 '485 '468

Dwadasamsa, '313 I '3D '375 '375 '25 313 '468

Tnmsamsa ,.. '438 I '375 '25 '375 '313 468 '437

Total '''I--;S62TOO-\24-;7/30n2063 --;:-m!3593

> 1
51. 10.11 ] 67

,.... '" to -. "" ..

':i'iTaTf'oH~~ ~i'!l,:f~rsr :;r '6I~IJj: ~rcff+r~:s~;rm: i
~Cfhar ~~it~~l:':llf{<i(fr~
v
~~tt«~ <1r~ ~:qr~T~
,.... ........... "'...... .. '\'" ~ .....
r?;l! if~ Cii..iii'iil1<:f~~ ~(?; l:r't§' ej;P,f Ci~Cf.'t 1\ ~ \lli
'" ~.... ....... ~ ~ ....
Cf'~"€f~T: ~8'~ q;r~'if: $i~'1'!:fm.i'!r~~Of ~ 'lS<:"H-
..........,...". "I" '" "
a~r:?:f +r~~rrq:q<::"'~ :q a~~ q;qqr~r 'l~:r'fj, t
~~r'a'?:rr ~::{ff'lfm Rr;m~~ Cii~n::r i1.:~I~iT
"'(\I ~ '-..:)..... ...... ... .... ....
<FT~.a<:~~m ~~r: ~~~ffierrar~q~R ~~<!: 1I~""1i

~ :zerc+rr~llG.:l:h~
'" "" "'''
~ll[~ll
'"
iIl~q~rni(~~H~i
\' l " " ,... "
ij~rr I
P.tI:1T~ ~~~fg~)~H{~Ff~'{ F(S:n~(jfl~ tli?l~rt!~ ~Hn liZ 0 II
~ •• """" ~ f' ...... f"..~
~n~iJij' ~l~~H~f5fi'! ;:rrr,! ~~f:[+{ijf l~~r.r~ I
................'" ~ +t". """ I'..
~q~ ~m~ :q' q'~~ Q~~: I:n~a:qsp{ ~:q~~ ij~ II ~ ~ II
...::;.

8lokas 10-11. The total of the good and evil influ-

ences due to the circumstance that the ufu (Rasi) and
the other 6 Vargas occupied by a pIa net come under the
categories of its exaltation sign, Moolatrikona, Swakshe.
tra, Adhimitra, etc. mentioned in sloka 8, should be
divided by 4 and set down separately in the front rows of
two neat tables of 7 columns each. The heading of this
row in each table is to be called ~~ (Griha). And in
each of the remaining 6 rows with the 6 several headings
~r;n (Hora), $f"~l'ilT (Drekka na) etc. in the:2 tables, set
down half of what is entered in the first row, taking care
that the good and the evil results appear in their respect~
ive divisions.

The total good influence of the Sun as per slokas 8 and 9

supra 1S 1'437 and his evil influence is 2'552. Each of these divi-
ded by 4 give '359 and '640 respectively. These figures have
68 [Adh. IV

accordingly been entered under ~ (Griha) in the two statements

~+r rhfir (Subha panktee) and 3T~+r q'i'ffr (Asubha panktee), Against
the other 6 Vargas have been entered a half of these two figures,
VIZ., '179 and' 320. Similarly in the other ca'3es,

~+rtf'tlfr, (Subha panktee)

WI
;;.,
.....
:::l
... til c:
....
t:l til
..... <.l
.... ....CIl ::I
Planets c
::I
0
0 C\! CIl 'Q. r;:;
Q)
.....::I
::I r.'!!
(f) ~ ::2l ;?l ......, :;.- (f)
.-
Rasi ," '359 '297 '390 '242 '484 '144 '101

Hora ... '179 '148 '195 '121 '242 '072 '050

Drekkana ... '179 '148 '195 '121 '242 '072 '050

Saptamsa .. , '179 '148 '195 '121 '242 '072 '050

Navamsa ... '179 '148 '195 '121 I '242 \ '072

i
'050
I
Dwadasamsa .. '179 .! 48 '195 '121 '242 I '072 '050

Trimsamsa '179 '148\ '195 '121 '242 i '072 ·050

,_
,"I I
aty~q:ffir (Asubha panktee)
p-,
..... .....
I c:!
...til
CIl
:::l I !l (/l
:;)
c: 0 ....(,)Q) 'a::t r;:;
Planets ::t 0 Q)
;;E ;;E :>-
(f) ;?l I 0-,

Rasi .0, '640 '703 I '609

I
'758 '516 '855 '8S8

Hora ... '320 '351 I '304 '379 '258 '427 '449

Drekkana '.. '320 '351 '304 '379 '258 '427 '449

Saptamsa ,.' '320 '351 '304 '379 '258 '427 '4+9

Navamsa .. , '320 '351 '304 '379 '258 '427 '449

Dwad asamsa .. '320 '351 '304 '379 '258 '427 '449

Trimsamsa , .. '320 '351 '304 '379\ ' 258 '427 '449

1
-""
81. HL14 ] 69

~
UmJ'¢f~rp:r 't~ Q~~ ~rSijfTi{~ ij'ffql1f$fi-~
f\ '" "" "\ """" "\
I
~+n?l~T~q :q iji{"Pl~~ r ij'c:<tT"S- Q- ~rR+f ifg iii ~ II ~ ~ It
"" .... \'''' .... ''' .... '' C' .... "''' ~
\3'~ ~ ~r'lqr~q ~ ~t:{~q! ~1fqarS{q ~;r~ I
irnT~~ ~~~~: q:;~~~ ~rr?if ~~rttr~~n';r m~ II ~ ~ II
"" ",I" "" ,.... (\
;rq~~~~-n:r&:;rp::rqr~~;r ~r~t{na:~;rq~T ;:n~ I
~~ i{~T'1t ~en~ ~$~~ ~+r~ q'{rrr ~fijtr+q~ ft II ~ ~ /I
~fu ~rm~~fuor~t ~Ta<iiQ';g:i:fr­
~~'f.~rl;~r~aTg~:

Slokas 12, 13 and ]4. Find also the total ~g'1'rfg+rr­

'g+l~ (Sa pta varga Subhasubha phala)~ as directed in
slokas 8 and 9, of the lord of the house in which is the
particular planet under consideration; and multiply
therewith its ~+lT'g+l'li(?,i (Subhasubhaphala) set down in
the first row of the table mentioned in slokas 10 and 11.
In regard to the results of the remaining six vargas in the
:2 tables the same process is to be repeated viz" of muL
tiplying the result of each varga with the corresponding
~a'1';'l (Sa pta varga) result of its lord. Each of the seven
varga-products thus resulting under the two grand divi.
sions of ~+l (Subha) and a:rg+l" (Asubha) should be further
multiplied by the square root of the product of the good
or bad portions, as the case may be, of the entire strength
of the lord of the varga concerned and the planet occu.
pying it. It is in this way, a way approved by the sages,
that we can arrive at exactitude in the measurement of
the good as well as evil influences arising from ~rc~ CRasO
a nd other 6 vargas.
The Sun is occupying Mesha. Rasi a sign owned by Mars and
Vrischika Dwadasamsa, a Varga owned by the same planet. The
~~t{<f<T~~ (Ishta Sapthavargaja bala) and enE~'if"l'T~iif<ii (Kasht a
Sapthavargaja bala) of Mar s as per slokas 8 and 9 are 1'562 and
2'437 respectively; Vide statements 10 p. 66 supra, The Sun's
 70 [Adh. IV

~T<:r#r (Sllbhapanktee) and 3[~+r~;$f (Asubhapanktee) are (l) '359

;nd '6+0 under Rasi and (2) ~79 and '320 under Dwadasarnsa, VIde
statements in p. 68, The Sun's ,@"-t1l=[';<rl1'1'i(;l" (Subha Madhyam:t
phala) and a:r~ln:r~J.Tl=ftfi(;l" CAsubha Madhyarna phalaJ against Rasl
are therefore 1'562 X '359 or '560 and 2'437 X '640 or 1'559680.
The correspondlCg figures against Dwadasamsa Will be r 562 )l
'179 or '279598 and 2'437 x'320 or '779840 respectively.

He is in the Moon's VU lHota). HIS m-,q+rar'l"tfi(;l" (Subha

Madhyama phala) against Hora Will be 1'187 X '179='212473. The
correspondmg a:r~J<:r'l"\:."'l:f+rtfi(;l" (Asubha Madhyama phala) IS 2'812 X
'320 ='899840.
The Sun is posited 10 his own Drekkana and own Saptamsa.
The ~,p:r'l"\Z<rl1<:fi<!5" (Subha Madhyama phala) agamst each of these wlil
be 1'437 x '179 or '257223. The correspondlllg a:r~+r11'C'f11<:fii;l" (Asu.
bha Madhyama phala is Z'S62x'320 or '819840. HIS ~+rl=f't'fl1<:fi<!5"
(Subha Madhyama phala) under Navamsa is 0'968 X '179='173272
and the ar~+irr·arlicr.~ (Asubha. Madbyama phala) will be 3'031 X '320
:= 969920. The ~+rli'':<r+i<:fii;l" (Subha Madhyama phala) under Tflm-
samsa is 1'937 X '179='346723 and the a:r~+rl=f''''fl1<:fi<!5" CAsubha Madh·
yarna phala) IS 2'063 x '320""6601 EO. The other entnes should be
sirni1arly worked out.

SLOKAS 12-13, gl?+p;'!j';j'?lii:'9 (Subhamadhyamaphala)

po,
i '"'
Planets I i:::
p
I
I
I
i:::
0
0
<IJ

'"'
oj I ::l
...
I.)

IIJ
.....'IIJ"'
'8.
CIl
::l
a
IIJ
....i:::
p
~
I (fJ
I ~ "'"
""" I ~
::<
.-, :>- (fJ

Rasi ..... '560 '120 '755 '468 '937 '224 '157

Hora .... '212 '!76 '280 '173 '347 '103 '059
Drekkana ... 257
'085 '304 '189 '468 '103 '097
Saptamsa .,. '257 1 '085
'
'378 '049 '468 '085 '0£:9
Navarnsa ... '173 '085 '378 '049 ,378 '103 '097
Dwadasamsa ... '280 '143 '079 '234 '468 '069 '097
Trirnsamsa .'. '347 '286 '304 '049 I '378 '139 'C29
2-+78l-2il1 3'444 0:.565
-
Total ••• I 2'086 0'980 0826
S1. 14 ]

~~+r+r~:q-~q;~ (Asubhamadhyamaphala)
7

...
. ~

I ......
;>,
s:l
= ::l Q;
'" ....
= 0 ...
U'J u
....
II's.
::l
!=: ::l
Plan ets ::l .....
0 ~
:-.E
.....
<U
::l
Q)
:;.- CiS
-_.--r..n ........
p<::; UJ
"'" ----y-
Hasi
." 1"560 2'525 1'2':6 1'564! 1'064 3084 2'191
Bora 900 ';)/:';'7 '179 '~71 c61 1\)94 1'263
'"
8:;:0 1';201 '741 '924 '532 l'C94- '926
Dre1kan a ."
Saptamsa ., -820 1'201 '627 1'362 : '532 L~Ol 1'536
:r\avamsa -" '970 1'201 '627 1'362 '619 l'C94 '926
Dwacasa msa •• _ I '780 I 1'063 1'092 '782 532 1'294 '926
Tnmsamsa
Total
. . 1_'-1----- '6eO! 72+ '741 1'36.2

, .. [6'510 18902 .)'863 8'327 ,.'559 8'74219'304

'619 '881
1-
1'536

(Sloka 14).

Thus. in the statement ~q~~+T (Spashtasubha) overleaf, take

the case of the Sun. Against the row 'Rasi' the Cf<l~li.f (Vargast.
tha) and the Cf~hd (Vargesa) planets are the SUD a-:d Mars respectlvely,
and thelr ~l1~ar~s (rshta Shadbalas) are 7'933 and 2'744 (vtde state.
ment 10 J;', 63 supra), their corresponding 9l!!: (Kashta) shadbalas
being 0'811 and 4'012,

-../7'933 X 2"744 = 4'6645

-Vo 811 x·r01Z=l'S038

The ~E~+T (Spashtasubha) of the Sun will be '560 v 4'6645 or

2'61212, And the ~~~~(Spashta Asubha) wlll be 1'560 X 1'8038
or 2'813928.

The Sun's ~trn~~ (Spashta Subha) against Hora will be

'\1'7'933 X 3'713 X '212=5'4272 x' 212=1'1505664 ; the correspond",
ing ~~'W~+r (Spashta Asubha) being -VO'8lTx4'418X'900=
1'8923 X '900= }'70352.
72 tAdh. 1\/
~1f!~+r (Spashtasubha)
;>,
.... ...
I a0 Ul
....
::l
U ....
Q) Ul
:::l
aOJ
!:l
....
....::lc:!
I i5.
!:I OJ
Planets ::I
0 cd
:::l
(fJ ~ ~ ~ .-, :> cn

Rasi ... 2'612 0'1031 2'274 0'95013'098 0'464 0'116

I

Hora ", l'1S0 0'653 1'30S O'S44 1'777 0'363 0'050

Drekkana .. , 2,039 1 0'20S 0'834

I
0'349 1'S49 0'363 0'078
I
Saptamsa ••• 2'039 0'205 1"137 0'024 I' 549\ 0.205 0'016

Navamsa , .. 1 O'S48 0'205 1'137 0'024 1'l38 0'363 0'078

0'058 0'475 1'549 0096 1 0'078

Dw.d".m<a """'I 1
1'306 0"307
I
Trimsamsa .. , n77! l'C02 0'834 0'024 1'138 0'316, 0'016
I
1 I
- -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - -i _

Total •. ,!1 1'47112'680 _ 7'579 [ 2'390 11793 :4"170 0'432

~'f'lZ ~g+r (Spashta Asubha)

...,
.... .... !:l
:::l ....
I
Ul
a ...
Ul
...
<.) ....OJ ::l ::I
Planets a 0
0 ell OJ 0. !:l .....
I ::s
::l <lJ ell
(fJ ~ ~ :::l
...... :> (fJ

I
I
Rasi ... 1 2'81+ 10'128 4'71S 4'856 3'739 6'241 8'372
1
Hora '"
1'703 4'360 1'404- 1'448 1'115 1"473 S'06S

Drekkana , .. 0'665 3'775 2'9721 3'065 1'869 1'473 3'311

Saptamsa ... 0665 3'77 5 Z'358 4'303 1'869 3'715 4'382

Navamsa ... ':1'447\ 3'775 2'358 4'303 2'324 1'473 3'311

Dwadasamsa .. , 1'40]1 3'70:; 4'172 2'428 1'869 3'20S 3'311

Trimsamsa ", 1'114 2'8S2 2'972 4'30' 2'324 2'469 4'332

---- -- -- -- -- -~

Total, .. 9'815 32'365 20'951 24'7C6 15'109 20'109 32'134

SI. 14 J '<tg~rs~~: 13
~

The following table shows the square root of the products of

the good as well as the eVil portions of the ;:#r~r (Vargesa) and 9.-f~
(Vargasttha) planets in the given example:-

~~ Ushta iCfi~ (Kashta

or good) or evil)
i
--~----

The Sun X Mars +'664 1'004

The Sun x the Moon 5"427 1'893

The Sun X Mercury 3"146 n92

The Sun X Jupiter 5"122 1"688

The SUD x Venus 3'524 1'347

The MOOD X Mercury 2'152 3'481

The Moon X Jupiter 3"504 3'940

The Moon X Venus 2'411 3'143

The Moon X Saturn 0'859 4'011

... r
Mars X Mercury ,. , 1'850 3'318

Mars x Jupiter I 3'012 3754

Mars x Venus 2'073 2'995

Mars x SJ turn 0'739 3'821

l\lercury x Jupiter 2'031 3'105

Mercury X Venus 1'398 S'477

Mercury x Saturn lj'4~8 3'160

Jupiter X Venus ",'L75 2'803

Jupiter X S::tturn 0811 3'576

Venus X Salurn 0'558 2'853

End of the Fourth Adbyaya.

~r. 1f. 10
74 tAdh. V

q:ij~S~~~!
3Tl~T~ ~~t ~ ~~l~QPr: ~ms;r I
3Tl~: ij;srC::T~TqijT~ ij~~fS?JT1lTt ~~ ~~tffis~n II ~
Adhyaya 5.
Sluka 1. Since the affirmatIon of proof of the
events to be predicted by mecl.ns of astrology at a person's
nativIty is possible only upon a correct knowledge of the
extent of his life, the method of ascertaining the allotted
life. period is to be treated of in thIs chapter just as it has
been received from immemorial tradition with a view to
benefit the community of earnest students.
In his work ~i!'<ma<fi (Bnhatjataka), q{r&:l~~:C (Varahamihira)
has blaled that the effects described for the 12 Bhavas counted
from the Lagna, for the 12 Rasls from Mesha, for planetary
aspects and for all Yogas (excepting <n+rIi1-Nabhasa Yogas) will
occur 1D the Dasa penod of the planet concerned.
~r~<IT;;r if~ ~~if~ ~JI·r:ircft if~ ~~"rq'~~: ,
~f~fifT(i!ir<fiifrifiir<i ~"ij'~~~ ~~ m~~ ~~Tif~ II
Also T..'ide VII-29 wfra.
And the Dasa periods of the several planets will be only so
many years, months, days, etc., as have been contributed by them
for the '31T~ (Ayus) of the native.
Of. tlrocfWr.
:o{f!i'rr iril if~ir m ~~T 6~ Clfi'reor I

This e:ll.plams why the author has first treated of the methods
of ascertaining the an~ (Ayurdaya) of a person.
Astrologers say that the ~[<f (Ayurdaya) IS of two kmds:
(1) ~~ (YogaJa) due to particular planetary yogas and (2) fil'To
(Ganltagata) arising from mathematical calculations.
The former has got 4 sub-divisions: viz., (1) R~ (Rlshtaja)
(2) 11\+1" (Parama), (3) 1<rl!fif (Niyata) and (4) a:rf+rii (Amita).
S1. 1 ] 75

The folloWIng is an example of Re:Sl-

,.., ",. " ..::..."'........... "" ..... - . ~ t',.....
rG~r<?;~+H<?ZI';:rEl"Tirej;<H TOi<?irr:;pC!': ~(<a<rqr~ ~r~ I
qqrrGr ~8-<r i.i~~:q+rr~: 3i!frRf;:t G1r(l'q;m~~r~: 1/

The same has thus been described by Kalyana Varman.

'q2:I~'&:<lm:;pr~~'iit1~a;;rr~~ ird~ ~r~: I
qrqRr(fe;:<f+rTtJil G'fffl:r'~Tf;lf*ff qif: II Bmq~1-
A tf'l1r~~<r (ParamayurYC1ga) is given in the sloka quoted below
from ~i£~Cfi.
".. " " . "" r-....... '" .... ""'- ('I,...., ....
ayl'i1T+rqq'Hii~ Tq<?;R "Uf'ifI'a-rr:q <Tf<i q'liiqiTf<1S"ff t
+fOiRr ~ q'~+rr~q: !:11:rfor :qre: '3''fS~: ~~6r: ~~ffii!! II

This same yoga lS thus described by fu:;,;::Ror-

,........ ,.... ~....." ~" .....
~r.:r q'~+rT"Umf ~n:'!l <TrCi q'iiiqmf?iFr~ I
.... .:--. ... ~ t'I ... ",.....
"Uq': q'(+rl1if<r(l'~r(l': q'~;J:fr~mm6 II

Also Cf. B"R19<i.'r

"...... ....... .... ,....,...., ,....... f'. ' .....
~lilT~:q'if( .,q-+j" q'~f1.if~r6r~T8'0li I
lfnr ~r+~ ~~ff~: :;ff~H~: q'( +f~q: II
The following is an example of R<:fm~~-
<1SRrlZ+rr{I~~ar
~......
'i :q~~~: 'iI'i~T: ~+r~:qr ~r~
" \.<{'.w
"" ..\ aT
~
II
'"
il<?irfilcraTq;oiRift +f~(I't ~r(l': ':ffQr~: OliNcit ~;:fr.,~: Ii

The following is an example ofm1:rm~:­

~~~f~G~a- ~t1'ir~<?ig mQOf~ ~<J~ :q ~if:qra I
-
..... ~ ..... ~" ,...... ,...."
+fqr{~G~:srTq'lfar 'if(qn+r(l'r+r~GsnJ:frr(;n ~r<t. II

The same yoga is thus expressed in "iRTor<#f--

<fi~<?i'~ ~: ~;::~: t;:;r~rr ~'eI'l{tif<.fr I
.... ""...... ,....., ,.... ......... ~
':iTqr~~Hlql!~:erU;J:far?:i~e{~t: II

q;:li:1.ift~Q'a:~er~~t"'trffi ~~n tITe{rOl"T:er~~;V: ~'fS<?i~ :q;:;r: I

....,.. ...........,.....". .... r.. '"
"l0li <fi.n;:~a-;r:qrqq'{ :q ~rl{ ~f~:q~~+rer4'l",qr+ra i;i~r~: II
Also~~fu:-
<fi<fi1r';a~:q?:iffi~~ ~\;JR:ffi) ~;:it ?~~-mQ\­
(l~fi;a:~H€f ~ :qTlf~~;::q~)~ijo~~Q~ II
76 [Adh. V

The ~r;r:i (Yogaja) Ayus may wIth advantage be thus looked

into III more detaIl frolll other work~.

<rJUraI'Tilm-<>:. (Gamtagatayus) IS classIfled under 5 heads: 1/tz.,

(I) ai"~~ (Amsa]a), (2) ftrU$Sf (Pindaja). (3) ~ffi7i'fi ~Naisarglka), (4-)
~fCr~rllrr~ (Jeevasarmodlla) and (5) Tlr-'l1 (Misra). This Jast class
has got 4 furtber subd1Vl51Ons. There are thus 12 kinds of a11~qjl.[
(Ayurdaya).
Cf. also the followlDg quotations from ~UJfefi~ (Gunakara) on
the subject.-
aTT~5oft;:~Ii:r~..t sr~* ~ri[Ti1{<t :qr~~ijr~~~a~ I
• ~ -" c.... .... ~
aTr'a ;qij+i~rqrllGl1{;:~'ijm q~I+lHr +i~: II
fti qt f;r~a+l~ a~rl+!a ;q ~({r ~~~ffi '&!ri(~~=i{q~ I
~qi a?tt~\l'!f;r(i "" fif~ii+l;:~Q'. ~B'f~~~mffi :qTfif~a~ ~~T: II
~
qq;
. ~. .. '" ~~.
{cr{~01q rqfl;gr'iT~ITI'fi ~iifi~~
,...
crt<rm. I
~

~~r ;;t~~~ar..$+lT: ~~~T ~d'il: q{+l~q: ~r-I:.II

o;r.lf(ctqTfiT;:l!{nt~~~r&T ~i~~~; ~ilfq'<{~~Tilni.1
~y;i{ q~iiiffi f+l~~~~!!~~~q;J~ II

It is only tbis latter class, VIZ., 'ffUraFTi1T~~<r (Ganitagatayur.

daya) consistlDg of 8 dIvisions as above mentioned tbat bas been
treated of in thIS chapter by $ftqc<rT'<!l<f (Sripa1.yacharya).
The first sloka 10 the Text implies thut it would be folly to
calculate the phalas (~) of a horoscope before It is aeeertained
what length of life the ~i1'fi (Jataka) has.

~q~Rlij~~ il:e~~ 1.J~·n~~q~~~tti ~l~ I ~

~l~~~l\~ll~ ~lIUf~ll~ ~~lt(ijsr ~Q'(~ftijt.i ~~1.J~

~ l{~m Rijf~'Tf~~+~: ~iAi~ ij ll~ ~~~ I
~ftij ~~ij ~ ~~:t~~~ g~: ~ie: ~1~ II ~ II
<!

Slokas [2 and 3. The sums of two series in Arith.

metical Progression in which the first term is 1 and the
Common Difference also 1, but the number of terms 1
less than the n':lmber of ~r (Cheshta) rays in the first and
1 less than the number of ft (Uchcha) rays in the second
Sl. 2.3 ] 77

-these sums when divided by the numb3fs repre3entin~

the ~gT (Cheshta) and ~¥ (Uchch3.) rays re.;pxtively will
give what are called ~~(~IJf:fi (Cheshtaglmaka) and ~!i!JIJfCP
(Uchchagunaka) (~(J'{CP=mu1tiplier), But if the sums of
the two series should be found to be les~ than the number
of (he rays, the rule for finding the ~1J'(i:f) (Gunaka) is this:
Increase each sum by the number of the rays, Divide
half of this result by the number representing the rays.
The quotient is the ~<n (Gunaka) required, The square
root of the product of the ~~mrJTq:; (Cheshtagunaka) and
the ~'fl~tJt<t> (Uchchagunaka) is termed the ~~!~cp (Sphuta.
gunaka).
In these slokas the author has descnbed the process for as.
certaining the 'i:r~l~cn (Cheshtagunaka), '3"~ (Uchchagunaka)
and the ~1l"fifi (Sphutagunaka) whIch are necessary for the 3r~
(Amsayurdaya).
The Sun's ~~ CUchcharasml) ""6"742. Therefore the sum
of the Arithmetical Progression in question is
(5'742 X 6'742)+ 2=19'35628Z,
19'356282
The ~1l"fCli CUchchagunaka)= 6'742 ==2'871.
SImilarly the ~~1l"f'li (Cheshtagllnaka) of the Sun is 2'158,
Therefore the ~~1l"f:O (Sphutagunaka)= .y(Z'871 x 2'158)=
2'489.
This Illustrates the general rule in sloka 2.
To take an instance in whIch the sum of an Anthmetical
Progression is less than the number of rays. take Saturn: His;a:er
(Uchcha) rays = ) '264. The Sum of the Arithmetical Progression
10 questlOn='166848. ThIS is less than hIS ~ (Uchcha) rays.
Therefore addmg his ~ (Uchcha) rays to the abOve sum and dlvi.
ding the result by 2. we have '715424, Dividing this by the
number representIng hIS rays. viz,. 1'264. we have for Saturn's
~urifi (TJchchagunaka) '566,
Kesava Dalvagna's rule is SImpler. It is this:-
.... ~ ,....""...." ~ 0.0.
?~~r&TI~(tJtr: ~'W4i~tJt~~q-rO';"Tlq~

i['(t ~NCfj~~~~al) ij~ra~Ei ~: 1/ ~~ II

78 [Adh. V

\Vhen the number of rays falls short of 3, add I, and take a

fourth of the same to get the ~Of'-h (Gunaka). When the number
exceeds 3, subtract 1 and tahe half the result; that will be the
:lOf'-h (Gunaka) required.

The Sun's ~l::~li (Uchcharasnll) Is=6'742. This is greater

than 3. The :lUT'-h (Gunaka) therefore IS
6742 -1 =5'742 =2'871.
2 2
The ~~li (Uchcharasmi) of Saturn is I' 264. This IS less
tha.n 3, Therefore the ::!Of'h CGunaka) required is
1'264+ I
=-4-='566.
These results are identical with those shown above.
Table ShOWlDg the ~;iEF(~li (UchcharaSJUl), ~eH:Tli;+r (Cheshta-
rasml) and "'P- (Sphuta) Gunakas .

--- .." l'~'I"'I~'I"'I~'I~lm I

~~:!Of'hl: I "8~1
/. j 1'191 2'001 '577 I '78J 2'715 "566

~l'!:('\~li~OT'hr : 2'158 1'554 0'783 2'382 2'387 '574 '59-1-

i 2"489 "360 1'251 j'l72 1'364 1'248 '579

u
I
- - . .
q~i( ~~;r~ ~ert~~ ~
~~~~ ~ !l11T~ ~ijtT f;r~:mi( I
~~'.l:{~qf{Nf'fsrfl~ ~~~
..... '" "-
~tfij~ ij+f~&: ~~ ~'-Tflq:;f{ II ~ II
t'il\"."..,.. '" ,," •
'S1;f?JTTw{ij' T~~~&:S~~R+l ~ ~n-
"" "~erHl
~+'.lT !lI1TT " " "
~: \CTi ~r~~: I
'"
";r~JiQ: '" ~ '"
~ ~~lJn i{11T~: 3JT({~:
",e." (' '" C'
~T~n(\eri(gUNi~Q ~q~~i~ II '-\ II
Slokas 4-5. Two is the multiplier prescribed when
a planet is in a q.rkT+r (Vargottama), in its own house, in
its own 'O{qj;rr (Navamsa) and in its own i{"€F.f11i (Drekkana).
The multiplier is H when the planet is in the house of an
:a:rtmil'3I' (Adhimitra). It is I ~ when the planet is in the house
of a rn3i (Mitra), 1 in the house of a ~+!' (Sam:1) and -1 in
the house of a ~~ (Satra) and ~ in the house of an ~~~~
(Adhisatru). Anyone of these multipliers divided by 4
is declared by astrologers to be the multiplier for the ~Tfu
(Rasi) and ~ of this, the multiplier for ~rH (Hora) and
other vargas.
All the 4 positions, 'ci;;., er<ir~l1 (Vargottama), l?-Pi<r;r{" (Swa'
bhavana,) Bro:rerf~ (Swanavamsa) and ~;;<f:{f (Swatryamsa) are
exemplified in the horoscope. Mars IS in 9<i1~+r (Vargottama) as
well as ~:;;;i:(l (Swatryamsa). Jupiter is 10 ~+r9;r{" (Swabhavana) as.
well as m~€fifUT (Swadrekkana). The Sun IS in ~€fiITJT (Swadrek.
kana) or ;g:;;<f:{f (Swatryamsa). Therefore the URT!\UT!!i (Rasiguna.
h) for each of these planets is 't or t, and the ~uTCJi (Gunaka) for
each of the other 6 Vargas IS t.
"''''
f{q'SlQ ~O~T ~ll~~H
"... ,,'"
+r~l~ ~qaF.fI~;:~H~ITs~TvrT~ I
• ,..... t'\ ~ '" "" C' ..
;:J-qT~q:;T ~ll+J~T &I~T~tl~T ij~l~f{F{ ~~~r~n II , II
"..... ~qi~lij'~r~H~.""
.....~lP'cl;:n "''''
~'[-~~tfiT T~~"l+(ijT T[tf~ I
'"
:{~T ;:IiiTm
. ...... "'''''.",....
3lT~~~i(T~Fiij ~~~T T'l~UT~~~
~
II \9 II
q~~t{T~tTI~~~'{~f~ij J.f~ ij ~~ ~IJ('~~ ,
~ t\ "'" ....~ ~ .....,,, ., "...... ..

O:ij~~l!n~gllT~~;~T~a:H~ij ~n~~ur ~~«T~ II ~ II

Slokas 6-8. The following are also Bhagunas (+r~IJT)
or multipliers of the ~H% (Rasi) and are declared multi.
plicands ~1J<i (Gunya) in respect to the multIpliers to be
mentioned later on. These Bhagunas are ].'/- in an ~Rrfir~'s
(Adhimitra's) house, H in a ~3i's (Mitra's) house, 1 in a
~;r's (Sarna's) house, ~¥ in a ~~'s (Satru's or an inimical)
house and ~ in that of an :a:r~~ (Adhisatru). And in
case of there being a multiplier 2 in consequence of a
planet occupying one of the 4 positions (mentioned in
80 [Adh. V

the beginning of sloka 4) other th3.tl its own ~rr~ (Rasi)

L"iz., q'fr~~hr (Vargottamamsa), its own "f<rt~ (Navamsa)
and its i{tEfiTGT (Drekkana), these Gunakas (~urEfi) for ~Rlm:;r
(Adhimitra), etc., are to be multiplied into the ~ir~~IlTEfi
(Rasigunaka) derived from the aforesaid multiplier 2.
Accordmg to these slokas the ;::lfu~1Jf91 (RasIgunalo.) for the
Sun as well as Mars has to be multiplied by ~. JupIter is III hIs
own house and therefore comes un:Ier the exceptIOn (f..-rsl\lf"i1Cf~).
Table showing the factors of each planet as per slokas 4-0.

I <R' I ,'< I ." I ", ~'I ~~ I ~

uf"il"~
!ix \" i< ]i ! x] 71 : -~-I--~~~. -;-T-; - -"
fur.frcr<:orT ~OT91 tl{. {; t i'I;!,\

*l for <:.<r:xT"il". \1 according to slokas 5-8.

t } for m3f~.
'lI As per sloka 4, ~ or ~ is the multiplier since Jupiter is III
hiS own decanate. But SlUce he also occupIes hIs own house, he
comes under the exception and there is consequently no additional
factor under slokas 6-8.
It may be noted here that the ractor -a:rr.8T<r:l;OT91 (Asraya Gu·
naka)-mentioned in sloka 11 infra-is composed of three sub·
factors, viz., (1) that mentlOned in slokas 4 and 5 above, (2) any
additIOnal factor that may be fonnd possible under these, z.e.,
510ka5 6-8 and (3) the Anantaratadakas (a:r.,;:qHfls91) stated In
slokas 9-10 mira.

~~T~~ cr~T{ur ~~ ~if ~ur~?~SJ~tll~~n ~n I

aT~T~~ firsr~~ ~qf~T ~.9~ :q ~q :tr ijl:J~ ~~ II ~ II
~~~er.n tf~ WitN~T~T ~t~er.: ~Ha:rei~ftuh ~ I
I{ C' ~ '" •
'ttl +i't:fI ~OT~T ~ ~~I crf(1 ~~HIT\¢l~ !1U~ij'~H II ~ 0 II
~U~T ~ot: ~~N~I~~;~~~gQn ~n~Ni1ip.{ij~! I
~Q) ~~~J~~ijiijij) fl{ij~ ~$c~Tfq tI~) ~~~; II Z~ II
31. 9-1H ] 81

""~
\'. t' '"
ij[i[~ ~$3 ~ii~:nrq ~r~r;r'l:tT;J ~Of~H
"-
a-:m: I
Slokas 9-11-~. When the urn
(Rasi) or any of the
other Vargas occupied by a planet happen to be its own,
the aTO'f;:Ci'~ m~<h (Anantara Tadaka) or the next.mention-
ed multiplier is 2. It becomes i in the house of an
IS1fuTi:r~ (Adhimitra), .:to! in the house of a fu~ (Mitra), 1
in the house of d ~;f (Sarna), J in the house of a ~~ (Sat.
ru) and j in the house of an aTfu~ (Adhisatru). The
mUltipliers for the Hm (I~asi) and other Vargas (men tioned
already in slokas 4 and 5) arc'! here [in respect to the
aTif;:~H CI~"Iis (Analltaratadakas)] treated as multiplicands.
And these are to be multiplied into the several multipliers
which they have got appropriately assigned to them by
the rule enunciated in the preceding sloka. (Slokas 9
and 10). And the sum-total of these products has been
declared by the wise as <ITP>T~!!,IT{"Ii (Asrayagunaka). The
square root of the product of this ~r&~~UTq; (Asrayaguna.
ka) and the ~~!!,UTip (Sphutagul1:lka)-ville slokas 2 & 3--
is recognised as a factor employed. in the operation for
determining the life-period of a ;srfa'!!P (Jataka).
To give the reader a clearer Insight into the several londs of
Gunakas treated in the first eleven slokas of this Chapter, I may
again summarise here what the author has said till now even at
the risk of belllg found fault with for a needless repetition.
In slol,as 2 8: 3, the author has stated how the ~'6!!lJfifi (Uchcha
Gunaka) and :;"iff!:T!!lJfifi (Cheshtagunaka) figures are derived, and lhat
the '2~O::JlJfifi (Sphuta Gunaka) IS the square root of theIr product.
In slokas 4 and 5, some factors for the several planets due to
a consideration of their POSI ti:m in the 7 vargas - Rasi, Hora, etc.,
are stated.
In the next 3 slokas (6, 7 and 8) some sub-factors that may be
found possible due to a planet happemng to be in anyone of the 3
posltions-'f<Tr'Utf (Vargottama), ~9;;t~ (Swatryamsa) and t<f<T9i~
(Swanavamsa)-are mentioned.
~T. 1:f. 11
82 [Adh. V
In slokas 9 and 10, some more multipliers or Anantaratadakas
('31;:r;:~<:rrrGCli)
are mentioned, and whIch have to be lTlult1plied mto
the several factors already stated In slokas 4-5 and 6-8. The
e:rT~:rUf'fi (Asrayagunaka) of a planet IS the sum-total of the seven
such products obtamed for the seven Varga posItions,
Let us now find the C:$n/,lf·'.f:JU['fi (Asraya Gunaka) of the Sun in
the gIven example:-

Planets iF"'" ~ p"IF"'" '" P"~;:~::; ",I

slokas 4 & 5 slokas 6 & 8 slokas 9 & 10
I I
Combmed
Factor

Rasl j ·v- ~
{) 5
1.2
1 5 r;
Hora ± :J 12"

Drekkana ~ :& ~
1 I
Saptamsa 4; 2 :l

1
.lo!!. IS
Navamsa 7f ;j<l"

I. ;; ;,
Dwadasamsa 4 d 1:2

Trimsamsa t I t

The e:rr~:rUf'fi (Asraya Gunaka) of the Sun will thus be the

sum of ~~+i,s +!+~+g+r5,,+t or 3r9"\'=3'754,
Th e 'fi.r<rI''1:JUf'fi (Karmay ogya Gunaka):: y (~;r:J O'ff, X '31T~'1:rUf'fi)
= y(2-489 X 3'754)=3'056.
Take the case of the :\1oon.
As per slokas 4-5, the factor for the Rasi is }, while it is -}
fer eacn of the Hora and other Vargas.
There are no factors for this planet under slckas 6-8,
The Anantaratadakas under slokas 9-]0 are 13/9 for Rasi,
2 for Hora, 13/9 for each of the 4 Vargas - Drekkana, Saptamsa,
Navamsa and Trimsamsa-and 5/3 for Dwadasamsa.
The combmed factors for the Rasi and the other six Vargas
are, theIr order, H, "\, H, H, bt! '/11 and H.
III

The Moon's Asrayagunaka will therefore be the sum of the

above, i. e., 2,?s or 2'055, Similarly, for the other planets.
 Table showing the Anantharatadakas ('1"l:;:(f:r:'lrg-iK) of Planets.

I:l
Planets :;j
en
5 13 I} 13
Rasl IT V 3" 2 U 1
5 1_
Rora IT 2 "3 1 .} 1
5 1
Drekkana 2 IT 2 .j

Saptamsa 2 2 1
13 1'\ 5
Navamsa V 9- IT
5 5 11
D wadasamsa ee IT IT U 2
1~
Tnmsamsa ..• 1 1 V 2 1

Table showing the 3Fr;:ff{Rfrg-m (Anantharathad'lka) X the ~m1

(Gunya) [uro (Rasl) and fuTR~ (Horadigunaka)] of the Planets
~----------------~------~~~~----~---------
.... Cfl ::l
t:l u ::l
o
o .... Q
Planets Q.) OJ
::E ::E ::>

Rasi 1
'\
Hora T"if ~
I_ 13 .1. :; J 1 :;
Drekkana. '" ~ -j :i :l 54 :) Iff T:F

Saptamsa ... 1,
:l
I
13
-~;:f
;)
TI
1 .>
.,
:f4--
I
:.l
1.
b
J.
~

Navamsa ... ] 8
~:fb-
1 :3
::;--·r II TI
"> 1 .,
,>
-54- "
TI Is
1
72
I)

Dwadasamsa ... '",

T:I 1 H-
'"i 1 .\
.}-L
1 ':;
J-f
1
:.l
')
-1 !f
1)
7'-1

Trimsamsa. .. , ]-
4;
] '1
'J-:r
1
:l
1 :1
::;-4 T4f " 34" " l,..,
I
Total 3-1~)}!J 2-1\r 3,j-,~-
(J J 1""
:; -7 3-j7£ 1-"257" 0[>-(J
Asrayagunaka 3'754 2'055 3'920 1'814 3 583 1'185 0'833 8
84 (Adh. V

It IS useful La give here Kesava. Dalvagna's rule for findlllg'

the 31r"1lf~TJT"fi (Asrayaguna!,a) as It serves to venfy the results
found. It is as follows:

...... '.t'I (' ...... "'..... ,...,.

'Et~<rr~'l1:f.rr'01:jrft=I~~ a~&:r~r(( T~q~

Ql;1;;I::?iTi t'r ZliTir~its{Q·.;r,,;;rCfT'::~r ~ ~~ ~;;rQl;: I

;;~T~~c;;r(&1:jq;: ~ a~~~~t<k ~ m1:jr ITGT: Ii

i

18, 15, 13. 9, 5 and 3 are the figures respectl\'ely assigned to

a planet's positIOn J[! a '99<T (Swavarga) hiS own, in an ;3:Pfffi'f~
(Adhishtavarga-the house of a very fnendly planet), in a ~q:&:~ (Su-
hrudvarga-in a trIend's house), In a I:1li'f<T (Samavarga-in a neutral's
house), in a ~;rq;f (Satru Varga-in an enern'y house) and ill an
arM~9~ CAhisatruvarga-ll1 the house of a very imrnical planet).
The figure for a planet's positIOn IU a Df~ (RasJ) should be doubled.
Add the figures in the 7 Vargas and diVide the sum by 36, 4S, 51,
72, 108 or 144 according as the ufu (Rasi) occupied by the planet
is its own, or that of an 31Gl~ (Adhlmitra). of a f~3f (Mitra), of a
~11 (Sama), of a~?f (Satru) or of an 31f'9;?J3f (Adhisatru). But when
the planet happen~ to be in a <Fff;rl1f~ (V~rgottamarnsa), in its own
<1"<1t'0" (Navamsa) or in Its own ~"9ilTJT (Drekliana), the divisor is to be
36 invariably. The result is caned the arr8Tlf~TJT (Asrayaguna).
The square root of the product of this 31r$flf~OT'fi CAsrayagunaka)
and the <:~2:::!OT'fi (Sphutagunalm) is the 'fil=ril'l'1:f!JOT'fi (Karmayog-ya-
gunaka.
And If a planet oCCUPY1l1g a <rlTRrl1t~ (Vargottamamsa), ~'l9t~
(Swanavamsa), or ~~t'lilTJT (Swadreshkana) is in a \/fr<T (Ra~l)
belonging to an a1N~;r (Adhisatru) or an 31Tlqm3f (Adhimitl'a). the
figure for the "Tfu (R;sl) is dlmmished In the one case and increas.
ed in the other by a 1/63rd part. If the house belongs to an
enemy or friend, the decrease in the one case and increase in the
other is a 1/94th part. If the m~ CRasO is its own or that of a tIl1
(Sarna), the figure remains unaltered.
51. 9.1l! ]

To take the case of the Sun, the <:TI'(T (Rasl) occupied IS tbat
of an ""frqfi:r~ (Adbimltra). The figure for the m~ (Rasl) IS there-
fore 15 x 2=30. The fur (Hora) is the Moon's, an arp-TTl1'3f (Adhi.
mltra). Therefore the figure is 15. The ~'9ifUT (Drekkana) and
BRf~ (Saptamsa) are the Sun's own. Therefore the figure in each
case is 18. The <ri:ft~ (Navamsa) is owned by Mercury, a m?f
(Mitra), The figure is 13. The g:ri{~t~ CDwadasamsa) is that of
Mars. an arf'<l!Tli~ (Adbimitra). The figure for the same therefore
is 15. The Sun is in Jupiter's f?f~i~ (Tnmsamsa) ; jupiter being
now a B11 (Sarna), the figure for the same is 9.
The sum of the figures of the 7 Vargas is 30+15+18+18+13
+15+9=118. This has to be divided not by 48, the figure pres-
cribed for an arMf11~m~ (Adhimitra Rasi), but by 36, because tbe
planet is III its own ~OofifUT (Drekkana). Therefore the a:rr~'1:rurifi
(Asrayagunaka) is }.~6s.. =3 2'l9. The Sun being in his own ~OofiTur
(Drel<kana), and in an ""ff'9fl1~ur% (Adhimitra RasD, the figure for
the latter, viz., 30 has to be mcreased by H. so that tbe rectified
arr~<murC!1 (Asrayagunaka) is 3, 'lg + 1l~ = 329;r; which is the same as
what has been found by the author's method.
The followlDg table shows the process by which the same
results have been arrived at accordmg to Kesava D,1.iv~gna's rule:
I " ... '"d
I .Q°-tjI'2
"I '" ,r,;;-
~ c<I
IiY .....c<I B~
0 ~

~
.i;Y ctl
UJ J:;')
'1il"T: ~ fiY IiY .~
....0 Q)
'"Cl '"' -
I;r
:~
-tJ .....
~
(~ I:; ftr- 'J:c '~ I>;. :::J S'"O.g g~
p lii"i Itt< IT kif d!:: fool A '-' b5 t1l C/l 0:::

R:
r~:
...
...
!
30 15118
Z6 18 13
18
13
13 15 9 lIS 36
l3 15 13 III 54
3/9
221g
1+"0
...
irS 3r:9lfl
211g

I~: ... 3015118 15 15 13 18 124 36 q4.

. '" +qO
6" • 30B
lig

'1: ... 26 15 5 13 13 13 13 98 54 1H ... Ii?

([: ... 36 9 18 18 15 18 15 129 36 3:/7 ... 3:177
...
~l
~: 26 3 3 3 15 5 64 j 54 1:,57 ... h~7
':iTRr: ... 18 9 5 5 5 9 60 172 5

" ... 5
If

Table showing the C!1iri[r<'1:rurC!1 (Karmayogyagunaka) cf the

Planet ••
86 [Adh. V

.... ,....
ijt~ T~an ~~rij:[~mn ~rrmn tfi~n ~r+I~,~qfSsr
" ",...."
\~
9

Slokas llrr ancl I? When the aggregate numb::r

of minutes denoting the position of a planet is dIvided
by 2400, the remainder represents the Ayushkalas (atr~~:Pii5')
or the portions of lIfe require r1.
~~<i1l'Uq:-
~rqt 'if a:;:fr~qr: ~~l~;;;~hr ~i{hTr~r.r; II ~ ~ "
Convert the sIgns, degrees, etc., iodicatlOg the positlons of
the planets and the Lagoa into degrees and divide the same by
40. The remainders represent the degrees for the "*;m~'{r<r
(Amsayurdaya).
Table givmg the a:rT~ISOfi(j;"r: (Ayushkalas) of the Planets.

-;, I -, 1 F- 1 .~ -[ ~, -[ ~, [ ~--
~51 269'0512273'I~ 12053'731 85'0161 842'93 11675'683

~ J{~;j ~fa: ~;Z~+q) ~lij ~;fi ~~~tt: ~R( I

~q~~ Q5f ~m;:r~ ~fffi'« {n~~~Tfer+r~ II ~ ~ II
an~: ~~lqf ij' ~\: ~~; ~T~w;r~; ij'&:~~Tttf~ I
~~~) ~~f! ijH:n~~ ~'\tf1t~:crUiR'i« II ~ ~
,m
~~T"~~ ~ ~U ltFfff 3TT9;; ~T+tft ~~;~~8r: I
fct~NiIltfr ~ ~'t'i);fr ~{~~:[h~q!llJltn II ~ ,,\11
Slokas 13-1;;. Subtract the planet from the Lagna.
If the difference is less than 6 signs there may be a
divisor possible. But if the L3.gna 1nin~bS the planet
should exceed 6 signs there can be no divisor at all. In
the case in which a divisor is declared possible, reduce
the Lagna 1J1inz~s the planet to minutes and divide this
by the minutes contained in a (Rasi). The quotient nm-
is the ~z (Sphuta) divisor of the Ayushkalas (at~IS~).
S1. 13-15 ] 87
vVhen this quotient is less than I, subtract it from a
Hupa and make it a multIplier of the Ayushb.las. The
working is to be thus when t}h"! planet subtracted from
the Lagna is 11c(dpjic. \Vhcn the planet is benefic, the
divisor is to be doubled; and the Ayushkalas are to be
divided by it; and the quottent which are minutes are to
be subtracted from the sa me Ayushkalas. But if the
divisior be less than unity, subtract half of it from a
Rupa and with the difference multiply the Ayushkalas.
The :q>fiFRilTR (Chabardhaham) process IS thus described by
Kesava Daivagna.
tR:~n~q. ~fu ~:;;rUq ~~~s~<li=m;:r~a-: ;;.qrFif~-
~ ~

....... #"....... ~ ~ . . . . "..... ,-...r.~

~q<iil~qs~ :;;r ~n'if~TCGT(1'(?;q: ~r;<lrrifq cSfi~a: I
iii'lT ~f!11f ~<n~ ~iI&E ~~<ii~ ~{lir~H1:
ipr<:rf~~fotaT: ~q~4.~~f!tTsnr;i;&tfi.t~~qq~ II ~ 0. II
Varahamihlra says (10 his 'ii[<.i1'i9i Bnhatjatal.a, Chapter 7,
Sloka 3. aiso \;fTllefitf~m-Jatakapanjata, Adhyaya 5, Sloka 9) that
when malefic planets occupy the 12th, 11th. lOth, 9th, 8th and 7th
houses from the Lagna, reduction in full, by ~, by ~lrd. by itb, by
ith and by -hh shou1:1 be made in the 31T~ (Ayurdaya) of the
planets 10 the respective positions. This IS to be halved in the
case of benefic planets. This reduction IS what is meant by
:q$fitfTmi~ (Chakrapathardhahani); "'f>fi (Chakra) zodiac, tfTCilt =
(Pathardha) =- the latter half, that IS half measured in the direction
of the ,.m (Patha) or node, 10 a contrary direction from the Lagna.
t.e., Lagna, 12th, IItb, 10th, etc., up to 7th. UT~ (Hani)=a re-
duction. ~fl'tffu's (Sripatl's) rule IS a paraphrase of Varahamthua's.
Lagna mi1ZltS a planet Will be less than 6 signs only when the
planet IS somewhere between the 7th and the 12th from the Lagna.
The reduction!; recommended by ~rtfT% (Sripati), if carefully ana·
lysed, will be found to be Identical with those enjoined by
Varahamihlra.
Lagna 1t£t1lUS the Sun is 11 signs 26°_48'.16" which is greater
than 6 signs. Tl:ere is therefore no =<l>fili&Jlc:r (Chakrardhahanr)
for the Sun. The same remark apphes l to Saturn.
Sg [Adh. V

Lagna minus the Moon 1S 3 signs 0°.2'-7", This being less

than 6 signs, there should be :qsnri&:lTif (Chakrardhahalll),
3 signs, 2 minutes. 7 seconds=54 2"116,
Therefore the ft{ (Hara) or divisor is 54~~~~16 =3'00 I.
As the Moon is benefic, the divisor has to be doubled and becomes
therefore 6'002. Therefore, the rectified 3l"r~:n~IT: (AyushkaJa) of
the Moon according to the rule is the original 3l"r~5:n6"F (Ayushkala)
1
mintls 6'002 of the same, or 269'65 X'833=224'618.
Lagna mmltS Mars is 0 signs 16°.3B'·37". Therefore the
divisor is 9~~~~6 -S5+ which is less than 1. Therefore ~1l'JCli
CGunaka) is '445, Therefore the rectlfied 3l"r~5'1i6"r: (Ayushkala) of
Mars=2273'lS x '445= !O11' 551.
We are Dot warranted in maklDg the :qijirmr'if (Chakrardha·
ham) in the case of Mercury because we have already made It in
the case of Mars who is the stronger of the two planets in +frif\~
(Meena Rasl), '(!ide sloka 24, illfra,
Lagna minus Jupiter is 4-13°-6'.45" which is less than 6 sIgns,
and consequently there is Chakrardhahaoi.
The divisor in this case is 7986'75+ 1800 "'4'437, Since
Jupiter is benefic, the diVIsor has to be doubled and therefore
becomes 8'874, The ~ (Sphuta) Ayushkalas for Jupiter IS 85'0\6
(original AyushkaJas) mwus 8':74 of the same, or 85'016 X 7'874
+8'874 or 75'435.
Lagna ml1tus Venus=J·0~·28'·50", The divi'lor is 28'83+ 1800
='0160, As this 15 less than umty and as Venus IS benefic, the
multiplIer In thIS case is 1- '008 or '992. The rectified Ayush.
kalas of Venus WIll therefore be 842'93 X '992 or 836'18556.
The following table gives the rectIfied or ~~5Efi6"T: (Sphula'
yushka1as of the planets :--

"'" 1 """ 1 ,,'r:

-------+------T------~----~---
"" !l' 1 <J'1i' I '""
106,'5 1224'61811011"5~112053'7317H35 1836'18611675'683
51.16-17] 89

~ef ~Ttrt =vfiqT;:rri~Jfrr~r9;~q ~hr~ NIl~~sfq I

~
~ij'i(T~'-lT
l:' '"
~T;r~l{T~
'" ""'''''''
:q {l~• ~~n ~~~r;:r
'" "'.
gur• :q II ~ , II
Sloka 16. In this way, i. e., employing a divisor
and making the same a multiplier when it falls short of
unity, should the process called '«'ijiri~f.:r (Chakrardha_
hani) be gone through in reckoning the (arr~G:r>;f) Ayurdayas
called ~::rrcrr (Amsaja), NtlG"5'f (Pindaja), ~{1m~ (Naisargika)
as well as that mentioned by :sfr"mil~ (feevasarman).
~ffl:T~aH ~goml'i4~r oliT~~'-lH~+rmn
~;~T ifHJT ~qij'~R:~: ~1j;:rl~: ~f1I' I
• C' ",. 1'\
O:q ij'q~:q~~f;;rij &Il~TrJT'tf t?Wf-
~

~J~: ij'T~~ ~~ijl;h'il;:rT fefi~ij ~?r f4~'f: II ~ \911

Sloka 17. Multiply the Ayushkalas, modified,
wherever possible, by the ,«~Fb:rrir (Chakrardhahani)
process, of each planet by its appropriate ~ilJ.tr.q!JlT{li
(Karmayogya Gunaka mentioned in sloka 12) and divide
them by 2~O. The result will be years, months, days,
ghatikas and vighatikas. Find out in this way the arr~~
(Ayus) produced by all the planets and get according
to the rules stated the 'Olr~~ (Ayus) derived from the
Lagna. But there is this peculiarity in respect of the
:a:rr~~ (Ayus) got from the Lagna.
~~q'1~Rr:-
~f~hT(rqcp(?;T: ~~'~!!l1lcp~T: ~~n~~'Sir~lia-r:
al::rr~~~G:t ~~Tfu: ~ ai1rG:r~t::rr<fir~?~T ~<:'{r: I
~nrmr~ ~;rT~ ~~~ l!f<i5q~.ni a~T (?;g#-
~ """'ro." r-... .....
~~~~T~~: ~T~a If:Tiril::rr{~firTT<:{ar ~T{1~<li. I
The product of the rectified a:rr~&.fi~T: (Ayusbkala) and their
appropriate Cfi~<f\~:J!If'fi (Karmayogyagunaka) when divided by 200
gives the years, months, days, etc. This in the case of the Sun is
1063'5 x 3'056
200 16'25 years.
aft. 11. 12
90 [ Adh. V
:::.. "C' '"' "\ ~ ('~r C' • '"' '\
~~ Q qT({T+'-iT~Cfi +rQ(2t1Ci"~~ ~ TCf$E(tt+n~: I
~T~nf~~T~t'l~qfij~Q~i(T~T~;n ij~;:r~?f ~T~~ i I ~ G: II
Sloka 18. vVhen the Lagna has abundant strength
(which will be the case when its strength exceeds 6
Rupas), the atr~t1: (Ayus) derived from it must be increased
by as many years as there are whole Rasis in the figures
indicatmg the Lagna, followed by the months, days, etc.,
calculated proportionally to the degrees, minutes, etc"
contained in the Lagna.
The aimB:. (Ayus) for the Lagna is foulJd In the follow1l1g
manner. Reduce the SJgns, degrees, etc., to mlIlutes. DIvIde It
by 2400, i.e., remove as many 2+00'5 as are contalIled in It. The
remamder 15 the aiT:,:!~ifi~r: (Ayu"hkala) of the Lagna. DIvide the
a1T:,:!09'i~T: (Ayushkalas) by 200. The result WIll be the number
of years given by the Lagna.
In the horoscope in question, Lagna IS 0' 14~·31 '·46". There-
fore the aim~'li~: (Ayushkalas) =871'76. The number of years,
given by the Lagna=4'3588. Smce Lagna IS strong 1Il the pre-
sent case (Its strength be1l1g 9- 133 Rupas Vide p. 56 supra), we
should add to the 3H?jl3:.. (Ayus) prevIOusly obtained 14 3l' 46"
0
0
30
of a year='4843 of a year.
Therefore the aggregate number of years denved from the
Lagna IS 4'3588 plttS '4843 or 4'843.
Table showing the number of years given by each planet in
the ~:,:!<:{i<r (Amsayurdaya).
Sun 16'2502
Moon 1'8778 It may be interestin~ to note
Mars lrI978 here th \ t the natl ve act uaI.
Mercury 14'9717 Iy lived for sixty years,
Jupiter '8335 eight months and seven-
Venus 5'0840 teen days, He died on
Saturn 5"8146 the 17th January 1914,
Lagoa 4'8431

Total... 60'8727", 60 years, 10 months and 14'172

-- dayslf
S1. 19.2t ] 91

The total q~-ifCil" (Shadbala) of the Lagoa has been found to be

9-133 Rupas while the corresponding figures for the Sun and the
Moon are 9'015 and 8' i 97 respectively: so that the Lagna IS the
strongest. The i-r~T::r::f"f (Amsayurdaya) gIVen above is the most
appropriate for the hOfcscope taken for Illustration. For exempli·
fylDg the other kinds of a:rr?I"l:r<f (Ayurdaya) dealt with in the
succeedmg slokas of this chapter let us for convenience use the
same horoscope.

~~~q) ifrur~f{Tt ~~~l1r ~eJmT: q~i~: ~q~l: I

o:r~?<i ~~~~~~~~flJft ftru~~;p.:rr~~f R~ijiifT¥iFi{ II ~ ~II
Sloka 19. The aggregate number of rq.1J:sr~G;T~ (Pin.
dayurdaya) years assigned to the Sun and other planets
in their highest exaltation point are respectively ~g, 25,
15, 12, 15, 21 and 20.
Of.~(f:r.
- - ~~
iiq~erc:r+rrI1/~2i'Urm~"fra:Oi'~ej;;rrrG;~
- Oi'c{:Rr: ~
J:rra:~r: •
;rerfumr~l'ii~rP:J~5~~d;~~~ffi G;~fu: ~~W~~ II
Also ~m+F1i<:rc::
;ierfa~{fI'~G;~r q~:Qi\1' re:1fI': ~~~m1iR~ ~~5r: fcpJ:sq-q'h'at ~ \I
Also BRT~T
q:~~~fu~r<if: ~fu"l: q~~~fu: t
,.....,. ,....." ~
m~<:r: T~m~l3f~ If.TG;'lITEI' ~'<i~ $I II
~: q~~lITr;;,fT~ ~~~r1;i:f~~~ffi: •
~\lilar ~~~l3f~ ~~: ~ll1l~~a-: II
Also ~Ofm(f:
.... " ".....,. "..... ,.... 'I' ....... 'W\,
~nG:/T~cqr5T~~+rr!li~r;:if~~m ':1'~r: qtl~~ II

The figures given for the several planets in this sloka are also
helpful to find out the approxinate income or salary of a person.
,....'"
T;:r~Pij~: ":::+'"
~::q~T '" ~ijq~It'f~lfCf;:ri;:ref4?<i~
Tq ~T~tIr '" '"
I
~~T~~n 'f~llCf;:rfNef4~~ ~riQ: ~!!fUtq) ~~T;~: II~ II I)

ij~ ~T~~~:r:q~~l~~~~ij ~G:fttIij ~~ I ijm

Cf~i(tij'~T~~T~~ ffi% fqlJ~~CflfT~~~ij- 'I '< ~ 'I
92 [Adh. V

Slokas 20-21. Subtract the figures of a planet from

those denoting its highest exaltation point. If the result
is less than 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs. But if the
exaltation point minus the planet should exceed 6 signs,
keep it as it is i reducing the same to minutes, multiply
~his by the planet's years. Divide the product by 21,600.
The quotient repreo;ented by years, months, days, etc., is
called the NQ:S~~ (Pindayus) of the planet.
Subtracting the figures for the Sun, tnz., 0·17·43·30 from his
highest exaltatIOn point 0.10-0·0, we get 11-22·16·30 which is
greater than 6 signs and so should be kept as it is. Reducing the
eame to minutes we get 21136'5. The '31r~", (Aym) contributed
. 21130'5
by the Sun therefore IS 216CO X 19 or 18'5923 year s. Similarly
for other planets.
To find the income or salary,- Find the lord of the 10th
house or planet in the 10 house (or that planet which is near or
approaching the Meridian), The figure indicated by the said
planet gives the approximate income.
In the given example, the Moon is in the 10th house and is
stronger than the lord of that house. His quota of Ayus in years
is '698595 X 25 or 17'4648. The native's income must therefore
approximate 17~ or 175 or 1750 as the case may be.
The following table represents the fqu:gmO:;:T'l" (PlDdayurdaya)
due to the several sigmfieators prior to makmg the presenbed
reductions :-'
Years
The Sun 18'5923
The Moon 17'4648
Mars 12'6425
Mercury 6'3076
Jupiter 8'8992
Venus 20'0055
~aturn 10'4404
The Ayus for the Lagna in the ftr~ (Pindayurdaya)
should be derived in the same way as in the ai"~m<d<r (Amsayur-
daya) vide sloka 35. The Lagna is 0·14·31·46. Therefore the
S1. 20.21 ] 93

aorr:!!"'fi<?i"r: (Ayushkalas) are 871'76, DIvIding this by 200, we get

the Ayus of the Lagna to be 4'3588 years, Since the Lagna
is strong we have to add to thIS result 4'3583 years (vide sloka 35).
The total number of years derived from the Lagna. wIll therefore
be 8 '7176. But (G:crrq:;\~~ (DIwakara Daivagna) in his commentary
on the 24th sloka of the ~~C[~ (Kesavapaddhati) quotes approv-
ingly the following readIng of the 35th sloka;-

<'l1T~'ISEi4alS<tq(1';T~~ir ~i[r'q" (r~A:. ~refCf~s~ I

and explains '31if<?i"r~~ as '31~ 9<?i"f~ crT <?i"~, i.e" in a Lagna whether
weak or strong. And <?i"m~'j'q he explains as Importing <?i"m:2Rrl1~,
i.e" for the Ayus of the Lagna The sloka WIth the above reading
as interpreted by R"frq:;<::~"f~ (Dlwakara Daivagna) would therefore
mean
"In these three Ayurdayas, viz., rrasr~~r<r (Pindayurdaya),
f.r'3'fT~a:T<r (Nlsargayudaya)
and ;\'rTq~+ir~~i<r (Jeevasarmayurdaya),
omit the signs and take Duly the degrees, etc., In the Lagna; then
reduce these to minutes and dIvide the same by 200. The result·
ing quotient will represent the number of years due to the
Laguayus."
According to this interpretation, Lagnayus works only to
4'3588 years. And &crrifi(~~ CDiwakara Daivagna) adds that the
interpretation is largely accepted.
Let us now consider the several reductions enjoined.
First the :;:r'fiqRfli~:rf.r (Chahapatardhahani). It has already
been shown that the Sun and Saturn are not liable to this reduction
as Lagna mmus each of these planets exceeds 6 signs. The ~T:
(Gunakas) for :;:rijil~[~ (Chakrardhaham) in the case of Mars,
Mercury, the Moon, Jupiter and Venus are to be determined in the
same way as was done in the ~~r<r~l<:r (Amsayurdaya), vtde note to
slokas 13, 14 and 15 supra. Th;se ~'KT: (Guna1as) are '445 fa
Mars; °833 for the Moon; 661 for Mercury; '887 for Jupiter and
'992 for Venus. Mercury being in the same house with Mars that
is more powerful, does not suffer :;:rffiTi~TT~ (ChakrardhahaUl), Vide
sloka 24, infra.
 94 (Adh. V

The following table represents the fct1YG~r<r (Pindayurdaya)

due to the several slgmficators qfter t he ;;r'fi'*~ITi't (Chakrardhahani)
IS made:-

The SUD 18'5923 years Jupiter 7'8936 years

The Moon 14' 5481 " Venus 19'8455 "
Mars 5'6259" Saturn 10'4404 "
Mercury 6'3076 " L'lgna 4' 3588 "
~~<rq~Rr:-
~o?rlr'<l'ir~~Rl;t+Tfii::tir i:.l'r&ir~~l;r<f;+i'
o~IllT:
""II

;t(~~ ~fu ~~~ Jf~: ~r~'lTS3f ;:r ij err.ti:;rHff! I

C' .A,..'"'c- '"' (I ..... '" ~
i.q~alen~}Jni&:H~: ~T~~7.f ~TtT;rra::;'HJc:r;i{;:rr II ~~ It
Sloka 22, A planet loses] of its RrI1;sr~tJ: when it is
in the house of a natural enemy. But this does not
happen when' the pbnet is in its retrograde motion.
When it is eclipsed by the Sun, it loses ~ of its ~r~~
(Ayus). Venus and Saturn are to be exempted from the
o~eration of this last rule.
In the example horoscope it will be noted that Saturn must
suffer a reduction by a third Of~lts Ayus for its position in a house
owned by bis natural enemy.
There is no "1~~rr:::r (Astangatahani) as Venus and Saturn
which are the only two planets liable to this reduction In the horo-
scope have both been exe'11pted from the operation of this rule.
The word 9ifi'9T\'l: in the text is lDierpreted by some as refer-
ring to Mars, But this is not accepted by the majority.
Cf.m'if<::

A planet IS said to be eclipsed when he disappears within a

particular limit from the Sun, his lIght being then overpowered by
that of tbe Sun. This limit III the case of the several planets is
as follows : -
The Moon when within 12 0 from the Sun.
Mars when wlthm 17°
Mercury when within 140 "
"
51. 23.24 ] 95

but when retrograde )]." from the Sun

JupIter when Wit h In 11 ° "

Venus when WI thin 10° "

but wht::n retrugrade 8° "
Saturn when wlthm 15') "
~:erU \lfPlij tt)i?~~~~q~l~eti: I
~T~; ~ ~~rci :;ti'~ i!~~ij~« II ~~ II
Slaka 23. \Vhen a planet being echp5ed by the
Sun in the house of its natural en'; ny is hable to lose
i as well as g of its .Ayurdaya, It suffers the loss of half
the :a:rr~~ (Ayus) only. Venu3 and Saturn in this posItion
withhold a third of their resp~ctive Ayus.
This sloka is taken from the <:fif<r-Of['f<!i.
0(. also <Iii". ,...,.., (1)"-'\ '"
l1qr~ ~rrif: <fiCf""!!'T (ffirs;"!!'r~ i1i"qrq I
srra-~~;r <fi~"<ir ~r ~f'\i~ ~~'\iH 1/
Also ~racrq-:mr:
•••• ,. ~'<.\'UR~ ~Rt !!,arrm-n Rf;rr q~iT~ I
....:; ,...." ..... ,......, ",....",~ " ...... "'~
&l'Ta-r at~l+!a rq;rr ~Tiff«Cfr ~rrife:~;;rrl'tl<ti-

~r~rrql7s1;reii~qilf~ '<.\'SF.r~i{rf;r~~q: IPU II

:er~Ti~lif1 ift!I ~tfl~t «~TftOTR~~{~tit~Q I

q~T~~T'l~ ~'l ~~ ~hj ~~{ifq q~T~~) 1.:[: II ~\l II
Sloka 24. vVhen two or more planets happen to be
in one and the sa me H.asi and the process of '<.\'$T~i[Tr.t
(Chakrardhahani) has to be gone through in respect of
all of them, it is enough if the reduction is effected for
the planet which has predominant strengh.
The views of 9~T'<.\'r~ (Satyacharya) on this point
are quite correct.
Of. '.;fm<fj1:!"lT'{;ojm
~<ti~triTi;Trift ~ ~q-r1r G(~rN'i) f<r~qor I
~~ffi ij~~ « ~ iff"l)~rq. a;;r~: II
96 [Ac1h. V
When several planets are in one house, only one planet that is
pre·emmently strong and no other causes the loss of Ayurdaya
portion In the way described (t.e., in the Chakrardhahani process).
&~?lRrItr~~n 3i&:~~ttT ~ ~ &:iTsq~tt?tl q<:H ~~~ I
an1:l~ql~e{ffis;~:qTfturT r'lf{G;ill~ ~: Ffi~ ~e{~: II~~II
Sloka 25. The sage ~<r~ (Devala) expressly lays
down this rule-Add the several divisors of the planets
that may be in one H'fu and divide the sum by the
number of the planets, The quotient will be the ~~G
(Sphuta) divisor. Divide the Ayushkalas (arr~~;Pt9) of the
predominant planet by this dIvisor and make the reduc.
tion enjoined in sloka 15.
Accordmg to the sage ~<r<;;'s (Devala's) view expressed 1D this
sloka, the divisors of Mars and Mercury who are in the 12th 'IT<r
(bhava) should be added and the result dlVlded by 2. The ~2:
(Sphuta) dIvisor WIll thus be ~ ('554 plltS '338) or '446. The:JUf<fi
(Gunaka) wIll then be' 554.
r-..l\~\' ~f".S! (I.".
l~al4{q~{f~i1T'l&;1.{T~T~~rtt ~:q~TlTfr 1l~~.ti{ I
~ (;:t ~ (1,\ (I "\ A
o1.{l~lml~6f;:~q~Fr~a:. q, ~~GJqT~T~~+r~a:TIa:~~~~ \I
~q~sit ~{ftr ijT+1.{"{~ ij~T\P.'(T~'t~Tt f.tfdT\11f~ I
'"
~\T~'lt~~ij Fi~~ yqll~T?l~Efi~ ~~fit~sftt II ~ \9 Ii
Sloka;; 26.27. Convert the degrees and portions
thereof in the Lagna to minutes (the number represent~
ing integral signs being left out); and multiply herewith
the an~r-r (Ayurdaya) of the planets separately, Divide
the product by 21,600. The quotient representing years,
etc., found for each planet mm;t be subtracted from its
~~~~ (Ayurdaya). This reduction is enjoined when a
malefic planet occupies the L::lgna. But if the malefic
planet be aspected by a benefic one only half the result
obtained by the above process for each planet is to be
51. 26-27] 97

subtracted from its <l:n~~f<i (Ayurdaya), This reduction

does not apply to the iT~~,.[r'i (Amsayurd:1Y1). The pro-
cess in the ~z:rm"iir:l~r;q- eN
ai"argikay urd8.ya) i2 also the
same as in the fqu~~«r'-l' (Pindayurdaya)
~~qqm:-

~rll"hHllf'S~t
\.;t
'l~'ffi::r~<i{~~!:
~
~"';:r'c;F'H I
'l2P:.jC-::.,...~"
OTf1:Nr;rr~§~ ~~ 'Of lI"~ ~::I'a:~%.-ll"~(l'i~ II '
<:.
- .... ..... """ ..."\ .... .r-..
Tif'<:;:~ ;;rr~lI"+ir"i\lf<i a~:ru;;rf ::q~r~g~ a-
...... ..... ...... "..", ..... ,....
~~r+lI" ~~q;~ii <ira Cl3qr~+l~':tT;;rBf
'" ~ . ,....
T:;fi;q"T Ii ~ '1. II

The fq U:STi!!r{r'1 (Pmdayurdaya) years already given in tho notes

to slokas 19-21 supra must be subjecteJ to a further reduction,
v~z .• q;~fG:<r~\OT on account of the rismg of the malefics, Vt::;,. the
"'-
Sun and Saturn. And as these sigl1lflcators are at the same tIme
favourably aspected by the Moon and Jupiter, the years in quest lOll
should be dimlllished by
,87]}§ :l '? 7
21600 X ~ or O~O I
of their 31r~;:;:f:q (Ayurdaya)
Thus the reduced Ayus due to the Sun IS ·97982 X 1S' 5923 or
18'2173 years,
The following table represents the rtUgr~.fi:q (Pindayurdaya)
due to the several significators after making all the necessary
reductions : -
The Sun 18'2173 years.
The Moon 14'2547
Mars 5'4528 "
Mercury
Jupiter
6'1804-
7'7349
."
Venus 1:,'4455 "
Saturn 6'8204- "
Lagoa 4'2712
"
---- "
Total ...
--
82'3772 years.
98 [Adh, V

'l~n ~T ~) 'left l[Rt~ il~: ~i[lUn ~Fr'{~~TurH{ I

.. ,....." ". ~ ~ ...., '" C'.
~~~ l'{~:mT ~f{~T ~&.lIJfT '{~ri{~ ~~lq qf!{ij'~'lT II ~~ I'
Sloka 28. 20, 1, 2, 9, 18, :30 and 50 are the
number of years prescribed respectively for the Sun and
other planets in the ~~ffr~r~~T<{ (NaisargikaYUldaya),
it~FFli<::;:1{
,...... ... f".f'- • ..." ..... ~. ""'
-tr~O:GJrl(a'~ %i~~ :~n:qr "I';:~rr<iqr r<[~ra':
... . . . f'''' ,., "JI
~ij';~r~<{~r ~U\~:r~H;:r~r",: ~<ii'rcrrr: ~HT<:t. I
~ ~"..... ,..., f''''''' •
~q~~,~af TorniT'jfTifar ~ar ~~m~q;<:?i'
... .... 'C!"- •
al'iHICf ~~r~ ~«~<{~r %i-u;:a ~~ q;~~ II
'3t~:r9<ilT•
~~Rr~et ~-t i{tr Il'fu~~ fcf~fu~ q'ilmq: I
tr'lrlJIn:rfif B~<{T: 'i<{~rift fif«n,+!,crr: II
in~t{m:-
~ ~ t"'\....,....... , ~
if«or i{~"i!~.rr
Ilfa'il\:'''U: ~ilr~G;~I~urr: I
~r<{T~T:
. (',...,.
~

~~&:ar r&: +rifurmrT:(qT ~H''lTT:'l'U

,...
{' "'" ~ ,...., .~ ~ t"\ ,.....
~f(far~ B'iiH~~qf+r+l~t<fT':[(era'~qrO:qa~ II ~~ II
The folIowmg table represents the FrIiT'{T:[G::T<f (Nlsargayurdaya)
due to the several slgDlficators after making all the necessary
reductions :-
Slgnificators Years
The Sun
The Moon
" . 19'1765
0'5702
Mars 0'7295
Mercury 4'6352
Jupiter 9'3219
Venus 18' 5206
Saturn 17'0510
Lagna 4'2707

Total .. , 74'2756

~~~ ~nr;r~mr~T~'-T+mt?tl {qij~~erf{~qt'-Tl~ I

~ijmtfi ~ ;:~i{~lN~~ iI;r~'-T1Uf(~~ ijl~~T+~ II ~ ~ II 0,.
S1. 30.31 ] 99

Sloka 29. abTr~i;lll (AmnyuL'daya) is to be calcu.

lated up::m the pre:lomil13.nc~ of the strength of the
Lagna; fCrJgr~'ttr (Pind3.yurdaya) up:::m the Sun's super~
iority in strength anj ~~mlir~~rq (~aisargil~ayurdaya)
when the Moon's p)wer is Stro1gc,t.

.
<h'*.I"l 44:1d:
...
...... '" ~.:.... -.. ~,.... ~
:SHr~!Q' ~iI'rr.ril'rr~'fiiil'i?i q'Qg TiI'e'q r<r~r "
Also ~m
ai'mci fcrfiig~q.ot +rr.rrmgibi' '<I';:lfr~ I
q:~q'i ~) ~<rrir<pa+i ~~ Rr;:Qq.~: II

~m~~ ~q~;r ~tf1'(( ~r~lpf~~ ~;r lfRt: I

~e'ittrt :q;~'l't{) q~il ~ertoq~ti~ fijl:Trq~cr II ~ 0 II
R~!(fij7l{f~~"'l~T~r l{)~~q:tri{ ij'~r <Ja:HI~ I
q~rqqr~{ij~( ~$'i ~n:;~f'l1~~o~ra:1.J ~~{~! II ~ ~ II
Slokas 80-81. But when the three are of equal
strength, multiply the ai'~~'ht (Amsayurdaya) by the
strength of the Lagna, fq-orr~~'hi (Pindayurdaya) by that
of the Sun, ~n:lm'fiT~~rll (Naisargikayurdaya) by that of
the Moon and make a sum of the products. Divide this
by the sum of the strengths of the Lagna, the Sun and
the Moon. The quotient in years, months, etc., will be
the rectified at~«' (Ayus). The illustrious iI'~<PQQ (Neela.
kanta) and other eminent authorities have declared to
this effect.
~~qt[-';:Rr:-
~r~c~(i!far~ '{lir~fu"~~ ~~~~T~(~Il: I
s;qr'tr'" Rril~';fif~ :q ~fucff~~[T msu-
~~r m~ciT~ ~~~ ;q(ril<f~lvll: " ~~ II
Also ffi~r
fiig~rii~:q;:ifrv~)sfq il<1Jr~'ffi'at ;q~r~rf;lo I
q-{q~((: ~d'ir ~~1t' ~qr Ijf"<t~~~ II
100 [Adh, V

l=[\l'!§R f'-l :<J:R:

~ ~<Irl1ir+ffl.f Ci1i{~r+<i" ~qr [<.TT: ~llf~ qr~~n:<.T;r. I
6({r 6q:f~: ~<lf~if f<I~:if~~~ <.T~i'9~fI+rtfiti. II
~llf~ ~~ c:~r+r~q:r Q'~: ~1;fri'9q;1lOT~~ ~{ci I
~o • ,. ..... "''''_
~GJ'~~'1'<r ::r~TR a~~,)'w:orr~ T~'Q;~ II
Also ~r~1i:mr:
<:i3'Rr<t:~~r Ci~ qT~~rlili7ir ~R~ q'~ (V=lI'r~ II
al~~{~ o:r~ qr.r.g ~~ffret :qr;:~+H.1r <lf~if I
tI~,... ,. ." ~ ".. , " '"
~ra.:lJlI'~ Tcr'el'f<r Q'ITif q~'f!l'~rrif ~+rrrifq; lI'~ II
~
. '<:I' " _. "'''' ~ .............
r+r~~m~: [~cH ;;r~'f~~n :qr+l'lI'<lTlI'~r+lI':
~ ~
I
,...,.., f' -. ~

~NTrcr\TI:m :ijril+iro:<.r~Ci;r. II
~~'-f<;o (Lagnabala) multiplIed by the years obtained through
the :31~r J~·r1.f (Amsayurdaya) method IS
9'133 x 60'8727 or 555'9503691.
~<;O (Sooryabala) multiplied by the years obtained through
the fo/r-e-r~r<r (Pindayurdaya) method IS
g'O J5 X 82'3772 or 742' 6304580
~ (Chandrabala) multiplied by the years obtained thCOllgb
the f.r~;;:l<r (Nisargayurdaya) method is
8'197 X 74'2756 or 608'8370932
The sum of the above three products is 1907'4179203.
The sum of the strengths of the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon
is 26'345.
The rectified '31T~ C\yus) according to <fi~'fill(;'S (Neelakanta's)
. 1907'4179'203 _
IS 26'345 or 72'401" years.

~fu;lt ~~n ~~f.{IS?f q~;r~~ijf~ I

ij'~ ~er ~~f ~~~~ ilf1crij~q~ij ~ ij({~: II ~~ II
Blaha 32. When the Lagna the Sun and the Moon J

are devoid of strength (i.e" when their strength is less

than 3 Rupas), each of the planets gives the arr~~ (Ayus)
mentioned by ;it<rrior., (Jeevasarman) which at its maxi.
Sl~ 33.34 ] 101

mum is +th of the maximum life.period, viz., 120 years

and 5 days.
~\iCIi
~~ij'", ~ :jff<.rla';rr ::n[~li' tr(+I'T~q: ~(~ \I
By the words "-9'l'[(;<r (Swamathena), Varahamlhira means that
Jeevasarman (of the Bengal School) stands alone unsupported so
far as his method of Ayurdaya is concerned.
A planet is s'3.id to be weak when its strength is less than 3
Rupas.
Gf. <:tTi[T~m:
.. " ~..... ......
~trn'~roq' TOfi<?; q~<r~'.:f +rorT[~'l~ ~n~ ~~ I
~~rfi:r.:rr if) t=iTifar if cir ~ icifirii: OfiT~ffi ~~: II
Also '?r.~~frr:
-. ..... -. .... ~ f''' ~ '*' . . .
~r~'ffr: ~o:r~r~~CI'r f<i+rCl'ifrorqrr({ qQ~Tfc~Ofi

<?ir.tl?:Jfch~;:{~~nT %~Q~r;f <:~ail. I

~H~m~~~<.r f&: ~if<lT~:n:r;:~~a;-
m!!~~ ""~"!f~R<r~rifi ~ri!1«orrf({iiil. II ~ ~ II
;;'.:f<N iro:r<riir <if~1 q:STI:l~ ctrm !t~*lT~lfT
~oi ~~;r~ ~T~f{ Rr lf~!.TT~Q~<i~.~nfqUl{ I
~~r~~+I'€r +forRr ~~~~ "" ~~CI'il.1I
~~: ~r~{tVl: ij' ~~ q',~ij)-
ll:q~wm-e;1l)S~ liTfflf;ffi'sm I
~~~~?r{ijr ~~~T~-
fcf+i~) ~d li~iter'fT~~ II ~ ~ II
~ ~~" " ~ ~ '" "
3T~I'P~r: ~r+t~ij+1lrS~ lfHJn ~:nTW?,;{ q+'.fT ll~~a~T;~n I
l{:q~~T~ffi:eit;:l{T ~N~~ ij' ft(uiT~~ ~{~~~~q II ~ \l
Slokas 33-34. When a planet subtracted from its
exaltation portion is less than 6 signs, it is to be subtract.
ed from 12 signs. The result is to be reduced to degrees
and multiplied by 8641 and the product divided by 504.
The result will be the ~r~~ (Ayus) in days, ghatikas, etc,
 102 [Adh. V

When the days are divided by 30, we shall get months;

and dividing the months by 12, we shall get years. The
4 reductions (viz' J '<ri1iri~Tfir:, ~~~:;r~rf.:r:, an:ij;r;:r~ ~Tfir:,
'lTq ~O{<!a &riir:) are to be made exactly as prescribed in
the rq.1'1~r~~~ (Pindayurdaya).
\;f~<A;
~ ....
~c:r~'aClir nr~+rr
,...", ~ "..... ....
<l't:i'<I'r <l'GJ1'if~r !:I'if;:1fr1'1Tr~ I
......

<l'qrQ'!fi'l~~rift oi('q~~rifr+rali ~rQ. II

;il;i:TS3'qT6;:r: ~rG;rO{~.r ~q+r:;r ~Wf;firQ: I
NQ':sr~q ~<I' CliN ;:r~t:i'&- ;rfur;:r;:r~q~: II
According to ;;{tq';(P:f<r (Jeevasarman), the Ayus assigned to each
significa tor is t th of 120 years 5 days or 17 years, 1 month, 22
days, 8 ghatIkas and 34'3 vlghatikas and it works to 8641 + 504
thus: The t["{+!r~~ (Paramayus) for a human bemg IS 120 years and
5 days, (Vide Brihat latah VII-5) 12011 h years==120l. years. =
This is contrIbuted by all the 7 planets.
Each planet therefore contrIbutes } of 120l... years::::: "566\1
years.
, .~.... ,
~I'Q~"II !:I'~; m~tr: 'I'f~+rl'i.ifr +riJ1'1~Rl:. I
d'ifl'm: $~'Oi'q~+rrm (~~ ~ ~) &;:rrif~T~~T~~: ('" 0 'd) II
-..,...., ,. r.t' ("
+rmT lG;ifrrG; 'l.ii\3Q 'Oi' ~G;~Sfr<l'~iJ:;:r~ I
-.~ "'. ..... "" " .......
T~Q rn~aT +rr~T +rr~!:fr ~f€(T~: ~:+rT: II

ayr~~~ij-!! q~@f~ ~,~:rT Q U~n'l ~~ffr~s~ I

l(~ fk~~r ~qiC{'l~ ~a: ~frn:~~r~fif ijiij ~'\i~~ II ~ ~
SZalea 35. In the 3 Ayurdayas, viz., fit1'1:s~a;'h:r (Pin.
dayurdaya), ~~m~;(r'l.i (Nisargayurdaya) and :;:r1<{'1iTiJ~~i~
(Jeevasarmayurdaya), the ~r~~ (Ayus) for the Lagna is
to be worked just as in the at~~~r~ (Amsayurdaya). But
when the Lagna is strong (i. e., when its strength exeeeds
6 Rupas) convert only the degrees, etc., contained therein
into minutes, the integral signs being left out. Divide
this by 200; the quotient in the form of years, etc.,
should be added to the ~if~~ (Lagnayus)~
Sl. 35 ] i03
For a difierent reading ot this sloka see notes on !>lokas 20-21,
p. 93,SUPI a.

Three different views are held as to what constitutes ~m!1~-

(1) the first view IS that ~~~ (Lagnayus) is merely the
number of years; etc .• correspondIng to the Nlrayana Longitude of
the ascendant (vide JatakapariJata V. IS);
(2) the second view is that Lagnayus is the number of years
corresponding to the number of the Navamsas of the rising sign
which are above the horizon; (vzde Brihat Jataka VII-Z);
(3) the thIrd view is that Lagnayus is to be computed after
(1) when the lord of the Lagna is very strong; and after (2) when
the ruler of the Navamsa is stronger than the lord of the Lagna.
The commentator of Kesavapaddhati endorses only the second
view in his interpretation of sloka 35 dealt with above. The same
view is also upheld by ;:::riIT« (Damodara) who says:-
f~T~ ~Nf~ ~':f~'a:iT ~'8T qor~~:@ ~n:riJ. I
~~~ ~~~i{ir ~ {ir{-ttf ~ ~<t«~ II
Cj. further ~~q~:
Ci'mt mm-crCfNhi ~afi ~Tf'a'f;r~~­
iqfir <fif~« a~~ rn-
Also~
~: (41~~q \q. ~~im~ II
It will therefore be seen that the second view receives general
a.ssent. The first view is mentioned by Varahamlhira Cf. t&:liOIldCli
VII,2:-

The third is known to Kalyanavarman; ct. ffi'.Tor~r.

q5tif~~C,ilf: (4T\{OIOl' ~ma: I
a~m ~lfit U~Q~ ~ II
~ CGunakara) also says in his itU~;:a:
~.{ ~r.r ~i1T'iI;:rT: 6ilT: ~:
m ~ia:(4 6i1'~ ~qOfsr~r: I
il"~b~f<tN{':f f~~ir "
104 [Adh. V

But Sripathi's 'view is dIfferent from all these and it, the
reader may be reminded, IS to be found in sloka 18 ante; sloka 35
15 translated in the light of thIs VIeW, \iVhat sense the sloka will
bear according to ~c[T9O;;!,~Efi[ (Dlwal,ara Daivagna) has also been
indIcated already.
C'... C' '" '" "r: t"'. "C'
~!11efi~1~tf,~~1~~1~ ~~n~~T~l(\ '=I'l~tfl+~~
I
~~l~ql~ef~~~ ll~~a:. q~~~~~: ~$~~~'ffi'~ II ~ ~ II
Sloka 36. When there is an equality of strength
between the Lagna and the Sun, the Sun and the Moon,
or the Lagna and the Moon, find the sum of the Ayur-
dayas of the equally matched pair and take half of it.
This will be the rectified an~~ (Ayus) as declared by
.&i"tiR (Sridhara) and others.

In this sloka the author treats of what is known as rl:im:!!?:r:r

C.\1israyurdaya) already referred to in the introductory note to thIS
Adhyaya. It consists of four varieties, v£z. :-When there is
equality of strength (1) between the Lagna and the Sun, (2) be-
tween the Lagna and the MOOD, (3) between the Sun and the Moon
and (4) among the Lagna, the Sun and the Moone
What has been expressed by m'1"Rr (Sripati) in this sloka as
the view of -3lN{ (Sridhara) and others has been contradicted by
~<n<fi,~i[ (Diwakara Daivagna) thus:-

"?:f~ ~'Ifi ??:fI~aT?:fi::m qT Cfirir~lifn,«f~~;rd fum~­

ft fu Wqfaiil~ a~~ I ?:fa anfI ~Iif~~: Ii
• 1:' .... 'VI ~. .....~ ('
~~~r.:tqTl{1li q1J~ +!forrrife~ffi~ I
... t:-""" .... ~ .....
&:;?:{,lliIl;~1li ~qffllT ~?:{N1.f'li~ +!r~?:f~ II
~«rrct:q;:srcf~Tllir ~?:{'1irif ~~ t/i'fli~ I
ortirf~ +!i(~: gr')lifn,«Tma~ Ii" ~m.

~ ~~~~f~aTFhGi~~~T~
... .... '" " "
~ q~'1:f+{~t:i~ T~~t: I
~ef; ;:rU ~Rr ~ i~fi~~l~t
~'f{~ ~~~HJT~~((l~itf~: II ~ \9 II
S1. 37 -38 ] 105

37. T his '?;ff~~ (:\yus) has bc;en declared by

,')107;(,"
wise men in respect to those; who are engaged in the
pr~ctlce of virtu,:)U;c J.ctions, who kC2P their senses under
control, who eat whol::;::;om,; diet, who are devoted to
Brahmins and the Gods, and who preserve the noble
traditions and graceful manners Ch::tLlcteristic of their
familIes in this world.

Also '2m::r -i<;lT

tj'/;::nfiif'1f ~'(r<?>;:;rat "fum!' ~'[<['{f'iT':lf RrGar.:ip.::rrarf<J,.
11;;f Ri-err'1Trtr?; +ir':i:'f~ Rt;:~';f ~~r etq;:l-l§A!:flJih;~ II
... ~ "\ "\ '"
tf qTq~<;~T~HT <l a:;'{i{l&:lOTr~;:~q:;n I
~~Troij~ ~ ~qTlfefi~ii~uf ~~~ II ~ ~ II
'=-
~f~ ~lqRrr"?r(Riar<it ~Ti'i~'l;g:fir-
~1~~'pHI::;qr;q: 'l]J+r:

8loZ'a 38. Premature death overtakes those who arc

sinful, covetous and thievish, who revile Gods and
Brahmins, and who are addicted to gluttony.

Kesava adds
&rf.:r"!l"'i~n=rasR~'C:q~+i<:lf~T~~s~q~~:m 't ~-
..,'-
~:anserr'l!<j;
.... ""-. -.::,,..... -
.....
at{!1Jl<:fSH?! f<!r~~!; ,qUs"Tf-;'{:ztT Q'('i: I
.!).. -.. '" "" ..., - .......
~r~: '8'{~T+!~ '!(m;:;~i1Oli'l'f z::rnri:m: ~rn+i:

J;fl't'f. ~~+f~'lia:~q~~5 <ir~o;T~ ~T;;r"l+l:. II ~ \9 II

He alw states in the slo),a overleaf the toial lite-period of

some of the anim"tls other than human beings and the method to
be ndcpted for calculating thelr longevity.
m. T;j, 14
106 [Acih. VI

f.l'iirt if'-'i~~+rr ~<f,ft!1lt o!:lmm:;jr~;!q-r

'iTr<f,f(i~TaT fu<rr<i'l~I~1...<ir!ff~<trfi1 ~'!IT: ~iiT~ 1
~'"Jrr!: tf~+f (~r ~qf({1[T<fr<fr~{1iIt q«f-
~~ ;~}Hrr!q'r ~ ~~cT aqy ~~:rr~~~q: II ~~ II
The full period of life in the case of men and elephants is
given as 120 years and 5 days; whIle in that of horses it IS 32
years. It is 25 in the case of asses and camels, and 24 for bulls
and buffaloes. 16 years are allotted for tigers, etc., sheep and the
hke, and 12 for dogs.
For more detaIls, see Jatakaparija.ta V·40·44.
In the case of ammals other than human beings, calcula.te the
Ayurdaya as you do for a man, and get the Ayurdaya of the ammal
required by rule.of-three process. Thus, suppose It IS reqUited to
find the longevity of a dog. Cast the horoscope of the dog, and
calculate the Ayurdaya in the way described above and say you get
' . b 12 ye:.J.rs X 90
90 years. The correct Ayus a f tue dog wIll e-120 Q. 5d
, years c>:. ays
or 9 years roughly,

End of the Fifth Adb yaya.

'" '" "" '"

I
ll::.rT~ ~~rifTij H~~TilT Wi ~ITq~T~ifrum1T(ij T~
; (I" • "

~,m~4f('R{~ ft~~ N~T~ij ~+mij FroT~S~f{ II ~ II

Adhyaya 6.
Sloka 1. The age accruing by the computation
( treated of in the foregoing chapter) may not be possible
if there be harmful planetary positions in the horoscope.
The age got (by means of reckoning) becomes possible
from the existence of any circumstance which undoes the
harmful planetary position. The following pronounce.
ment is made in regard to it (~!lrl~-Rishtabhanga)
51. 2 ] 107

It bas already been stated in the intro:luctory note to the pre-

vious Adhyaya tha.t ii'FT'fr:g:.r,.(Yogajayus) sta.!'Jds on a qUite dtfIerent
footmg from l'j'~;;lTQT:g;g", (Ganithagathayus) and cannot therefore be
computed by mathe;l11.tical calculations, and fb1:i!T:g:.r,. (Rishtajayu:;)
is only one of the varieties of the same. The author s:ays that
<rflrr~FT""T:g~ (Ganith3.gathayus) will be possible in some of these~;r
(Rishtaja) cases on account of the existence of some influence
which nullifies the mrl'j' (Rishtayoga).
In many horo1;copes planets occupy eVil places and thereby
destroy the term of longevity (amr-u<r-Ayurdaya) which may other-
wise be predicted to the native. For instance, in the horoscope of
a child, the Moon in the 6th or the Sth house when aspected by
malefics, etc. quickly brings about the death of the chIld (vide
\;fr. trT., IV. 35). In order therefore to know whether the "J'Omrl'J'ffi~~,
(Ganithagathayus) will apply to this case, the planet or planets
causing the RII! (Rishta) have first to be carefully ascertamed. If
there a.re many planets causing the itg (Rishta). only the strongest

.
of the lot must be regarded as the KII!<fK (Rishtakara) .
". .... ....
~~m-~qil'~w:ijU~~ "R~ilqtfi{\Cl'~~·n: ~il: I
~tfiq~'~«ri ~~~ ~Rr ~lfq~'l. II ~ II
Sloka 2. The balance of strength which the f{!;ii{
(Rishtakara) and the +!'Wfl" (Bhangakara) planets may
severally have as a result of the difference struck between
their respective forces of good and evil-this balance of
strength divided by 4 is to b~ put down in the Rasi
column of the mr=r~ (Saptavarga) table. A half of this
is to be entered in each of the remaining VargJ.s.
R~<!i{ (Rishtakara)=causlOg misfortunes. +fWifil: (Bhangakara)
=counteracting the above.
The Sun's ~~~ (Ishtashadbala) is 7·933 (p. 63 supra)
His cng~~ (Kashtashadbala) is O'Sl1.
The dlfference is+7·122.
A fourth of this is+ 1'780. This should be put down a.~ainst
~ (Gnha) and! of 1·780 or 'S90 against '{[u (Hora) and other
Vargas under that planet.
108 Adh. VI

The followIng table represents the feoiJuctl strengths of the

several planets compute:] 1:1 accordan~e WIth th'" "bl,a (;:2:·1shta
is plus and 'Ii!!. Kash ta is mWlts): -

_~~U I "; i ~ - ~E'~~ g--II~~--

Planets I '::1~1';; ~ §' >(j) <1:i
~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~

R-aS-i---.-,--'-\-l-,]-S-O I_J '176 [-0'317 1-0'374 LC),052 ;-],168 '!-:)"850

1+0'890 1-0'083 1-0'159 L:-

Hora
... I i -0'1871"0'025
I I r084 1_)'.130
i
Drel,kana ,.,!+0·890:-,)'088 1-0'159 1-0'187 '-0'026 1_:) C8t 1-~r430
S,ptam<a 890ko881-~'I;g ;-0'187 ~C'026I-)'08JO'430
•• , +0

NaVat1l8a .. +O'8901_~'08'3I-J'159 i-0'187 -)'034 L:)'43U -0'0_6

Dwada"m" .. '+~ 890 -)'088 ~O'J59 \~O'1S1 ~O'026 -)'081 1-0'430

Tnmsam,a , .. +0'890 -:)'088 -0'159 j-J 187 -0'026 (l 08+ I-O"UO

. . .- 1
~,~~"""'""""~""""""".:."""""""'.,.,,: ..
=~--~~

Of. also ~f'HJ'n~:

~~rTh:<.fir (\9) ;;raT~~'l'r ~q~:mrr'taT <l~r I
~'lNr~cr~ +!9:i +!§f<il~~<i" :q <FT, II
.. ...... G'... •
~r$fr~~r:@<:i Cizrro:<rlT cr'1NU Q~~ iSTti5"~, I
~r~~ri?:q;f;H:err;:rt ~~mr~'!l' ~U'-~+r. II
~ t". ,...... .....
~:;r <FTii6 <Fl:, ~fr;fl!(H'fWilr<l':qT: I

Sloka 3. When the strength of the a~'f;t (I~ishta.

kara) planet entered in the I~asi and other varga c')lumns
of the ~aqif (Saptavarga) table (as directed in tioe
preceding sloka) is mu1tlplied into the total q~qti5" (Shad-
bala) of the lords of those respective vargas, its totality
is ascertained. The strength of the ft~+r~'l'it (Rishta
Bhangakara) planet entered in the ~:r8'q.1 lSaptavarga)
S1. 4 ] 109

table should be simibrly manipub.tel to get its whoie

amount.
The Sur.'s strength due tJ Rasi is 1'78,) and to Hera and the
othel Varga, '890 E:!ach, Tbe brd of the Rasi ('ccupied by the
Sun IS ·Mars and his f.i-::'=r'" (Shadbah) is 7'731. Cons,quently the
product of l'7S) and ,'731 sh.:mld be entere::i a;amst the ;::IT3a"ft[
(Raslvarg8), As the Sun IS in the Moon's Hora, the product of
'890 and S'197 should be entered agamst the i"r;::i9<T (Horavarga),
The Sun is in hiS own ~lSOf,TiJ[ (DreUmna) and hence '890X9'Ol5
shculd be entered against the ~Gr;T1T["frf (Drekkar:a Varga), As he
is In hiS 0\\ n "-:::8T~T (Saptamsa), the same product will have to be
entered oyer agalll aga1l1st tbls Varga. He IS in Mercury's <1<{f~
(Navamsa), The product to be entered aga1l1st th18 Varga IS
therefore 'E9C X 6'2C9. He CCCUP(8 the il:~i';([ (Dwadasall1sa) of
Mars. Hence the Dumber to be entered "gainst thiS Varga will
be'S90xl"731. As the Sun occnpies the f§r~T';([(rnmsamsa)of
Jupiter, we have to enter agalDst thiS Varga 'S9JXS'613,
The subjomed table sho", s the 9:rf9~ (Val gab.las of the
several pldnets calculated in accordal1ce WI ih this sloka.
;>,
.... [ ... >=1
-
::l
...
CI1
::!
u
....<ll ....
<ll CI1
p ....

t
0 ::!
Planets >=1
::! 0 C!l '0.. i:l
<lJ ~
(f) ~ ~, ~ I .....,
p
> rJl

Rasi \+ n"7 61 r00 676\-2"73 3"22' -0" 44 8 + 299 - 6'648

1

I-Tora ,+ 7'_95-0'721-1'433 - l'68~ -0'234 1-0'757 - 3'524

Drel,kaNl. \+ S'023 1-O'656 -1'229 - 1'4451-0'2241-0'757 - 3'703
Saptamsa + S'~2.:1-0'65C -1' 369 - 0718-0'224 -0'688 - 3'207
1

Navamsa + S'.J26()·656-1·369 - 0'718 -0'201-0'757 - 3'703

1

Dwacasamsa + 6'88°1-0' 546 -0'611 1- 1'610-0'224 -0' 521 - 3703

Tnmsamsa + T665(l'758 -: '229 1- 0718 1-0'224 -0'723 - 3'507
Total + 5T 173L4'669 -9'976'-10 '116 ;-]'779 -5'502 -27'695
I I
110 [Adh. VI

"" ... ,,~

T;r~tq ~q~ ~~m~~~:r ~H~~eoC!;~ q~f T~ H~J{
"'" I
'" l{~+r~:
~ijT~~q " ..... " II ~ II
" H~~Cf
i9'~{;rijplT+{p{

~fu ~lqrafir(f:;:mr<it ~raq;q-;g:aT

fi!' i1~r\::>:fr;>;j: "n!:

Slokas 4-5. Weigh well the fo1lowing points in

regard to the IT!~ (r~ishtesa) as well as the <1~it~ (Bhan.
gesa) planet: (1) whether the planet is benefic or malefic;
(2) its influence for good or evil on the whole; (3) its
position as to whether it be in its exaltation sign) in its
Moolatrikona, in its ow n house, etc., in its depres3ion, or
in eclipsed state. Subtr,lct the strength of the one in the
several Vargas from the strength of the other in the
correspondmg Vargas: ascertain the difference. If it be
apprecia bly grea t and is on th~ side of the f{!'~ffi (Rishta-
kartha), there is IT~ (Rishta). If it be on the side of the
<1~rc"!l~ (Bhangeswara), then the threatened evil is
counteracted. If the forces 0f both be even, and there
be no appreciable difference, there is 11:£ (Rishta) still.
The method advocated in these slokas is however conde mned
by ih;"19~~ CKesavadaivagoa) as unsound in principle fol."" judging
the f~ (Rishta) for the following reason :-
Take the ca<;e of a planet whose ~'Ef.;r~ CUchchabah) and
~li[~ (Cheshtabala) is each a half Rupa. The it!! (Ishta) and the
Cfi~ will each then be i, The difference between the it~ Crshta) and
Cfi~ (Kashta) will be zero. In this supposed case, even If the
planet should be possessed of full strength, the difference between
the two products of strengths as made out by SripatJ's rule would
be nothing, So that the planet will turn out neither a ft-eCfi\:
CRishtahra) nor a ft~~w (Rtsbtaharta)' which is untenable. And
again, take the case of a [tall:': (H.ishtahara) planet whose ~iifOl"
(Uchchabala) and ~-er<r~ (Chesbabala) are each zero: here the
~~ (Ishta) is zero and Cfi-e (Kasbta) is unity; so that the difference
between the good and eVIl strengths is nothing else than their sum
S1. 4.5 ] 111
total and It has to be classed as ",f;.."l (Ahita); and for such a
planet with Its e)..treme 'fjp;q-iil" (Kashtab,da) t'J be able to ward off
the R~ (Rlshta) whilst itself labourlllg under a condition of depres-
sion or combustion would be an impossibIlIty.
Kesava lays down the following rule-
s~oi ~~~+rg.:m~X'Cf<j;"'1<ir
'"'~
+m:mr
.....
a~T ~2"~q: " ~ ~ II
+f~~ R~ila-r ~ffifircrEJ+rrf{~ '<i ctr~rnm-
S~r~~I\ 13f::>.raT f?r~r4 +rf~nno;: fh!~ +ft- q~Q.. I
.............. ~ ~.........~.
~ R"~&:ar ~~j:j ~~rn: l3f(er~IW[f~ff

~~morer;:aHc~ ~ ~\l a~fu:;~;;:<i c'i~({. II ~ ~ II

As regards the tW;) planets, the K:!'fi<:: (Rishtakara) and the
R!:Ff1f(Rlshtabhanga), consIder well th:; followin!S factors-(U the
nature, whether good or evil, of the pla:J.ets rulmg the uRT (Rasi)t
~Kr (Hora) and other Vargas tenanted by the said two planets; (2)
the posItion of such rulers, to wit, whether th~y are in their exal-
tation, MoohtnkoDa, Swakshetra, very friendly, friendly, neutral,
inimical, or very iOllnical house, whether they are strong or weak
for a conjunction (~~~~-Grihayudha), combust (31~ifq'Astangata)
or depressed. The essential and accidental good and evil inferra.ble
from these considerations should next be properly weighed. If, on
such a comparison of the said two planets, the good of the one
should preponderate the evil of the other, it might be judged that
there would be no ftg (Rlshta). If not, the pronouncement should
be that there would be K2: (Rishta1. Th1t is to say (1) the nature,
whether benevolent or malevolent of the planets ruling the several
Vargas occupIed by the fb:1:ifi<: (Rlsbtal,ara) and R2:+ffi (RIshtabhanga)
planets and (2) the location of suc h rulers, wbether in t heir exal~
tation, Swa\{shetra, etc., must be consIder: d.
0(. mlR.
~ ,..,.,....~..:;..
ql(ifT~rr;:?fr:q~ra.:f '3'f;;q-llfT.fro;:
"'"
I~atl'(f\'ir~ I

~liifi1t~m;:<it~ if'CI~ \lH'T(~ II

The following conventions may here be usefully noted : -
~'3f'"c:<! (Mitratva.) or 31~T4sr(Of (Adhlmitratva) is counted as one
good unit. ':<1'1(9 (Satrutva) or i31f'T':(l"!JCf (Adhisatrutva) IS counted
as one bad unit. +(iil"fuilllT (Moolatrikona) or ~~?f (Swakshetra)
counts for two good units. ~<E'q (Saumyatva) and q-rl{for (Papatva)
 [Adh. VI

count respecttvely for one goo 1 and one bad unit. 3"'Ej (Uchcha)
and ~'1l:f YuddhE'jaya) count each for [o;u good unit. <fr'q
(Neecha), <r-'"i;:f;jq- (Yuddhejlta), atcqfu'fi (Autpattlka) and -:l1";:;rEi'f (As.
tangata) count each for four bad units, 131if'f (S::Wl'1.tva) counts
for nothing.
Now let us suppose Mus to be the RE<=i;;j (Rlshtabhan;:;a)
planet 10 the example horoscope The goat! and evd clue to hIs
location 10 the several Vargas wlll tben stann out as under : -

'2}+1" (Subha Good) );:r~+1" (Asubha·

EVIl)
---------------------~-------------

12 a.1 :Nfm (:'dhim,[m) 1 I

1'~F<[!f\I (~aumyagraha) 1

\Ifl1 (Hora) 5 \:.I3lNT+r3f (AdhlJ1:'1tra) Cfrq::rcr 1

Papagraha
1I:"-fiT'lf (Drekkana) 8 ~ T.'9~3f (Swahbetra) 2 do

"2ll1T;a (Saptamsa) 12 :1. G1f6rT<!3f (Adhinlltra)

B'rn[!fi[ ~ Saumyag raha) 1

'1'.fT'<T (Navamsa 12 g. G1Mfli3f (Adhimitra) 1

I{P'!i!fl[ (Saumyagraha)l

ijJ;;:~t:{l CDwadasamsa) 11 ~.I fi:l3f (Mitra) 1 Iqrq~'f

I Papa;:;raha 1
j'~:(lt.!(n (Tnmsamsa) \
1 ~. '2:r~3f (Swa\(shetra) 21 do

Total ... ) (til (Hlta) 12 \-;;-[Q(f Ct\hlta) +

The result of the above analysIs is 8 umts of fu"(f (Hltil).
Next, let us suppose Venus to be the ft~".f,aT CRishtakarta)
planet. In tbat case, the corresponding fi~ures work to 5 (t(f
(Rita and 12 ~f~q (AbIta) leavlDg a net balance of 7 3TIl'[<1
(Abita). Here, as the 8 f~(f (Rltra) units of the R:'lZ<i'W (Risbta-
bhanga) planet Mars outweigh the 7 G11ii(f (Ahltba) units of the
R~2:'lim (Rishta!,arta ~ planet Venus, It may safely be judged that
there wIll be no G1!('lZ_(Anshta).
 IMercury IJupIter
III

I~
s!::u " Moon I Mars Venus Sat,!:lrn 1 tl
0.

~
~
....
til
~
-
~llqi-I '" 'T:l1~=-1 ro ~I~ I'" ~I~~..e(~ ~X!~~..c(~
._ tv
~ ",c(~.- ~ ",cd~ i{;;
--...,I

::r: (I-I..:t: R;,::r: (,_-'

._

..:t:
Jt:;",-"

R;
-
:r: (I-
..... tr; ~
..eLi!':' .- fe,
<r. R; ;:r: (~
.l""I

~ \9
I(If
....,

- tc:
._

~
""i-I

:r: d'::' ..:t: R; :r: ~ ~

~
cd '0.>fi!- fc
ft:, ..e(i!:' - tc:
R; I
nl
+-' ~ll~ _

:r: (!!::! <1! R;

",c(i"O
fc;: I' g'1-j
0.P'"
,:: CD
::J
_. 0
......
....- I.....
(j) -'
1........\

V1
p,. :ao_.
l
(:::

~ Rasi (,rru) ... 1 ':'41' 1 1 1 2 2\ +4 3 1 •.. I'+H CD

,.,.O'C!
o
::J
....
~ Hora (fur) ",,2 ... 3 1 1 1 1 2 11 ... rt-
::rcr'
I"
o CD CD
:::: Drehkana (~Eq,f'Tr) 2 2 t4 2 1 2 3 .. " ... 2

..~ IH~4 II:

~ 8
g Saptamsa ('Jtri;;:r) Z 2-14 2 1 3 ... 1 <:
(I)
••
ill
M
U1 A
I" P'"
en
..... Navamsa (<1"9[:(1) Z 2 H 2 1 1 1 11'" ,..... Il' ~J
'\;+, 1 1 'd
..... til' t't
~ Dwadasamsa (llJ~~1t~) 1 2 lIZ 312
::r 11"nmSalllsa
. ("T'4:(1m
.) I 221 J 1 11+$4 114
I"
t:l
ro
....
I"
H-,
M-
CD
~o.
t:IUChCha ('3"'E!) ... *1· .. "'I'" ...... 1 .. ,
$
!f) ""

5' <l>:;>;:
~ ..!:'l'eecha (<ff'9)
~
••• I ." ... ,... ... , ... I ,,, t '1 :;,
:'I
M-
P'" I"
C1l .q
!f)

"'I' "'1' ...

ll'
II Ol
~ w-
~ .\stanga1a ('iF"'1W1") ••• I f ••

~
... ... I'" ... ..• ~ 8

... "'j'" ... '"1'''/'''\'''1'''···1 ::: I ~:: \' ~~~

Victorious in war C,:!7J:Of"f) ... 'd
~M-
CD
Ol P'"
Vanquished in war C?;!ti-srcr) .•. I P'" 0
o 0.
Autpattika (31,,!~qf~q,) 'of' M M-
... ... ... I'" ... ... ...
If' .,,
o
(f)
::r
Ol

'--_ _ _ _T~ot2_.l_.,.....:..1_14_± \ 13112! 4/ 8! 10 \ 14 3\ 5 \12\1+ 16

C)
o O'C! !-&
1 1 u 0
!-&
CD 0
.. p,. W
114 [Adh. VII

(' "" .... t\

aT;:ij~~T~~ijlt~er~T~ ~~+ml

;@ ({~Tij Rfur~T~ ~fH+n~rt{ I

,.... " "
~1~: ~~T~+nerP:i~'li~~ ij+1:{-

:m~~~m~f.r~l'll{~n:r~~+n II ~ II
Adhyaya 7.
Sloka 1. Since it is an assured fact that all living
creatures have the reward of their previous Karma ('fi+i)
good, bad or mixed clearly revealed to them throughout
the several Dasas (periods of planetary influence of which
life is composed) with their divisions and sub-divisions
such as (aT;:a~~T) Antardasa, (~G:~T) Vidasa, and (~.:jG:~r)
Upadasa, we now proceed to set forth the rule for deter-
mining the order of the Dasa periods.
This chapter deals wIth the different' Dasas '-i.e., the mam
periods of influence of each successive planet in a man's life.
WIthin each one of these main periods, however. It is possible
that a man experiences different vicissitudes. The chapter, ac-
cordingly, deals also with the sub. divisions (Antardasas, Vldasas
and Upadasas) in which these vicissitudes occur. While the
~1.,T:q" (Dasanatha), the principal planet governing the Dasa, has
a general influence over the whole peried of his Dasa, there is the
possibility of a different planet having a subsidiary influence over
the subdivision of which he is the master. The calculatIOn of
these sub-divisions and the order in which they occur are also
dealt with in this Adhyaya.

'lliri ro~~~Tq~~iJ ~SI''lT ~;ij~~ ij~T

~n'UR~n \SI'~ ifr~~~a~~ ~m~r m~err.t. I
..... ""'''' .....
q~l{~ \SI'~ lij~ij"'lTC{~tl~ ~C{~~r: ~'l:
lr,*tlflffl~f.tT~NqUr: ~1ffrt~ga~lT: II 't It
 51. 2.6 ] 115

qyeii rn:~~ w~ ~ttf:;~~~~~r ~~.Ptri=~~~ I

~ij~Tlffi:
r.r;
~r~!l~+HS3I'
"""
+{~ ~?Ur~qT~~~ ~~~r~~n~:
""- ""
II ~~ II
~~~m~~: ef;Nq~~!lr3.t: ~~ij~T N~?Urf1il:ly;:r: I
~""- ". «~ q~~rs;r
Hr~ij'~: '" " II \l II
qlJ~~r ~T;rl:fi~T~'-Hr<\:
" ..... '" ""-,,, '" '" ""
~r~fPl'i: ~T~~ ij'fIlI'fsrq' ~r~~r ~r!tfi~H~I:ly;r: I
!lr~rS!qrn ;:r::fiff i~r~~~nTh:;ri(r ~~l{) ~~TflTHl. II '-\ II
3R~~qm~Rm'li~: ~r~~T~~) +il~'fij~;rritg I
ij'[F\~J: ~er~l{~Tt!~~qq~: ~Nq')ssr ~: Ii ~ II
Slokas 2-6. The Yavanacharyas treat of the ripen-
ing of actions (qr<iLPaka) in previouCi births in 12 forms.
The followers of +rfDR~ (Manitth3.) speak of the same as
having 10 varieties. The sage ~ra:UlTlJf (Badarayana) has
recognised it in 8 divisions. The eminent fu~qif (S;ddha_
sena) declares the varieties thereof to be 6. ~'i(i5' (Devala)
and others say that there are 4 kinds of the qT<r; (Paka).
The sag::Jcious ~1S~~ff (Vishnugupta) gives 3 varieties of
the same; ~W~ (Satyamuni) says it is of 2 kinds. I
shall treat of the whole subject from the view-point of
the foregoing authorities. The first of the 12 different
forms under which the qr~ (Paka) is treated is called
~m'ifel; (Nai')argika), based evidently on the fir~iJf~(q
(Nisargayurdaya). The second is styled -a:~r$ll (Dasa.
krama) i.e., the order of the Dasas or periods of planet-
ary influence. The third is that styled Antardasas
(at';:at-rrr) which are the sub. divisions of the Dasas. The
fourth is the order of Vidasas (~~~r) which are sub_
divisions of the at'Rf~'lf(r (Antardasa). The fifth is called
the ufu (Rasi) which treats of the effects of being born
with the Lagna or the Moon in the several Rasis. The
sixth is that which treats of the effects of the presence of
116 Adh. VII

planets 111 the several Bhwas. The seventh is what

treats of the Yoga'l, i.e., pcculi:u planetary positions and
conjunctions. The eighth is the one styled ~fu'T.<?i (Drishti-
phala), the effect of planetary aspect upon the lord of
the Dasa. The ninth is declared to be the am j;CI;ff
(Ash taka varga) by the sages. T he tenth relates to the
effects due to planets occupying the ~r{T (Hora) and
other Vargas. The eleventh is the one in which the
effects of the setting.in of each year, month day and I

night ulYon a ~ra-'P Jataka is given in detail. The twelfth

is that in which according to those conversant with the
subject, a person's food, sexual enjoyment, etc.) are de.
scribed as being determined by his mental and physical
characteristics.
(I) The first mode is the ~m'iT'fi~T (Nalsarglkadasa). The
years assigned to each planet under this head may here be set out
for facility ot reference ;-
Years Years
The Moon 1 Jupiter 18
Mars ... 2 The Sun 20
Mercury ... 9 Saturn 50
Venus ••• 20 Lagna
~'fi
.. ~ "',,",...... t'\ ........

~'P '[T <for rCl=mQ\~Ja-ii'Qr q-2m~!ir iji'fT-

~ ~ ""'!' """'~ ,. .,. (\

~: ~: ~'T.<?iT Ti\~i!~r;:rcr: q-r'ffi~1iTr<fr: ~r-

~;;a- <?iR~'m EJ~ftr <fCl<fr it~~a- ~Pc!'a"~r II

ir<:F!m~
....... ... f"'.,f' • .... "" ..... "'. ""
<ir~;:({rraa~ @if~ 1iT~~T <f;:qTT<r~( rCl~ra-:

EJ~T~<f~ ~u~raR~r~: iSiiJr0TT: Sfi~m:. I

~ ~ '" "" ~ "'" ...
~CI~r~a-r '<f~~a-r ~~r ~'m~~<?i

~1l(rw.r ~m~ ~mr'i<f~f ~~~(f ~i ~~ II

51. 2-6] 117

Also ffiU'f~"r
~$p'q~~~r~{.rQ~ihrfi(qP-lim~~l'IJTnr.. ,
.... ,..... .... ~ ~ ~
~iNIr ~qr~${& ~!:r q~T~l06~q II
(2) The secolld mode is the ~~liji+f (Dasakrama) descrIbed in
sloka 8 infra.
(3) The third is the arrcr.hrr (Antardas'I.) described in slokas 15
and 15 tnlra.
(4) The fourth is the fq~r (Vidasa) and ~~ (Upadasa)
described in sloka 17 mIra.
(5) The fifth is the so·called ur% (referred to in slokas 39-54
of Jatakapanj:J.ta Adhyaya VIII; Bnhat Jata1.a·XVU, XVIII and
XIX; Phaladeepika, IX.
(6) The sixth is the ;rrCf1li5 (Bhavaphala) described in slokas
56-99 of Jatakaparijata Adhyaya VIII; Bnhatjataka, XX.
(7) The seventh mode is concerned with the Yogas such as
~';t~f;r: (Dwltryadigraha yogas), U~<TIm: (Rajaycgas), ~~
(Panchamahapurusha) and other yogas, wi:: (Chandra) yogas and
ifT+m (Nabhasa) yogas (vide Jatakapanjata VII and VIII. 1-38 ;
Brihatjataka XT, XIf, XIII and XIV; Phaladeepika VI and vII).
The last, viz., the Nabhasa yogas, have their effect on the native
for the whole of his Me irrespective of the Dasa periods through
which he passes.
CI.~<ii
~fu ~atf1{aT cfmr: ~ri 'ii'~ft& qr+r~r
f;p:r~rm;:;:~r ~a- ~~~rr~frI II
(8) The eighth mode is the ~ (Drishtipbala) or tbe effects
due to the a!>pects receIved by the lord of the Dasa (vzde Jataka-
panjata Adbyaya VIII, slokas 46-47).
(9) The ninth is the are:'Ilq~~T (Ashtakavarga Dasa) referred
to in Jatakaparij ita X·46-50; Phaladeepika XXIV -27 ·33.
(10) The tenth is on the effects due to lhe ~q;T (Shadvarga)
positions of planets, i. e.,
their locatIOn in a Hora, Drekkana and
so on. C/. Jatakaparijata IX-llO.U2; Brihat Jataka XIX·4·9.
(11) The eleventh is detailed in Jatakaparijata Adhvaya IX,
slokas 10-39.
 118 [Adh. VII

(12) The twelfth is a little pecultar and relates to the dis-

covery of the specific ~'JT~'1T:n (Dasavlpaka) from a consideration
of the moods and modes then mamfestmg themselves in the native.
The rationale of the method is briefly set out thus by 9\r~mf~:{
(Varahamlhira) In Bnhatiataka, AdJyaya VIII·21·2?
.. .. 10.,[. " '"
~r~H ii~T~aiiCiT :q ~~sr~o l~!{P:cr ~~<iTr+r"r1::'-l' I
$J;;;:rfu'l'~:r;51f~ror.. ~lJTr~ i{Tt:rI~~'tcq~~~i1lr~ir~A:. II
..... " •• ~ 't'.
~+r~~~~T~T ar~~r"l;::cr~m!T ~~Q'rcr ~t:rT ~r~q+r:qr'r+r :q I
<iif:qcrlfi~~tfr~~cr~~t~+!'T;:rt q-i{oHJM lfi~-:-r'ffi: ~~;:aRq"1il': II
All planets when they attain their Dasas exhibit in the native
their respective chara~teristIcs due to the elements, elrth, water,
fire, air and ether, which can be recognised by the nose, tongue,
sight, skin and ears.
During the auspicious Dasa penod of a planet. man's inner
soul assumes a benefic character and leads him to attain much
happiness and wealth. By means of the effects descnbed above
for the several Dasa periods, one can easily coniecture the tide of
events a man may have at any particular period as a result of the
effects of the Dasa ruling at the time. When planets are void of
strength, the effects though attenuated make themselves felt at
least in dreamy reveries.
e And Bhattotpala adequately explains it in his commentary on
these verses. The complexions due to the preponderance of each
of the Mahabhutas in man at a given time form the subject of
verses 89-93 of chapter LXVIII of Varahamlhira's rom@f (Bri.
hat Samhlta) and they are gi ven below for facIlity of reference.

~r~ ~+r~+rlfi~rfir fir?r~q;;crr ~(f!ir ~ll'!:l"tf~cr~~ ~~ar~: I

a~T~orlor.. "l'fu~ftr st~<iim'!:l";:crr ~st+rrliCfi~<ii~~er?:~:q6<r 1/
mil;lf~~~q~~«~~T ~r~T ~rr;::\:Tr :q ~im'i~:qr I
<' ..... " ~ ......,...,
~'!m':q~+rr+~~qr;::<iiUTff \:T+i~ :qr~'-l'~H Sf<lr~iJ'. "
ml'tfT mar '<t ~ft(l'T ;r:qiUntn+!'T «T+IF'-l'+rf~q~~f+~~~r~ <ii?rr1r I
~cfr~r(;Ra:~;r<'(1 Gl4{;fr" :qf1::'-l'r ~r~r lfi1!5 (I'~-aCit ~+rm~~rra- II
.... ..... " ........... " ~ ~
:q~r ~'l'.{T q~+rTTgqorr ~ (I'~j;fi+r: (;SfmCf: I

~R~Trn mfdt;rt ~~qrq fu* ~ ctf~gffi'~~ \:T~ II

Sl.7 ] 119

~~i!1i~?t~iJTr qrqn;:'Cfr~(?;Rm ~iJ<rPr q~;:..t c?:frlO?:f~~f~Cfm+J:. I

~fz<f;~:pa:~r~::qr ~F?:f~r~~~~TH filfelRCf nnvfu~r ~<.t~t ~<i' ,~'ioii" II
U Complexion in man, animals and birds is detected by persons

learned in the matter and mdicate both good and eVIl and is like a
lamp placed within a crystal vessel throwing its light on the
subject around."
.. The complexion discernjble in shining teeth, skin, nails, and
hairs of the body and of the head will be attended with good smell
If it be caused by the element of earth. It will make the person
happy, rich, prosperous and virtuous."
"The complexion which is glossy white, clear green and
agreeable to look at is caused by the element of water; it will
make all creatures possessing It happy and successful in all their
attempts and wIll produce wealth, comfort, luxury and prosperity."
" The complexion which indIcates fear and is unbearable and
of the color of the lotus, gold or fire and which also indicates
strength, power and valour is caused by the element of fire and it
soon brings success to the person and enables him to gain his
desired object."
.. The complexion which is dirty, not glossy, black and of bad
odour is caused by the element of air. It will cause to the person
death or imprisonment, disease, ruin and loss of wealth. The
complexion which is of the color of the crystal, noble, clear and
indicating wealth and generosity is caused by the element of ether.
It will give a person all that he desires."
These Mahabhutas are presided over by the several planets
and thus stand in a definite relation to them. Consequentiy. it is
possible from the complexlOn of the native to infer the ruling
:vIahabhuta and from that the ~~f1:rm (DasapatI) who sways the
native in the form of that Mahabhuta. ThIS in essence is the
whole process of the 12th mode and the rest is a mere matter of
detail. Ct. in this behalf verse 30 post. as to how to relate a
~rml9l (Dasavipaka) to the strength of the ~~r'1r[ (Dasapatl) in
its effects upon the native.
,.... "'r- "-':' --.
3fT~~;:~n ~~ij ~q ~TT~~I"'1 ij a,:~T; 3f+r~h I
ij;{T~~n ~q i~~ ~~~ (\~TSli~ ~l1m ~1~~:n1{: 11\911
120 [Adh. VII

8loka 7. T he varieties of Dasa under the heads of

10, g, 6, 4, 3, 2 according to the authorities above named
are not separately treated because they are mostly
included in the 12 divisions we have given. We shall
therefore proceed to give the ~'mSfi+r (Dasakrama) or the
order of the planetary periods.
,*r1:!"Rr (SripatI) here says that he need not stop to consider the
tell fold mode of judging a horoscope advocated by +rtrrrr~ (:Yf::l.l1itta),
nor the modes adopted by other authors as all such Will be found
embraced by the twelve-fold mode prescribed by Yavanacharya.
He accordingly proceeds to investIgate the G:'' (lTifi+r (Dasakrama)
whIch is the second sub· dIvisIOn under the twelve-fold mode.
The reader may here be reminded that the Dasas connected
with the G:'raffli+[ (Dasakrama) are sometimes distinguished into ten
sorts with reference to the manner 10 which they will act on the
character and destiny of the natIve. The names of the ten sorts
are 1. 3f~'QI1T (Atyuttama) 2. B1f.Oll (Sampurna) 3.3fTUitUfr (Arohini)
4. li'0l:{T (Madhya) 5. ~quNoit (Avarohim) 6. RmT (Rikta) 7. ~R!!:~
(Anishtaphala) 8, 1+[~'1,~T (Mlsraphala) 9. 3f'll1T (Adhama) 10. ~(<r1!f+[T
(Atyadhama).
This claSSIficatIon is of value for purposes of characterising
the specIfic quality of a given Dasa in Its potencies for good or evil.
But Varahamihira recognises only eight sorts, as he omits (1) and
(10) of the above classIfication.
Of.'[~ii'fi
........ "". to "r- "-
~;<{'~T~'i: ~Q~41ra-t ~'t0n ~<?iq{~cr~ n'tl'iT I
"to ........ " ~
i!,:qFiFra~ ~~+lm ';Q<iT~ril!:q:;~r ~r sr~crT 1/
;r~~ ~W~<l'ir~il'~JT +I~<lr +r~(~'T ~~~'iOiTiT I
am)~ofr fi1~f~:;~a~ ;ft:qrA:i::!t~"~'Cf+rr +r~~B'T II
;fr:qrR+1t~ ~+lq~~Q~ ~~ "l~ f+l~'1i~T J;lfa:~r I
%i:il1~~qTfOT q:;~~ II
Also~~?r:-
'('

<l~I~~Q"f ~'~H~
~ .... ....
:q ;g~~rli~~:n~ crm-
......
~l'{T ~T~~'e~a~ <ire; Q"r <if.~d~.n"<it'1ff~ I
\<i'ffillij- c<i<t?rl{IJU +1<l'Rr ~T +I~qRlT&i;;r~Olt-
~ R~'!!!cr~~{c<ti~;qre~~rfl:r~ ~t~~ II ~ Q,. II
~
S1. 8] 121

'" "'"
~q~~l~qT~1l{T~tfi~~er~r; ""
~:rr~~mT QqrS;:~T

Q~~;:~AA~ijATI~& ~~ ~rrq1~ etT~ij'(i=tr I

er~m~~~T~: ~~lfTi{~qar~~T;~ij'Trtr
il;r?clfflT ~~TT~~qJ1{~l{~~T ~tr~~m«~ II ~ II
Blu7ta 8. Of the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon,
whichever is strongest will have its Dasa first. Then
will come the Dasa of the planets in its Kendra and
other positions. \iVhen several occupy together anyone
of these positions, the precedence will be given to the
planet which predominates in strength. When they
happen to be of equal strength, that which gives a longer
period, in years, of <l1(~G;r;r.r (Ayurdaya) will have its turn
first. When there is equality even in regard to the num.
ber of years of the atf!!,-{r~ (Ayurdaya) of the planets,
that which rises first after being eclipsed by the Sun gets
its Dasa prior to its fellows. And in view to enable the
pupils to thoroughly comprehend this, we now give the
rules for working out the processes by which the order of
precedence among the several planets in regard to the
Dasa should be established.
Ct. <[;r-,moJ9i
<!a:ti,~~~T~!;fr~;:lfrr~~~~T: sr~+{,p:rf~ +r1!:q.s;:r.q. 'tf ~~: ~(?irfu I
iI' f~ iI' 1;f';(?ifElqr~: ~ ..tr~~~l'lf~rir ~errn ~ 1;f';(?iqf'ffi: ~;f+{Tqr~if:.f[r II

atr~; w~
......" "..,
t{irf r~ ;q"::~rt{er Cf;~qr ~T
~
~T sr1;{(.i';~ 'tq~ I
~;n+l{ lit{:rff litsqq~~ a-.u 'tf ~r+~ sr~~fu:~'iE?T II
BRT~r
'(1~mtit~~m.rt Il1;{(i!if ~6rif~~'Ii~Cf;r~ :a-mr: lfi~r~r a:~~r: I
(" f"',.""'" .... ...... ........ .. ,,....,

tttlT ~':iITR'l'i;{l(i!iO'f: ~S~'l~: Rr+~ ~tI'i' ~~a:T Il~;rm.'{~~ \I

(!ISlifl<t;~fr~H~+fi;rt tiT 1;{<ifr <:i~ 'tfT3:f<:i: I

~. li. 16
122 [Adh. VII

~;;T<fimcH~+ihlt <:f~ 1!QTt;f~ .,~ I

<lG;T ~~<:f;ra iT~;r;lfG;r ~~q'H G;~rr II

~U+!Gfil:<'~
T<r(?;'ifll.;a-ilT +fctRf ~w.=r: srrmir G;~T
<1'<1':
'"
~lf~~~r~ :q qjurq'H~<;<:f <fri$"f: I
+i~cqmG;rqT~~&:<r{i~r~ if <:fG;T
~~<I'I Cfi~c~;it +fqfu fu: <lG;ftfrTW;rlf\1J: \I

qor ~if ~urr~~"f~ ~i Ti[ 6'1.1

i:i~<r ~T ~~r ~lfT t:fi~({r~ ({~T~ ~ II
a;rr~ Gi~~;':r~ iiifi$l;n;~ t:fi~rfuop: I
~+rr""i~({mi{STq <:f~rr~r~:R'r~cr: II

~~qtj;&:fiJ.-

~~'-I'r f{ ({~rf'cif;f,):Ji~ ~irrwrop·r~CfiT;;t a~:

cr~~jfr~~r+r~ T[iiifi[qf ciTq$it3t~ ~ ,
~G;I~: ~+r~r~qiNCfi~tf~~lfoT ~a:~T
~l'r\WTC~o$+rrc~+rfq~r ~T4 ~ cr::ir"''!f?r II ~ 0 II
\Vhichever among the three significators, vzz., the Lagna, the
Sun and the Moon, is the strongest, has its Dasa ftrst. If all or
any two of the three be of equal strength, then that which has the
longer 31l?l?:T<f (Ayurdaya) will have its Dasa first. But If all or
any two of tbe three should be possessed of equal strength and
equal longevIty, then the Dasa of that which IS anterIOr in the
order of precedence (to WIt, the Lagna, theo the SUD and then the
Moon) would come off first. Thus among the three, viz., the
Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, If both the strength and the longe-
vity of the Lagna and the Sun or of the Lagna and the Moon be
SImilar, then the Dasa of the Lagna alooe WIll come off first by
reason of the Lagna being antenor in the order of precedence in
eIther case. Similarly, if both the strength and the longevity of
the Sun and the Moon happen to be similar, the Sun's Dasa will
come off first. The student should therefore note the order of
precedence laid down by ~tjta- (SripatJ), viz., ~ifIK(4!j'):sql'1I"l:. And
this order IS accepted by most authors. cr. also the expression
iijlfFIir.;;roo\<ri in the sloka cited above from iIi<r~.
S1. 8 ] 123
.......
Also:
ayii':-~r (?;~r<i;:q;l~f <t~rn:n~t ~~~rn t
(I'~(I': ~<l"O~cr ~i~~~r: stiJrUf Q II
tpna<f;:-~~,m~rfoft;:1(r~fr~~r; ,
~'~~na<f;: -~",r~~",Tl=( I
~. f(ifril;q'qa:fu: -~ifT~~fta~+ftifT'~ I
~fnq'~r-~~~ikr'~ilr;;rl=( ,
mrr~~~mfu;;rl=( I
itmi~~:-Rf~ifTiio:cr.",rl=( I
When the first Dasa is thus arrived at, the next Dasa will be
that of the planet occupying a Kendra with respect to the ruler of
the first Dasa. Now if two or more planets should be situate:} in
such a position, then the Dasa of the strongest of the lot would lead
off; then would follow th'1.t of the planet next in strength and so
on. But if such planets should be possessed of eqllal strength,
then the one that has a longer ~r~'{P-r ('\yurdaya) WJuld have his
Dasa prevail earlier. If. in the above case, the ~r~.u'f (Ayurdaya)
agalO should turn out to be equal, then the planet which would
first become visible after its conjunction wltb the Sun would rule
the earlier Dasa. But Yavaneswara's rule is not so hard and fast
when he says:-
Cfilf~<f;r '<l: ~~mfi(ffi crT ttif: ~ ~i: q~aT <t'ir~; I
If such planets should however chance to have equal strength,
equal longevity and equal rising after their conjunction with the
,Sun, then that planet which is anterior in the general order of
precedence among the significators would rule the Dasa in question;
and this general order of precedence is usually taken to be (1) the
Lagna, (2) the Sun, (3) the Moon, (4) Mars, (5) Mercury, (6)
Jupiter, (7) Venus and (8) Saturn.
As an example, let us suppose the Moon to be the strongest
significator in a horoscope, and the Lagna. the Sun, Mars and
Jupiter to be in Kendra positions With respect to the Moon and
both the respective strength and longevity of each of these four
Kendra occupants to be quite the same. As it will be completely
out of the question to think of an apparition after a solar conjunc-
tion in regard to the Lagna, and the Sun, the a:m<!i11 (Dasakrama)
124 [Adh. VI!

in this supposed case will be first the Lagna Dasa (as the Lagna IS
anterior to the Sun in the general order of precedence) and then
the Dasa of the Sun; of the remaining two !'ignificators Mars and
Jupiter, whichever will be the first to become VIsible after Its cen-
junction wIth th e SUll will rule the thIrd Dasa and so on. But If
these two should have a simultaneous appantlOn after a solar
conjunctIOn, then, Mars would rule the third Dasa and Jupiter the
fourth in the general order nf precedence.
,<" • .., ..,,,..,
ter 'q~~~ ~~T ~~r ~T~ +u;r q~T ~~,{Qf Ter~r'Q(f
I
~ ij lI1err~{~lif~\JGT~ ij~)~tJ ~ilor ~HiT R~;:tJT~ II~ II
+iFn~mtfer~lNfij- Q~ qr~ilif{ ;fiqij~T{~J;~ I
liTeflft~%STq ft ~~~~ ~F~~~ qTttfir~T !f~{'Q~~ 1\ ~ Q II
~;:lTfe,:ql;rt ~ijG:f ~~lFr ~nrQ{~H~~r~l.Tl~cfi ~ ~~ I
~:;:nftlJRij~ ~!tQ: ~f~;:q~, err ~~~~lfr ~n II ~ ~ II
SZaleas 9-11. When the Lagna has its Dasa first,
[which will be in an ~'liTT~~T~ (Amsayurdaya)], the
process of determining the order of Dasas of the several
planets is as follows: Find out the difference between the
planet and the Bhava which it occupies. Take the excess
over this of half the difference between the Bhava occu.
pied by the planet and the next preceding or succeeding
one, whichever is nearest to the planet; divide this excess
by half the difference between the 2 Bhavas taken. The
quotient is to be multiplied by the q~or~ (Shadbala) of
the planet. This result must be obtained in the case of
every planet occupying the Kendra and other positions.
Whichever planet is found to have the highest strength
will have priority over the rest in regard to a Dasa,
Antardasa or Vidasa.
The illustrative horoscope is a case of af~rgc::f<r (Amsayurdaya),
and so has for its first Dasa the i!>«c::~r (Lagoa Dasa).
51. 9-1I ] 125

To find the 1\mifil1 CDasakrama) we proceed thus:

The Sun's longitude is 0' 17° 43' 30"
The longitude of the 1st Bhava is 0' 14° 31' 46"
Difference 0$ 3" 11 44" ............. A
The difference between the 1st Bhava and the 2nd Bhava is
O' 27" 43' 28". Half of this IS aS 13 0 51' 44·' ............ B.
The excess of B over A is Os 10° 40' 0",
The ~"<JTifil19~ (DasakramabaIa) of the Sun is therefore
10° 40' 0"
130 51' 44"X9'015 or 6'936,

This result will be found to be identical with that obtained

by multiplying the Sun's Shadbala with his +rrqcr.~ (Bhavaphala)
-Vide Pa((es 13-14 supra.
~~:rqtf <i'-fu:-
"" ~........"
~~r~?J:m ~~rcr:s'f'T.~Rrii'(mr q'r6Jj~lt 11
The following table shows the DasakDn1:l.b1.1as (7."<J(ifirr"f~) of
the several planets in the same horoscope:-
Rupas I Rupas
The Sun 6'9361 Jupiter 3'3292
The Moon 4'7469 Venus 7'2002
Mars 0'2420 Saturn 0'1283
Mercury 1'6013
Of the planets in the Kendras, it will be seen that Venus
possesses the gratest strength. So his Da'la comes out as the
second. Then comes that of the Sun. The Moon's Dasa follows
next and Saturn's will be the 5th. There are no planets in the
Succedent (q"IJfCfl~·Panaphara) houses. Then of the three planets
in the Cadent ('31f~I1.Apoklima) houses, Jupiter will rule the 6th
Dasa. Mercury the 7th and Mars, the 8th and last.
The sequence and time-measure of the several Dasas in the
horoscope may be tabulated as under:-
1. Lagna Dasa 4'8431 years
2. Sukra Dasa 5'0840 years
3. Ravi Dasa 16'2502 years
4. Chandra Dasa 1'8778 years
5. Sani Dasa 5' 8146 years
12B [Adh. VII

6. Guru Dasa 0'8335 years

7. Budha Dasa 14'9717 years
8, Kuja Da~a 11·1978 years
The same sequence will apply to Antardasas and Vldasas as
well.
To determine the hme.measure of the Antardasas under a
Dasa, we proceed thus:
Let us take the case of the first Dasa in the example horoscope,
viz., the 'mr~m (Lagna Dasa). Its perIod is 4' 81-3 I years. There
are three planets, viz., the Sun, Venus and Saturn in the house
occupied by the ~r\f0 (Dasapatl), and e1ch of Lhese three will
therefore rule for half time-measure of the ~:q~~r (L3.gnantar-
da.sa) vide sloka 15 infra, JupIter occupies a Trikona position
with respect to the c:::~ri1r:q- (Dasanatha), i. e.,
the L'lgna and so his
a:r;:qim (Antardasa.) will be a third of the ~r;:(1'if~r (Lagnantardasa).
The Moon is in the 8th house and his ':s1;:;;t~r (Antardasa) will
therefore be a fourth of the O\"m;:;;i~r (Lagnantardasl). The O\"ltf'{~T
(Lagnadasa) has thus to be distributed among the Antardasanathas
(a:r;:<:r~m<n:q-r:) in the proportion:-

Lagna, Venus, the Sun, the Moon, Saturn and Jupiter

1 ! ! t i it
or 12 6 6 3 6 4
We therefore have for the
Years
(1) Lagnalltardasa ~¥ X 4'8341
or 1'5707
(2) Sukrantardasa ff6<; x 4'8341
or 0'7854
(3) Ravyantardasa 116,[ X 4'8341
or 0'7854
(4) Chandrantardasa 1137 X 4'8341
or 0'3927
(5) Sanyantardasa or
116" X 4'8341 0'7854
(6) Ciurvantardasa B"~x4'9341 or 0'5235

Total... 4'8431

The following is another reading of sloka 11-

ri~ "r~!=I'~ <1I1i'frfir ~~~9TIi:!fI;:lfRr;f; ~ ~~ I
~1ol~~ ~lTr ~r,,;:a-~m \1ff f~~r~!:n <tT II
51. 12-14] 127
"\ ,,~"\\'
3TT~T ~m ~~TtfQT9mtfT ij~T ~ ij'~~ij;rq ij~ I
.. "\

~~~ij \lfui(~ ij~~;:1.J~ eft{~ ~;rfef~~ II ~ ~ II

e
C' • "\ ~ • C'.
~qt{qFU ~t{q;:~~ij ~~T~ eft{i(~ ij~Ti: I
~T~ ql~T~~ir~T~~TlJft ~wn;ret ~rn:t{~~~ ~p:n II ~ ~
• C' • '"'"'. "\ \'
q~~tf\ efi{i(~ T9~T£~ ~!ij~;r Q;£\~~I~Uqn I
". (,,,, ".
(\

~~n~~ crr.ni{~TqT~! ql~T ({m efTs;:<:H::m :q ~~"l II

Slokas 1:2-14. If the first Dasa belongs to the Sun
(as in the case of the fq1Ji'r~~r~-Pindayurdaya), or to the
Moon (as in the case of the lif«<fl~~r~-Nisargayurdaya),
then the process of determining the order of Dasas of the
remaining planets and the Lagna is as follows: The
rectified Shadbala of each one of these divided by 4 is to
be entered ill its first "'~ (Varga), viz., Rasi and a half
of what is entered in the Rasi is to be set down in each
of the remaining Vargas. The entries in the 7 Vargas
should be multiplied each into the Shadbala of its res.
pective lord. What is obtained in this way is called
qii~~ (Vargabala). \Vhen two or more among the
planets and the Lagna compete for priority because of
their possessing equality of strength in some of the Vargas,
their Vargabalas should be mutually compared and a
balance obtained by Eubtracting the less from the greater.
This will help in determining the order of the Dasas of
the planets. That planet which has the hrgest balance
of strength will have 1!Jrecedence in regard to the main
Dasa as well as its subsidiary portions.
~~fu;
~;:j{r a~~~t !f~~~ ~'~+I':$ +I'~-
~ '-1-r-.. • ~ '" ~
l(r~r Cl~~;rfl£"'m~ "'il'iHTOTT llf~: I
..... "' ........ ~ • f"\ '""
{;:~r;:~ij~ar.iriff,@"<p :qop:;{ «q~~-

~c{ ?:{~ ~il~ ;fr~;rNit; a~r~;rr~r ct~r II

128 Adh, VI1

~~~H<R?i~r !! ~ff!Tsr~~T'i~ 3:t~rutt iiI<'9iI, II

~9q:&"Rr:-
~ ....... ......f"".. "\l"> "'.f' "',..
s~p~r~~~~+H 'C<{<lT'1l;<isr<9Tm+i;:~qi[S~a-: I
~ 'f'~.r ~ f'. '" ~ .. ,...." ~ .. .....
~qi[f!Tsr(?;~aT <lI'~rj:\~q:l:f ~Clq:l:f q{ II
The horoscope Illustrated on page 251 of Jatakapanjata and
V,hICh IS reproduced below for facIlIty of reference is availed of In
the subpended tables which are framed in accordance With the
precepts laid down here-

Planets
~8 /' Total 1 Thebefore
Ayus The Ayus
after
US ! j reductlOn reduction

Sun 2 55
Rupas I Years
30 I 8'154 j 17786 I Years
17"786
! I
Moon .. , 11 23 35 2+ 7'289 22"263 14'842

Mars ... 3 24 1 26 7'354 7"665 5'209

JI.'lercury. o 13 10 48 17'550 4'626

!
Jupiter. .. 6 25 43 23 1 5'678 10'336 4'60+

Venus ... 2 50 j 7'71 <J 16'259 14'606

18 15
Saturn ... o 17 1 59 3815'053 10'111 6740

Lagna ... 7 15 47 24 17'345 4"737 4'737

10th 'iFf 4 12 1 32 I
I Total 96'149 73'150
I
-
]\i[OO~I Mere.
_ Sat 1. Sun Ven~~ I Venus I _. __tPIterl
-.---
Moon
_I Mars Mere.
Mars
IZasi Navamsa
(.:hakra -- .... _--_.--
Cbakra
---
Sun

-
ILagna 1 Jup·l , Lagna I Isaturn
 -rpra I
S1. 14 ]
,

~~ro
Planets 5b::l
~~
g
I~.
@ 8 '"
::l ...=
::l
~ ~
j ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :> (j)

R asi ... ".I 1 836 I 2'038 1'822 1838 1'887/1'419 1"930 1'263
1
Hora ,., ... 0918 1019 0'911 0'919 0944 1 0'710 0965 0'631
Drckkana '"
.. ,I 091 S 1'019 0911 0'919 0944 ! 0710 0'965 0'631
I
Saptamsa ... ... ' 0'918 1'019 0'911 o 9191 0'9 H 1 0'710 0'965 0'631
I
I
Navamsa ... ... : 0'918 1019 0911. 0'<)19 0'944 0'710 0'965 0'631
i
Dwadasamsa .. , 0'918 1'019 [ 0911 0919 09<4 0'710 0965 0'631
!
Trtmsamsa '" 1 019 0'911 \ 0'919 \ 0'944 0'710 0'965 0'631
"'1 0918
-< - -- . -- ~-

==
Table showing the lords of the several Vargas.
-- - - , ;>.
..... ...
ro
;:1
'o~ Q
i I:::
0
1
I Ul
'"'
:;)
u
....
....
<lJ

'A
<fl
::;l
~
i:l
'"'
::;l
Planets ro :;:)
0 til <lJ <lJ ~
H tfJ i ~ I ~ ;:g :::I
-, :;.- !J)
- -
Ra3i .. .II 831 2m- 12 U \ 4Tf l~ 7~ 3~ 1~
Hora 5 \: 4 'if 5<:: 5<:. 5 \: 5'( 4'if 4:q

:l~~
Drekkaoa 2m- 8~ 12 ~ 5<:: 3~ 7~ 5\:
Saptamsa 8 ~ II ~ 3 :1' +"l' l~ 7~ 4 -r
Navamsa ", 8~ JO~\l1~ 11 :(f 4'9 2~ l?~ 6 ~
Dwadasamsa ... 2~ 3!':t' 9 ~ l::!i 6 '! 5" 11 ~ 89,'
Tnmsamsa ",I U!! 12~llO:(r 10 :(f y!! 7~ 3~ 9:1

Table showing the Vargabalas of the planet!;.

ce ...;...,
::I
... til
...CI::I
Planets I:l
on a
I:l
"'...ell .,8 2 ::l
.,I:l
I I I
0
ell
....1
::l
rJl \ :g
0
[ ~ ~
'0.
-.
::l
:>
«
rJl

Rasi ...1 13'502' 15'731 1 10'345 1 13'397 13'877 10'953 14'571 9288

Bora .. .I 7'485 7'427 7'428 7'493 7'697 5789 7'034 4'599

Drekkana ...1 5'212 7 865 G 699 .'5'221 7697 5360 7449 5'145

Saplal11sa ' .. ,,485 1 7'493 4'6031 6'938 6880 5 221

6
7'449 4'599

Na.vam~a ... 6'751 5'149[ 4603 1 4'643 6'880 5'477 5'479 4'764

Dwadasamsa, 7'086 7'693 5'1721 6'758 7'127 5'789 4'876 4'643

Trimsamsa...
-- ------- ---- ---- ------ - - - - -
5 212 7'865 4603 4643 \ 5360 5'477 7'285 3'583

-
Total .. , 52'733 5<)'223 43'453)49093 55'518144'066 54'143\36'621

afro If. 17
130 [Adh. VH
To find the ?,J3f;fil1 (Dasakrama) m this case, we proceed thus:
BelDg" the strongest sigOificator 10 the horoscope, the Sun
rules the first Dasa. Now, 10 order to determine how the planets
are situated with respect to the Sun, we must prepare a fresh +119-
~ (BhavachaIuam) for the Sun. This should only be done by
taking the Sun's longItude as the Ascendant and determiOiog the
other Bhavas on the lines hud down 10 the first Adhyaya. We
shall therefore first find out the fourth Bhava by takmg the B';;ffi
(Uonata) In the prescnt case as balf the length of the Dlght and fix
up the rest In order. The longitude of the Sun is 32° '925, Half
the length of the nIght of birth is 14 gh. 19 vlgh. and the Ayanamsa
IS 21°'780. Addmg thl!, A)anamsa to the above longitude we get
540 .705 which IS, the tropical longitude of the Sun. The portIon
of Vrishabha yet to rise is 5°'295. The time tahen for thiS to rise
in Lanka (Equator) is
5'295 ,
- 30-x 4- gh. 59~ vIgh.=O·8BO gh.
And the tIme for Mltbuna and Kataka to nse 10 Lanka is 10'727

1 12 3 4 15 ! 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
---- ---- -------------------
Signs ••. 122346788 9 10 o
Degrees ... 2 0 27 24 27 0 2 0 27 24 27 o
Mmutes ... 55 7 19 31 19 7 55 7 19 31 19 7
Seconds ... 30 23 16 8 16 23 30 1 23 16 8 16 23

B"tfBB-B-;;i-B-tf~ B- tf;;i-
n 23 3'4 45 5'6 67 7'8 89 :910 10'11 11'12 12'1
---1----- ___1-
SIgns ... 1 '2 J 41 5 6 7 8 9 1 10 11 0
Degrees ... 16 13 10 10 13 16 16 13 10 10 13 16
Minutes ... 31 43 55 55 43 31 31 43 55 55 43 31
Seconds '''/ 27 20 12 12 20 27 27/20 1:: 12 20 27

ghatikas. Total of these times is 11'607 gh. The portion of

Simba that will rise in Lanka in the remaining 2'709 gh. is
SI. 14 ] 131

~X30"=16°'3
4'9861 '
Now, subtracting the Ayanamc;a from the above, the longitude of
the 4th Bhava is tound to be 3.24°.31 '.8".
The 12 Bhavas and their Sandhis with leference to the Sun's

II
longitude M the Ascendant are set out in the previous page.
- .
Moon I Mere.
Sat Sun I~ahu
Venus 11
IMoorun
Mere, Saturn
12 1 2

-I Rasi
Chakra
Mars
--- 10

9
The Sun's
Bhava Chakra
Venus
-3
Mars
1

I
Ketu ILagna Jup·1
8
IJuPiter\
ILl~na
Ii

From the u1r~:n<RfOfi (Ravibhava Chakra) drawn above, it will

1-:-
be seen that Saturn, Mars. Jupiter and the Lagna occupy the Ken-
dras, By sloka 14. we are reqnired to subtract the WCflr~ifiTOT9<fif(,i'i
(Saptavarga Drekkana Vargabala) of Mars and the €IHq<l€lai;a-<r-Fr(,i'i
(Saptavarga Saptamsa Vargabala) of Jupiter as both of them hap·
pen to be identical. For the same reason, the c:rqf~~ (Navamsa
Vargabala) of ~ars and the GJ?:;a-t~~(,i'i (Dwadasamsa Vargabala)
of Saturn will also have to be subtracted. The above pairs of
Vargabalas are to be subtracted respectively from (1) Saturn and
Lagna and (2) Jupiter and LSLgna; the net result is that
Mars' ~ works to 39'229
Jupiter's 34'20Z
" "
Saturn's .. 31'401
and Lagna's .
"
.. 42'869
The ~+r (Dasakrama) of these four significators will there-
fore be thus: (0 Lagna, (2) Mars, (3) Jupiter and (4) Saturn.
Then must follow the Dasas of planets in the Succedent (Pana-
phara) houses. But there are no such planets answering to the
description in the horoscope under consideration, The planets in
the Cadent (ApokliIna) houses w1l1 next rule the Da.sas. And
132 Adh. VII

there are three such planets in the horo"cope / ViZ I Venus, the Moon
and Mercury. There is no lifll'!j"<r<1;;fi?S (Samyavargabal1) attachmg
to them, The total Vargabalas of these three works respectively
to 54'143, 43-453 and 55'518, The ,,~I!l1tr (Dasakrama) Will there.
fore be (1) Mercury, (2) Venus and (3) the Moon. The ;;:~[lft11
(Dasakrama) of the horoscope as a whole will thus be (1) the Sun
(2) The bgna, (3) Mars, (4) Jupiter, (5) Saturn, (6) i\1ercury, (7)
Venus and (8) the Moon, Now let us take the period of the 'J'-r-
?:;Uf (Ravidasa) n:;., 17'790 years and proceed to determIne its
several Antardasas. The sigmficators mfluenciog the entire Dasa
are (1) the Sun, (2) Saturn, (3) Lagna, (4) Jupiter and (5) Mars.
ot the two slgnificators, L1.gna and JUpIter posited in the 7th ,Bha-
va of the \:M:<f\9ftlJig'~ (Ravlbhavaknndall \ the Lagna is the stronger.
Consequently Jupiter cannot Illve an a:j;a-f;U[ (A.ntardasa) to rule.
The Antardasas of the 4 sigmficators will bear the fo!lowlTIg
proportion and time-measure :--
Years
The Sun 1 or *~ of the whole pl'riod or 9'39349
Saturn t or H " 4'69924
Lagna 9 or ..,.\ " 1'34264-
Mars i or r,7g " 2'34962
Similarly, in order to determime the Antardas9.s under any
other Dasa, a +rf9""f!l1+( (Bhavachakra) wIll have first to be cast for
the ruler of the Dasa, by taking the longitude of that ruler as the
Ascendant and the longitudes of the several significators III the
horoscope WIll then have to be referred to this <ff'f'Yi'f, (Bhava.
chakra) in view to make out how and where such slgnificators
are posited therein.
(' '" ..... " ' .
~i;ren~iT~~rrJfrr~;tfij;r~3l~if~~;riTr?i.T~l{
. I
q-r~;r;r :qij{~4m~: qy:qtf;~~ R'~r: 'f;~i~r: II ~ ~ II
8loka 15. Planets placed in the following positions
in regard to the lord of a Dasa mature it by their several
influences in the proportion of the num bers given
opposite to them :-
1. A planet occupying the same house (if many,
the strongest of them) as the lord of the Dasa t
S1. 15 ] 133

2. A planet in a triangular Bhava ...• .,1

-,

3. A planet in the 7th house

4. A planet in the 4th or t'h~ 8th hou;e .... t;
tfRl<1CIi<:'?
~~<Iill~ Rr<irtlT~r~;:ti~+rlBlJ:i[tr: ~{h'r;pt:t I
.-
q'r~+r~ :qg~~~qal: ql~~r"a ~;:m
...... -l'<rn"tGl:
.... ,,~
II
q:ii~ ;I.'{T~ ~qt~: ~;ll;rf.:(i i'fo:(aTW I
~'ti q:q (\'~T a-qt ~~f'l;..a~ if<tTll. II
AlS0B"~
~~~~cir mir f~O:(I;r ~al:l~~: I
""
~B'+r ~a;r
. mer. ~
~q ~~lJjf;qT:
....
II
~ <:rmf~r.n~~ ~«rl!ir ~~~{: I
Cf;~~'lift ~f if$!' ~ua +lT~T'lif: Ii

The Eeveral influences referred to by the author would appear

to be due to such conditions of a planet as arrfl~ (Aroha) or ~
(Avaroha).:;;~ (Ucbclla) or cfi'"f (Neecha), ~ CIshta) or cr.~ (Kashta)
and the like. The commentator W&"dlf::.r (Sundaramlsra) IS of
opinion that the Lagna becomes "FiflG1'"fcr. (Dasapachaka), i. e., must
also be taken to be covered by the term '=::r~T:' (Graha) in so far as
it rules a Dasa. Varahamihlra IS also of the same view.
af.'l~
q:$~ff)s;j;+r~;:q ~~rRr g ~ -::i~ Rn~rlJ'(~&"lT: ~;r{rr: ~{hT~ ,
~ qj~~ '<{g{~rraT: ~~~<i q~~!fFTilT: q'f{qr:q~f.:a II

That is to say, the a:rrwt~l (Antardasa) under a :::::m (Oasa) will

Ee\"erally become due lD the followmg sequence:
FIrSt the 'l"ihn (Antardasa) of the 'T'J1CfA (DaRarati); next,
that of the planet (If more than onE', the strongest of them) OCCU.
pyIng the same house as the ~rtrRr (Dasapati), next, that of the
planet (If more than one, the strongest of them) occupying a
Trikona house from the ifm<fT:.r (Dasanatha); next that of the
planet (If more than one, the strongest of them) occupymg the 7th
house from the ~T<l'r:q- (Dasanatha); and finally that of the planet
(If more than one, the strongest of them) oc::upymg a '"f!!\~ (ehatuo
rasra) house from the <rurmt (Dasapati).
 134 [Adh. VII

Also <nf:-
~ ._ (I"..... -. .....
ttq;~ i!1ro;:~H1~r;g: r~~rs, il r~ifirll1~r:

~Ff+r~~: +;;fdi\" \:! qr~ 'I T.lij~~.(: II

Also the 'rS:I:fH'l"[':'ffi of f[FH1'f-

....... ...... r'\, ~
<i'imr~~r ;:rrqq;~r!l!:l'r~r ~'Q <{(TIl1J ~.;ri'ITr;; ~r~l:fi;(,

~~<i 'l'"{;:ittll T~iiiiiar :q............................ II

These qU::ltations will be enough to refute the contention of a
few authors that the word rri[:, as employe:! In the expression rr~:
~Ci in this connection in all standard astrological treatises,
excludes the Ascendant and that planets alone rule the Antardasas
and not the Ascend1nt. The expressIon rrtr: ':rlql:fm may be englIshed
" the significator becomes influentlal," .. the significator becomes
active" and so on and not .' the planet become:; influential,"
" the planet becomes active" and so on. The term" Significator .1
is wIde enough to inc1u:ie not only the planets but the Ascendant
as well.
\Vhen there are several planets in a house occupIed by a
a:~FfT:q- CDasanatha) or 10 the fltP=[ (Saptama), a RofiTcrr (Tnkona) or

a:rfgm (Chaturasra) house from that significator, the strongest

alone of such planets must be taken into consideratio:J as capable
of being an 3T;:q.f~ f'1T<T (Antardasall3.tha) under that ;:;~I<1T':r (Dasa.
natha). So says Bhattotpala in hIS commentary on Brihatjataka.
He justifies this VIew by pomtlUg to the use of the singular
number in the expreSSiOns, tJ;i~rr:, f3rifiTcrr~<r: and the like occurring
in almost all the authors-
1:~~m:'l'iii
C' ...... (01 ••
~<i~<H;g; ;;li~ ~~Q':ffi'aq;

~iiia1 ~~~crat(i lJ'rrlT;

Also <:f9#:tT{
Cfm?jrtt1rt<J;~~:r~m a~~r<t ~+{a- :q~~ I
RIltmmm :q fWf~(Jf~~~~ltr<rnr:i 'l~q; rn'fiTcrr I
~~Q11ii ~ai{ilmmil'l Mar 3ii[atR;'i~ri:i[~ II
51. 15 ] 135

Also B~q-
t' ~ •
.,mOi, I
(,> "
:at~ ~l~;j'~t~Cll/:fr;g: ~l"i 'HS+r
t"[~~ :;:rqqil+r'Cl!!iITij"':f<{I~CI'B~l/:fr;rT+i. II
a:~i!~r ~Tl1It ~~r~;:CI'~~l<li~RrB: I
'1'i~<fjT~f;;+=r'?l'Rrfu::ti~11I ~;::;far ar.<l"f+r. II
t"["Ii~ir~ <r~OTI'l.. +rm~iT ~~m iZ;JrqrsRr I
m:Jr :q ~;p~'1'i;i' af~;j'~ epr~ fi:~cr~ II
He also quotes in support of his view the fall 0 '\II ing :-+f.r : -
~"Ii~1qilClr:;:rt ~) +i'qf6" q~rr'Of<fj) fer~ql1l I
~~; ~ qor ~CI'f ''H;::~ CI,:){ r~~Clr fqi[~n: II

Also Of. ~';{1"'l1i~fu:-

II!I .:::. "........... .. ~ ..
:at;g:~'i5"iTT~"IirOT:q~ii~1.:m~ :qr~ <{iTT
...
"",...,. ~ ...'\..... .....
~~T~~~g~~nr ri{~~I1I: q"ffi<fj., ~r~<:?ir I
<lhH~ ~~ ~IH::r':){ ~+i6"t ~C<iT :q VTr~ fu;::;r-
ir'1fli-H: ~~'!ifT: 'l~~ ~~ (?;~'fl;£rffr: ~{;:6"~'1fIr: Ii ~ ~ II

But this view IS not accepteJ by f::9r'fi<:~':r~ (Diwakara Dai·

vagna), the learned commentator of the above work, for, he is of
opinion that all the planets posited in the same sign should share
the number of years due to them, and not the strongest alone,
and would further have the expression "tf~~ ®l>;~r" lil the sloka
quoted above, altered Into " q%fi~ ~mriil"r: "and supports hIS position
from 1:!U0<:;-
....................... 3ri[q~~ afu{<:?j+r. i
'" '" "'-fI ....
Cli;::~rr;::;'H ~&:,r: ~q ~~~"frq~~;q,,", II

and also from BTU~<tT

~;:6"~':i1T ~~T ~rCl:. rn:q~tJ('i~~'{ffu~~'H<{r+.t. I
"f;:'OfVT~:;:rr':i'l~;;:<i RJ~"tl'rc~~+I!i~rl1lt !1 II

r'?t<rr'fi{ (Diwakara) says that 9U~fit{ (Varahamihira), though

admittedly very clever in extracting the essence from every uuthor,
has not any where laid down the dictum U;.fIUf~Fn:;:rr ~'fir~i tF.lFr <11,5'[, to
Wit, the strongest alone of the several planets occupying a Rasi
rUles the '3F(,Ft~T (Antardasa). etc. The same Rr.fr'fi{ (Dlwakara)
says also that the quotation from 11<f should be understood more as
 136 [Adh. VII

refernng to the divisor that has to be determined in the ~mni·

trl;r process than as attnbutIDg the rulershlp of the ar~ctm (Antar"
dasa) to the strongest planet of the lot; and that If ~ Ovlaya)
meant anythmg elfe he would have said T!;'!i: ;;:r T!;<f ~Tar Instead of
TJ.'!i: ;;:r TJ.er iliff, etc.

Nor does I:(q[<fo{ (DlWakara) endorse the "1;:if.f~r'lili (Antardasa-

hrama) accepted by ~q", (Utphala) all the authority of the casual
order In which the several Antardasapatts are mentIoned III boob.
As many anthors have descnbed the Antardasas ruled by the several
planets ID a certalO definite order, some hold to the view that the
Antardasas must be taken to transpire only in that order. But
there are other:, who OJlP05e thl:, VIew and hold that the ar r q;h:rr;n1{
(Autardasakrama) jb t.he same a3 the ~~l'fil{ (Dasal,rama) as enJom-
ed by.,<T:-
-... to PI.

~,~q'f$q'T{{: '1.« ~~f~;cr~m a{{: I

~~r5l'i;rq~re;;:q ~~~;a'~ !!t~: II
'ff1~fri (Snpatl) follows <r.r (Garga) '()/de sIokas 1~ and 14) and
~~9 (Kesava) and P--<ff'!il:: (Dlwah.ara) are of the same view. From
the quotatIOns given below, It. Will be seen that even the 1:fI'OSfiIi
(Patakrama) H; not the same, and the pOSItion of +i~T~'2i (Bhattot.
pala) therefore seems to be untenable.
(1) qmn:-
~r~r~ $! B'6r~ ~~;r~ ~~ ..~ I
~a'CI'~;rqy~'jq~r: mt ~Rr~~~~r: II
{ism B'B'+r~~ m?ti<rr:q~"l,qa ,
Glfi3~fu:-
~qf~~~:ritf'i\'OFrr ~!J1hl~ I
§~s!:;:r ~;rtri qtrm;r~+lR:~-icr: II

Both the .. iews find mentIOn 10 .,rTf<f<tr-

~~r~N.,.r :qr;;:~ ~~eq'ft~i11Jf f.t "
It may be noted 10 paSSIng' that the '1WIil1 (Patakrama) is
identical in 1• .?fl1fRr (Sripatl). 2. ~~q (Kes3.va). 3. l;Iarif'e'!<fr (Subo.
dhinO and 4. 9"l::lijftrfu<: (VarahamlhInl.) though ~nqfu (Sripati) sets
his face against regarcilOg the tfl'¢;n1{ (Patakrama) as indicative of
the order of precedence of the Antardasas (Vide sloh 11 ante).
Sl. 16.17 ] 137
. " ~"
~~fiT;nT~ ~'t+HC::l W~ ij"q~:r ~
... 'CP.rt
"-
T~~n~1l. I
R~tT~~r: ~~ir~n ~9:{;:CT~ SJTt ~~n:r+rTftRijf: " ~ ~ II
Slokct 16. Put down th'; numbers r~presenting the
various portions of the Dasa beginning with unity and
reduce them to equivalent fractions with a common
denominator. Find the total of the aliquot plrts of the
main Dasa represented by the several numerators i the
denominators which have served their purpose are to be
left out of account. The several aliqllot puts multiplied
into the years composing the main Dasa and divided by
the total of the aliquot parts constitute the separate
Antardasas or sub. periods of the Dasa.
For notes to this sloka, see page 125 supra.
~;:~G,:~JT+1.lT
(\ "" ".~'"
l~~l! ~~(Cl ijT+~~~;rrq~m: "
3HG,:t!n I
3H~.r;({~mJ~R~n~, 1fi~ R~d ~~=€f ij"T+tT: II ~ \9 II
Sloka 17. Add from the Antardasas, their subdivi_
sions called V Idasas (fq~~r) are similarly announced i
and from the Vidasas, their minuter portions called
U padasas ~~~r are derived. And from the last-named
divisions of the period, i.e., U padasas, the good and evil to
be experienced each year, month, day and night is to be
declared by astrologers.
Mars I L;QtNA I - Suppose It is required to find
Mere. SATURN 3 4
_l~vE~uS I out the several Vldasas (f9,:::~r:) in
the Bhaumantardasa (~lTI;:q;f;m) of
12 5 the Bhal1madasa (m+r~~JT) in the ex-
Bhaumabh~va ample horoscope referred to in the
-- Kundali
--
notes to slobs 9-11 supra. To do
Moon 6
11 so, it will first be necessary to as-
certain how the planets become
\]up~terl located i n the(.:i1q+r~cr~) Bhauma·
10 8
I- 7 bbava Kundali the elements of
aft. 11. 18 which are set out in the next page'
138 [Adh. VII

3
-
9 10 11 12
_11_2 4 15 1 6
_ _1 - _71_8
---
SIgns ... 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Degrees ... 27 25 23 21 23 2.5 27 25 23 21 23 25

l\linutes .. , 53 44 36 27 36 44 53 44 36 27 36 44
Seconds

---
.. ' 9 36 3
~_3~ 9 36 3 29 3 36

~ 'if tir ~ ~ 'if B" B" B" ~ 13 'if

1'2 23 3'4 45 56 67 78 89 910 1011 1112 121

------ - - - - _1-
-71-81--9-
SIgns ... o 1 2 31 4 5 6 10 11
Degrees 11 I9
I
7 7 9 11 11 9 71 7 9 11

Minutes ... , 48 40 31 31 40 48 48 40 31 31 40 48
Seconds '"
I
52 iI 20 46 46 20 52152120 46 46 20 52

The <fi+rr"ii~~r (Bhaumantardasa) ranges over :l;6r of 11'1978 or

6'107891 years. From an inspection of the m+r'l1~!lG~1 (Bhauma-
bhavakundalt) printed above it will be seen that the first f?r~~r
(Vidasa) will be ruled by Mars itself and the second by Mercury
as it occupies the same house as Mars and the third by Jupiter
as it occupies a ~Oj+r!9 (Trikonabhava) from Mars. The propor-
tion of the three Vidasas will stand as 1: l: ~: or 6: 3: 2. So
that the ~+rT"ii~f(lT (Bhaumanlardasa) needs to be subdivided lUto
Bhaumavidasa ... J' 33157 years.
Budhavidasa 1'66579 "
Guruvldasa 1'11052 .,
In the same way +l'r+rfir;;;:~ (Bbaumavldasa) may be still further
subdivided Into
Bhaumopadasa ... I' 817 22 years.
Budhopadasa 0'90861 "
Gurupadasa 0'60574 "
~~q1fi.(ff:-

\~'"i) fq~iUR6ar~~~<{~ ~~~ I'fj~ "

51. 18-19 ] 139

" " ~"

~~ri.1~rn'qRf~ij'~Rf.'{?(ijo.;trq~;rr ~;ru~~ I
" ,...,. ,,~ "'-.. ,.....
FfT~q~$.l ~~n~\ln: ij'ij1li'rij';rTtr~~~n;r.;rr~tfiT: II ~~ n
",,"
~Pl~T lFHQ 'l~eti~f ~?\r
" I
" "R~~n ~~T +r;r~
li'-"'Jllii
"~,, " ~ ~
m~lf~ T~;rqIlTT~}}n~: \Cf~~n ~Ff~~r~f(OfT~ II~ ~II
Slokas 18-19. Ascertain the Mean Sun with the
portion of orbit traversed by him in accordance with the
elapsed years of (~fu;~lT) Kaliyuga at the nltivity of
the person whose horoscope may be under examination.
Add to the elapsed years of Kali aforesaid, the years,
months, days. ghatikas, vighatikas measuring the Dasas,
Antardasas, Vldasas and U padasas. And whenever the
Sun attains the positions corresponding to the several
sums that result from the several above additions, the
several Dasas, Antardasas, Vidasas and U padasas next in
order have their beginning. And the days composing
them severally can be ascertained by a rule_of_three
process. And the positions of the other planets are of
course ascertainable from the ascertainment of the (atil.'trl1f)
Ahargana of the Dasas, etc.
In order to find out the longitude of the Mean Sun, we should
multiply the number of elapsed terrestrial d'lYs by the number of
the Sun's revolutions in a Cfi"'Cf (Kalpa) and divide this product by
the number of terrestrial days in a ~q- (Kalpa) [+r.tfu:S::Fl (Surya.
siddhanta-I, 53),] The quotlent will represent the number of
elapsed revolutions. signs, degrees, etc., of the Mean Sun. The
Mean Sun at the time of birth has therefore performe::l
4320,000,000
1,577.917,828,000 :.<714404106135'9916 == 1,955,884,954'0468+9
revolutions, Its longitude is therefore 0 signs, 16°.51'-56".304.
Suppose it is required to ascertain the positIOns of the Sun
and other planets at the beginning of the Dasa of Mars. The num·
ber of the Sun's revolutions since the beginning of the Ka.liyuga
till the hour of birth in question is 4954"046849.
140 Adh. VII

The number of years elapsed till the beginning' of Mars' Dasa

is 49'6847, Total 5003'731549. The Sun's posItion IS therefore
88 23°-21 '-27'" 504.
~fni:q~ile:~«Ftvt) tt~ !Jf4I)~: «t:Ftl':q~ <f~T I
~~~)~eri.~;rU$~: «~~ft§Hf~')rutqijs;y ~: ~ 0
Slaka 20. As the number of solar revolutions in a
Yuga : to the number of solar revolutions at the setting.
in of a Dasa :: the number of days in the Yuga : to the
number of days elapsed at the commencement of the
Dasa.
To find the position of the other planets at the time, we have
first to determine the "'f~<Tar (Ahargana) which is done 10 accordance
with the instructions in the sloka, Now the number of elapsed
terrestrial days since the beginning of Kaliyuga till the hour of
bIrth III question, is
4954'046849 X 1577917828 1809~08'9916
4320000 -'
The same till the beginomg of the Kujadasa is
500~'77847 X 157J~!Jlg8 =1827656'763J
43~COOO •
(Ahargana) of the elapsed Dasa IS therefore
aiij'irar
1827656'7633 minus 1809508'9916 or 18147'77.
But the method advocated by Kesava is simpler, He says;
'~TT~~T~f;:rlt'r:lJltr<tE<i iirgrre; a~i~'m-
~rd a~ '!T~ ~<:Tr~a~f0l4'r:;q'r ((~r~) tl~q: I
~~r~T l[~ T~ar ~r~rn~'ij'~i:Tr
gr ~rc~<rr.r<fil' ~fiI1Q~q;<i'i~~OiNl'r~~~;;r:
-3 -..:a ~ ':)
" ~ '-\ II
a~iiT~EJr<fqCfr?:,arrc~<1i,IIT~lirT"'!{r ~r~ ~i£{:
!i%qT~ \If;::;r~m~Efi~'Q' <lre; Cff gr~<;fr ~fiIr ~rqifr"J. I
,,-.,...... ..... ~

i:T ~qm~ rar~~ g~iiiiiq1ilr;:mgr ~'!Tr~r a~:

".,tI.,. .. f*'l'

'i.<rt'ffi ~;r 'tfrn f! ii~r aer~?f ~Tmr~ II ~~ II

At the hour of birth, the number represented by the year of
the Saka era will denote the year, and the sIgns, degrees, etc" of
the Mean Suns the months! days, etc., that have elapsed in that
51. 21 ] 141

year of Saka. Add to this the years, months, days, etc., represent·
ing the period of the Dasa current. The result will give the new
year of Saka and the longitude of the Mean Sun for the hour of
commencement of the next Dasa. Convert the time·measure of
the Dasa into days, that is to say, multiply the number of years
by 12, and add to the product the month~; mllitiply this sum by
30, and add to the product the days, etc. The reslllt will be the
number of days in the Dasa. Multiply It by 13 and divide by 890.
Add this new result to the number of days already obtained, Add
also as many palas as there are years in the Dasa. The sum will
represent the number of Savana days. With this a:r~ (Ahargana)
for a basis, the longitudes of the several planets at the hour may
be computed with the aid of the very <Fi~ (Karanagrantha)
which was employed to determine the positions of the planets at
birth.
Thus, If the longitude of the Mean Sun at hour of birth be
0•• 16°.51'.56"'304, its longttude at the begInning of the Kujadasa
may be obtained by the addition of the period elapsed tIll then, i,e.,
of 49 years, 8 months, 6 days, 29 ghatikas and 31'2 Vlghatikas.
Thus, Os·16°·51 '·:'6'" 304, the longitude of the Mean Sun at
birth when increased by
49- 8 - 6 ·29 -31 '2 time since elapsed, become
8- 23°·21' ·27"'504 which is its progressed longitude at
the beginning of the K ujadasa.
To nnd the ~tTur (Ahargana) of the elapsed Dass, viz., 49
years, 8 months, 6 days, 29' 52 ghatikas, convert 49 years into
months, z.e" 49 X 12=588. Add to tbis the 8 months and we get
596, This converted into days gives 596 X 30=17880, Adding
the 6 days aDd 29'52 ghatikss, we get 17886 days, 29'52 ghatikas.
Increase this by tll1~1l'th, i.e., by 261 days, 15'80196 ghatikas, which
gives 18147 days, 45'32]96 ghatikas. Add on further 49'6847
palas or '82808 ghatikas, and we shall have for the sum total
18147 days, 46'15004 ghabkas,
These tally with the results already obtained.

~~~~R1ft1i~;r'Ef~ ~f~mf¥=srN~: ~ ~~F3: I

~~US~ ~ f;r~~ftf~h~1:IT~ ijijIs;r Fl'M~ita: Il~tll
142 [Adh. VII

Bloka 21. From the (al~frur)

Ahargana and its
portion obtained by the proportion given in the previous
sloka, determir:e the correct positions of the planets in
accordance with the rule of the (a';:~) Tantra or astrono-
mical treatise th'lt you may follow and calculate the
Lagna in agreement with the times of the rising periods
in the particular place in which the birth of the native
happened. This done, proceed to consider the good and
bad points of the horoscope.
The melho:! advocated by the author in all seriousness for
eventually finding out the preCIse Lagna at the time of the com-
mencement of a Dasa has gIVen occasion for the following banter
from Kesava Daivagna.

q'ilrm.,r~i'f~:.i :q 'ii~~~<{r~: ~ci ~~l:I'tll

~..... .... "'"
'TaT: ~G<?;qrPG~t1T ;:r +iq;:l1r{:rr;:Q~ ;:rr~'l:
.
..... ~~
Sff'ffi
'" ..... "'" ....
<{~~ ~'.ifrr~~'if~q:;ifi C!'+q'fSIa'~'l+'H "f11': II ~~ II

((mqfct<if~f(q) ~i~ ~!frQ. m~1{~~r~iT~ ~~T~ I

ij~f(~ql1:tI~ ~~g'[f ~~ ?J~) err ~+la:I ((~H ~r II ~ ~ II
Slok(~22. Ascertain the Lagna or the rising sign
at the time of commencement of a Dasa. If the lord
thereof be in this Lagna or in the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th
or the 11th house from it l or if the Lagna be included
in the (~tlq~) SJptavarga of the lord of the Dasa, or If a
friendly planet or a benefic one be in the Lagna, the
Dasa will prove auspicious.
For thIS as well as sloka 24 mira,
Cf.<J~(f'-K
-.." '"' ,..." 1Io.J'I. ~ ..... ,.....
q'f~fI+iT;{ ~l'Fr ~~f~ Cif Ci:rrs~ ~r;l.isN CiT
Sfrt;-q:r ~~ "i'{~r fu1fflq~<tSr~~ qr qr~q. I
fu;jr~q':;,p:rm'iilt1Tifq:~ q'r~~{~ ~~a-
&T~: ~~r-q:"fTfir i~ff tffq'rm :;:mrr$;:er~r II
S1. 23-24 ] 143

Also ~n+icg~
qT~~ c:;l• .,qfao:~o ~~(a: ~~ ~H o'(r~s~ q~
~m~>:lr ff~~m ~r[tf"q<;f~qOi~qSN q-r q 'is<irir I
rn~~I~rnOfiro-rftr~~p:ra:Oirr: :!iftQ~~~~~~lT-
~a:N t:lc~r.,t ~:q'!1fu fuov:r~o:,:p.:rr fu~~Qfi'lT~ II
Also 'Ml(TrfCfiT
, ~ ......... ,..... (;I ,..... .........

~~~~ 2~ ~~~ G::;rr~HQ:. r~Q~li+ic:;lr+rr~q;r!1TT~r~ I

<:f?l;T "qrF[c<;fT ~~r'-lrfu :qo:.q-: ~* ~~er~sO:l'.l.:orr ~~f{~+J:. ((
~
........ " . . . . . .. ... 1" ,...." ~
lni:j;~n.ffrif ~;;r ~~;:;:f <rns~q-rSr1T ar;'1:jr.,r., I
iT~~~T<:rt ~d~•.,r~1:q'!f~~~~q-r II
rn~'.ij"rlf:q:q'~~Hit fiiOfiriTr ~rffif o~r I
qr~~HQ:. ~:oro~;::1f: ?§~ff ~~t G;~r+I. II
" "......,...., -..... ...... ~ ~ r... ,
TClqUa- H::ora' :q;:::1f G;~lH,T lp1ql~<m I
~~<r~rrq ~2~ G;':«T ., :Qf~~a: /I
"'.... .... ~ ~ ~,..",*"
~q~ q<?;qr~ ~2: ~+rq{ ~ri'{ma-n:r: I
~ "" "
~;n;ltrr'eln:l~q'r<;~{
,~-."
~~q
..... .....
., +ic.{'1:ia:r II

tfTer~ij qq'ifiJr ~~r ~ ij'f ~T~TUiji"+JT~~ ~~Tqffl! ij't I

'" ro..."\ r-....... .. 'f'...
lf~ T~ij~~t{'ln~~{~ T~-1ij: ~~~1.f ij'~ij'~'fi~ I~~ II ~~ II
8loka 23. Durin~ the several reaxs over which a
Dasa may extend, its good or eVll effect IS to be determined
with reference to the partlcular house whIch the lord of the
Dasa may occupy, for the time, in Its progress through its
orbit as also with reference to the posItion of the Moon.
e!. ;;:rm91tfll<:;;:rm
'fi~rm <:r-iffCl-rcr: ~lfrif; o=ilrrerJf.,:li Cq~+i ~ir ciT I
~+f ~+i~+r'i:{(~ l:fr~ If[':r~ c:r~ ~lit~4 qa:r;;~ II
Also r.ni;\'~n'llenr
<:r~rq~r: qri:j;qfu~~~r:u~rq:i'l'mffir !fl;;rfir ~<:rlQ:. I
fu'lfa1R :q:)re~+rTq.fiT'f~:~ R:rql:'::qTl1:a-,~ B;''r~'1~ II

~mT~'lr~~
f"..
ij~{~~~~~i(T enS~ ~~H~;:rT~Ta:. I
" ' "

~\fSlillJf)q:~p-TT~ij~ ~nij :tJ;:~: ~!3 ~\f;~Tfij II ~ 'd II

144 t Adh. VII
Sloka 24. The Moon produces beneficial effects
when in the house of a friend of the lord of the Dasa; or
in the exaltation house of the latter or in the 7th house, a
Trikona house or 111 anyone of the Upachaya houses with
reference to the Dasanatha.
Of. d,<ip;fG".[m:-
'tIO:?f: 1lrtf~ir!li{~ ~~~'i~~~,i'r C{'lITf-
,.., ........ ,.. "'-
ilt~r;s:r.,.qRH+rrq'tl<i:rIT ~~I:;;;~+1T"'TTff 'tI II

'"
~:m!! '"
Uf.ij'!! "''''
iRf~ ler~T: ""
ij' m~:
~~~;:q~T~+rcr~Rt~;rTT~+lTer! I
"" ~
ij:qT~il:[i~~r tIiT~ijT ;:r~11JfT
"''' .
'" "".
ijiJer&:n'l~~~~r.aij'~~: '" II ~ ~ II
8Zoka 25. In the favourable positions mentioned in
the previous sloka, the Rasi occupied by the Moon should
represent some one of the 12 bhavas, Lagna, "Wealth, etc.,
at the time of bJrth. The Moon in one of these favourable
positions promotes prospenty in respect to the Bhava re-
presented by the Rasl occupIed. In the unfavourable
positions the Bhava represented by the Rasi (occupied by
the Moon) suffers damage.
Of. ~,:{!<l'{;am
"-I~11OJ:. irn ~~: «:;fO:~';'''' a~Hr<ir~ +1fclr <iC{f
Q~~t~~rs~ a\i.a1<iCfi'{: m~a'H~ri(rr: II ~ ~ II
Also 'lTm:
<ilfrm«~: 'ffiat~: ~+1ii~tff{e€TRfal I
" .. (I .......... ..

~tfT':'iTGIo:+rCfirCi) ~ :qf +lrCl'~~ .... a~ II

~~T3f~~ ~~T~d~~ ~ij~) ~~'1i~~qT~: I

'" N!> .'>:l. ""
ijr;:l~Tq'1:T~ ~+rT~+r'~~ ~ q;:rl~qijtfT ~Tm II~ ~'I
Sloka 26. What has been described by the ancients
such as Varahamihira as the effect of the Moon being in
SI. 26 ] 145

his own house or that of other planets should be mentioned

in this connection. F or it is the Moon that produces good
and evil to be experienced in the form of mental states
(pleasure and pain).
It IS slgDlficant that this same author in another work has
pomted out that the inherent power of any planet, for good or evil,
is Intensified by the strength of position of the Moon in relation
to It. C/.
at~af${Ol;ff;rTe:?~+iTf~Ti:.~.r ri
~-.;rrn ~~ ~~U: Q'rl::~«r~ I
fir:;r~'t~~ o1:fTT1r~~ ~r~­
~f~~ ~if~crT~arifrr~l'f~.:mOt "
mqfu (Sripati) here (10 sloka 26 of the Text) alludes to the
followlDg sloka of ern~mTh:{ (~Q<ii" VIII-Ii.)
" ~ .... (' ~
sm:e"-lT r~;ri1r ~r ~~~if ~r01T~~~lircr~r

!li"la- 't't~fu ~q ~-.;r~~ fq-~~fa~T I

~ ...." r. ~4""""" "'.f'I.
~i1R1Jqq'~1:f ~ft(lfiH rQ'~ rQ'6~s~-:{r

~qr?~r ~l1~~:qT!x~~{ ;rrrrr~~r~lir~~T /I

Also &R:r+rwG.:
Sfr{&Sir <ii~lJa;:~ ~qi6 ~ ~~i ~rif~r~~rU~i<ft
~~~{+rrHT~1 ~m~+rcrif mm-ari1T-.;r;w:~ I
l~~ qHIJ~cmi ~flift:lfq' ~ff ~$~ ,«fif~r ~rq:
f'\ ......... ",.... ... ~ .,.

~~r~ ~~if~ T~~Ta ~~~~ ;rTifG~>.{r~~+{rOJ:. II

Also ~R~T
~~ar ~r~ilt qt~MaT ~;:i{;rr: rir~ar I
{r~fq;R~iii~'h:(f: 1:fi~lf'tfi'~~r{;il II
~<i5~~r~TT';r;:~: ~lir~ Sr~ff '«;:~ I
qlJt{rwi(T~d~l!i ~mif~ srrg-rl&: q'qill: II
~;qr~r+{: iiti#{it;:<{r ;r~~m{+~ I
'Ii;:llT t'tliRr i{{: ~qr+rqi{ &:fi=a" err !icrfu~ II
fq~NI1~5JTii ~~'fr <iiuRr ~-.;rn~r 1
~l~s'fqTif;r~ ~t~~:q~ ~~:q II
&ft. tf 19
146 [Adh. ViI

~~'CI';f+l'r';fr:Qfr8' \5lr.r~ ~~fu ~ra~: I

'" • ...\ " f',..,. "
qROIaq~t1+1~q'T ~r~~if q'CfOfif <rrSN II
~l\Q~cm.:r OfiirOl;Z~Ofi~~Ofi+l'f;:a~ I
mt ~r ~a- ~!i;;{~qr1t+l'ua 'iJ( II
"."
~qlT({ij ~ ~:q~ tqIt ~+rT~~~l{• •
Q q:;~ 7.f~~ I
QW{T?jij'RU\' C(mij ~r;q ~\l~l{liffl~~¥f ~l{ ~ II ~\S II
" " • r"\ ••

8laka 27. The good and eVIl to be experienced by

men in the Dasas or planetary periods should be determ111ed
in accordance with the ~! (Ishta) and <6! (Kashta) of the
planet who is the lord of the Dasa as worked out previously
(vide Adhyaya 4, Sloka 4).

~t~~~~ ~ ~l1nij ~f q:;~I;:qf;r!T;:tI~l1)~~~ I

~n+~ ij ~~nrur q:;~Tf;r il~ q:;~ f5r~~ qf~q;ftl{~ II
Slaka 28. Men experience good when the i{1! (lshta)
portion of a planet's influence IS greatly 111 excess of the !iiI!
(Kashta) portion. But when the latter is predommant, evil
has to be mostly suffered. But when the ~! (Ishta) and Ofi!
(Kashta) are even, the effects are of a mlXed kind. It IS in
these three ways that the planetary influence should be
interpreted.

ijaqi(~~~ i.~~~ 'm~ Fr~tI~ I

~ ~q;rr ~GT ~;rt~ij~~ ~Rnr{ II ~~ II
Blaha 29. To declare clearly the effect due to the
Sapthavargas under the categories of good (~+r.Subha), eVIl
(~~+r.Asubha) and, mixed (~+rr~+r.Subhasubha) in this way
is dependent, say the sages, upon a correct ascertainment
of the influence of the lords of the respective Vargas.

~t(~l~~ ~~~flt~ ~ !I{~

~1tt~tf)sfit ~ ij3~t ~iT ~~~~ I
81. 30] 147
...... "
(J~r;rR~ ~~(q ~~::lf ~f(~ ~r!~ ~a:.
. ~ . ~.

ij~B'~ Jf&:~~m·~ij1r.f ~mij II ~ 0 II

,..... "" '"',.....,....... ~
~m ~f11r~:{r'<{ar<it OTT;;~~i'H

~':iTrV!Ci~~rp{f<!.t·"ff(fl':;qrT.(: ~a+r:

810ht 80. \Vhatever substance is dec1;ucd by the

sages to belong appropriately to any planet, whatever the
occupation which men may have to pursue under certall1
planetary conditions, whatever the effect due to a Bhava,
a Rasi, a Yoga, (such as Rajayoga, etc.), or aspect,-all this
should be assIgned suitably in the Dasa penods in accordance
with the strength of the planets presiding over them.
ef. 'fjOO";(rrq-'fj[
~~lfr lf~:rrr~"ir'li(ftrNs-..;r1t~ If:j;f~q-<i
('"-..,,....... "". *'- ,.......~
<f;+rr;;rrCfr~rq-(f 1il(?;ril~ -nrmr'<il'cH T<r'elT I
~~~ar I:ffiT9-+ror:n<:i +rr~:rrlf(<rr=i{ i
+IT''Erltttrq. ..,rEf'iJ-{rcr 1il~ crr:;;'i ctmllrmir Ii
mr+r'fj~~i':i:
~~ !fir~ If'{$fO!;f Cfi~ ci:rrilaT lf~ ~: I
~.+irq~~rorlf{iT.~~ ~~ ~r~~r~ ttl II
Also cli"~qq-.j(Rr:-
• ..... '-" Q- ..
If'{~Qlf :c<t'<i{~ +irCfa;rira.~Fm~~tr ~
..... .
m:j'!f
.... '" ~,......
~r~~f(fq(?;rr~~ ~~rm ttlr~
.... ~
<R~~
. m I
qrq-: qrq-~m ~~q: ~ :q ~q-~Oj;(:ihr (:i=ifW~-
~~ 1Sf(?;err~ ~fI: EJ+itI~q;:(i~~Ef.rlT: II ~~ II

For the several substances ascribed to the planets, 7)zde

Jatakaparijata H-20; Brihat lataka H-12.
For the occupations to be pursued, vide Jatakaparijata XV-
43-50; Brihat lataka X-1-4.
For the effects due to the
(a) planets in the several Bhavas, vide Jatakaparijata, VIn
56-99; Brihat Ja-taka XX.
148 [Adh. VII

(b) planets in the several Rasis, zlide Jatakaparijata, vnr,

39-44; Brihat Jataka XVIII,
(c) Yogas. zlide Jatakaparijata, VH, VIII, 1-38; Bnhat Jataka
XI, XII, XIII, XIV.
(d) aspects, vIde Jatakaparijata, VIII, 46 -55; Brihat Jataka
XIX.
In predicting the several effects of the Dasa of any planet,
Varahamihira says that it will not do to mention only what has
been descnbed to happen in the Dasa of that partIcular planet
('I)ide 'l.;;n. Ch. VIII, slokas 12-18.) These will have to be gene-
rally supplemented by the effects due to other considerations as
well, of the planet, viz.. its mfluence due to Its functioning as
~l<rr"f (Dasanatha) or '11;:q~RT"f (Antardasanath~). to its position
in the Rasl occupied, to Its association with other planets. to the
benefic dots obtained in its Ashtakavarga, to its occnpation of any
particular Decanate, Navamsa and other Vargas, etc. All these
effects will also have to be suitably added on, The particular
constituent of the Kalapurusha represented by the planet. the
political grade typified by It, the particular colollr ascrIbed to it.
the substance typified, vegetable, mmeral and all1mal kingdom
represented by it, the precious stone typifi ed by it, the article of
apparel, the constituent element of the body represented by it, the
particular flavor ascribed to it, the effects due to all these have to
be fittingly brought in during the Dasa of the planet under con·
sideration. For instance, III the Sun's Dasa, should the Sun be
auspicious in the nativity, royal favour, self satisfaction, acquIsition
of red substances, of copper and the like, company of people of the
Kshatriya caste, the quality of goodness, possession of good vital
energy. etc., all these will have to be predIcted. If the Sun be bad.
the loss of these has to be thought of; similarly in the case of the
Moon and other planets. For further information the reader is
referred to the ~\;<w-fr (Dasadhyayee) commentary on Brihat
Jataka.

End of the Seventh Adhyaya.

S1. 1-3 ] 149

"'\.
3l~qrS~~rq :
~~rt ~I:1IS:;r ~\T~ ~nn 'fi~ !TrfdflTut~ ~fuaJ(Jfll' I
<:.
sr~tir~~ 'li~~ f;rcrf;q'~QT lP:nS~f.T~lsPt~T~ij Ii ~ II
-Q '"

Adhyaya 8.
Sloka 1. Since the fruit of P3.st K3.t'l1H ('Ii~) which
is of many forms, is being experienced momently and in
various ways by large numbers of living beings, I shall
ha ve to treat of the manner of tracing it in its miscellae
neous aspects.
On the subject of reaping in this ltfe the fruits of the past
Karma, the following averments of VaLl.hamlhira have a direct
bearing- : -
'it\.wllct'h 1-3.
Cfi+rjf~a ~~+l~ ~~rp;: ~~~ tfRn ~;;::r~oqc:rfu; I

~1'filTct"'!i
1-3.
~~~G+r;:~:s;.:+rPf g+rrg;i G~ <:fi+TO'f: qRf;~ I
..~~p:{fu ~~i:ri:l~+n~ l'for.rrrcrr ~rtf ~<;f n
Also mll19K~
~~~:s:r~~g+i g+i' <;ff Cfi+irffl'a G~ ~~Rf;{GC'(. I
QqorRn ~(~:;t ~ ~~r~~OT 'CTGrfa;~r€r Gl=f~<;f ~q": II
~ .
~!t{i{~~ Si~~ ~~ «r~Cf~i-.;;rlq;q ij~ ~~~n I
~

:q~ijTt~q:qtf~~+r~f5rirOft!~i\T~it~ ij~ II ~ II
<;'. • t\ • '" \''\ • '"'-
'{Of ?!l{ ~T((~+l ::q ~l;:r N'Pltf I
;n!'t~ T{ ~!~
~~flri ~;:r~~ en:g4 ~~r~~ ij~ ft:t:{T~ ij',q~ II ~ II
Slo7cas 2-3. When a planet's exaltation sign, Swak.
shetra, Moolatrikona, or a friend's house happens to be
in the ~q:q~ CU pachaya) positions from the Lagna or the
Moon, its good effects derived from Ashtakavarga are
fully realised and the bad effects become reduced in the
 150 [Adh. VIII

favourable positions mentioned above. Elsewhere there

is a plentiful crop of evil, and the good becomes mini.
mised. Any declaration regarding such planetary effects
should be made after a careful consider3.iion of the
strong and WC:1k poinls of the pLtnet under exarnitntion.
These sIokas are llnp::lrtant as enabling- us to find out as to
waen the planetary power which is determmed by the 31"1i!q:;;:Pl (Ash-
takavarga) process, is influential and when not.
Of. ~~iiftT~m
~ to.. Q' •
~a~~ ~~'f1fj{1!i~ '{iT( ~+{ "';:~a-

~'i;:((~f~~ '<t ~ ~r.a+{~~=if~f~;prcry ,m- ~: I

~~ :ij"i~~ ~tpf<i1fo~rfir~~~:!!~'Ii~
m€r ~<!tffii ~iT~ '<t Cf~~ ~rcO{r <r~ accra: II \ Q, II
For ~~<fq:;(;;" (Ashtavargaja phala) vzde Jatakaparijata X and
Phaludeepika XXIII and XXIV.

tr ~T~~rrn: EfiN{ff ~ ~f{f 4lwr ;:r ~~~mJ'ii~r~~ ij I

~PH ~~tlrtt~;fr~1.f')ifll~i(Tfqiit U~q~~TTij' ij~~ II ~ II
Blaker) 4. The Rajayogas mentioned before take
effect, in case there is nothing (in the horoscope) to nullify
them, in accordance with the strength of the planets
producing those Yogas. And the effects of planetary rays
should be similarly found out by sagacious astrologers.
It WIll be seen from this verse that the strengths of the signifi·
cators involved in the va.rious Raiayogas (=configurations importing
ortune of rank), should be preCisely determined if the degree of
influence of those Yogas (=configuraiions) would be predIcted
with any approach to accuracy. As for prognostics attaching to
the several Rajayogas (=configurations Importing fortune of rank),
the reader is referred to Jatakapariiata Chapter VII, passim;
Brihat Jataka XI; and Phaladeepika VII.
As for '{~~ CRasmi phala) cf. Jatakaparijata, p:tges 249·254.

~1;;r~R!
,,'"
Q~ ~T~ a:SJTT~!'ij:W~"H~{~ie:~~T~
"'"
4l:W " t\"'!'
I
~ijtft!~T ~~: ~q~ ferl:1t~ !{{['~~;ij Q~~f(9~FfTvr.11
S1. 5-6 ] iS1

Slaka 5. vVhen there is any evil to be apprehended

in the course of Dasas or plaf!.etary periods and when
there happens to be also some influence tending to obviate
the same, the question whether the evil will prevail or be
put down will depend upon the preponderance in strength
of the planet causing the ~~ (Rishta) or the other obvia.
ting it-this preponderance being arrived ~t after a careful
balancing of the strengths of the planets at the tllne of
the Dasas.
For accurately determllllDg which of the two planets-the
R~Cfi{ (Rishtakara) and the Ke;<=ri\ (Rlshtabhanga)-will prove the
more influential, vide Adhyaya vr, Slt/Jra.

"
~~~::q~~~l\1l=1~ '"
" ~~ G:T~ilTT;:ij(~~n~T~qtij:
...... " I
Q~q:;hfij ~~En ~q~ tr ~nfUTrrT+{fijij~fl{R~-)ir II ~ I'
Sloka 6. If, at the time the Das:l of a malignant
planet is in progress, the Antardasa of another malignant
planet sets in, it generally brings on some catastrophe to
men-this it does all the more when the lords of the
Dasa and Antardasa in question are hostile.
The evil promised gains in virulence when the ;:::"{f1;;;r~ (Dasa-
natha) and the :::rRn.,r~ (Bhuktinatha), besides being malefics, are
mutually inimical, as e. g., in q-g[2: positions (=inconjunct or quin-
cux aspect). Vide also Jatakapanjata, XVIII, slokas 54-57.
~l~
. ....... ~ .. ~

~~~~r<fT %~: ~r"~<f :qr;:~~H <:f~f ~ct ,

c... c."
. ...... ........ '" ~
~q: ~m.1;:~{[~~H~<frm ~~::r ~rrJ:. II
mf~faif<:f~ ~~r<iT '{Ri;ji~T;:a-a:::nr <f~r ~::n-Rr I
;;rsq;r(?j:it~«iT+rRr ~Hol fir:a-::n-~ ~~a- II
~ r-.. ............. .... ,......
lfiHmr T~o; qrq; q-g ~rn"lr'C4';fSTq CfT I
....
Qfc~a-qrr~!1IT ':~: ~qr~ ~~~~ J{~: II
fq~iiTferqa-: ::n"A~R~T;:a~::nt
':>
«<'I': I
<pir~'1'i~;rr;:iHol ~T:qr~: sr~Tqd \I
152 Adh. VIII

Also iiu+r'l'K;:~
1:i~n::.;::riTCf: ~(: ;j;(+f~r i?r~rfei;a: I
'" c,
~q(\r :nHHil"f
<,
~~'iilT<Jt ::!tfuJ:l~: II
~il"fr~ft~illG;~rllt !.T~~"'i!JlT~ I
<ii?rfu "'i;:f fi'f'tfyf ~fu B~~ +fTNQ~ 1/
G;'1f!T<TT ~~iT<i\~ ;:rf~o?is;:;;~'1f!r <fre: I
"f ~r~Cf~ ~ ~"-lh:1irT f{!~ a-a.i""-l~ II
Agam ~1i'fifil+[~fJT

~+fr~g'ij;~ ~ ~~~~ G;1irr<l~~fs'!;"-lffit1!('{r ~r~ i

qrq;rcn.:rTir iI~ +rT"fcrr<tf ~:~rfir &:rf"f~ ~~'1f!:q-ri{~ II
~~:>J,:t<rr!+I+rrcr<T~ +f~r~1irI<Jr+lfatfr~yf '€I I
~1'Ef~Hiisfq ~ +!T<t<H"fT +r~~~+lrfu: @~ >;flRf<i~ II
cfr'€li~+!~~ '€I 'Eff~m 'EfT q~ ~;P+lrr1:r,rn~~Il'!i: I
rq~':ff;:mfr fir>;f~;:~<i'if~~:ffir +r~a:T~~(l'rrn~'ffi: II
,...... .... " ....,...... ,........
~;ril'~H'1f!~~~~.,.r~<ir H~a:1irT~+!"-l ;rrClTq~+I: I
.... ,....., "" '" ~
+!"-l+R~iQ' ,T:j'l1'1(~-:;;~ra-: ~~~;r:
....
<ii(!l'&:r "
'l(!l',[f"fa-r II

~~l~~~ il~cn'i. J{~il~~+iTf~f43fJi~q~ij-~: I

HfTfaFf! m+~~~~JI~~ ~?JT~R~~ ij~T ft: +Ii: 11\911
Sloka 7. 1£ at the time of the commencement of
the Dasa, there is some planet occupying the Varg.1 of a
benefic ~f'O[fil~ (Adhimitra) planet and aspected also by
benefic friendly planets, then there will be prevention of
the ~f{! (Arishta) or impending catastrophe.
Cf. BRT<r~
~~ 'l~qr~ ~<!: ~~qT ~R~11¥cr: I
~t;:qr~il:! ~'Effi~~r ~(<i~ if +f~'Qa:f II
."
:!i~ ~'iiTrrl:T",r~~ Tq'l~~ ~~r
'" <fG;f I
'lfuriq: ~T'QG,;f +fir ~:~n~!~ ij't:~q~ II
~ ~ f<r;;:r~r a~"( l:l'1r~irlr ~~ ~fa: I
~'1f!T1:{t 'l li~~efi! ~T'iiiT~~ '€I" ifr'~~: II
Also "i1(l9'il+R:Uf
G;~l~~~ ~'€I,: ~f!W ~<m~<iir~ "-l~ en ~~ I
~~1!"lii~~re~~~i1~i'iT ~'iiT1R1!~U ~~t=r: II
51. 8- 9 ] 153

WflTTij~ ~Hq~ ~~ ~;ra: ij~i;r;igff~ms3f ~~t(~ I

C"
~Ti{T~R:rr ~:;;;~+{ ;rrs~ q ijFctt~'l ~qt(a: ~eer~ 1I~
" • to • ""... • "'" t'\
;rT
Bloka 8.The effect which has been declared to
follow in the case of a woman's horoscop~ similarly to
that of men should be settled with reference to the
strength of the Lagna and the Moon. And the entire
good or evil said to ari~le in their case in consequence
of the conjunction of certain planets should be deter-
mined in exact ;}CCOrdlnce with the strength of those
planets.

The effects alluded to here by ~T'1m (S{ipati) are those des-

cribed in the Brihat lataka eb. XXIV-Slo1,as 2 ct seq. (cr.
Jalal,apartJata.XVI.Slu] as 7·18'.

~~tfUT~T tr ~N~n?4 ~llT: mRt ~ ~f{TT1re: llTq~~{ I <:.

FiijT~ ~llll~ JI{~)~T~ fij~l1fijm~ qf~~qq~ II ~ II

Sloka 9. An intelligent astrologer should find out
the kind of exit from the world a person is to have as a
result of the planetary positions at the time of his birth,
after ascertaining, by a careful study of the Bhavas
bearing upon the question, which of the several Niryana
yogas (mentioned in the 25th chapter of the Brihat
Jataka, Phaladeepika, Adhyaya XIV) finds place in the
horoscope.

~~'fq~fcr:-

~f~~$rftr ?cr~§-nt!~m~ 'Tn! fer;n +n<J6'~

~T. 11. 20
154 [ Adh. VIII

~ ....... -. ,,~ .-
Ef.I<:I'T sr'Hr<tH1:a''t.q~~i({a:r.~ +!"fi( r"':r~r

~t~<f ~!f~<fr~ <:JSm~;;:l,1 q;r~ orii'r II 'a 0 II

tttl~emRqfhHtp'",T;r1..ff 3l(:qr:.rr ij~~+JT;r\lJTQtfT I

~m~~~~ Rf~<i ~~7.jf +r~m m;rmft:r~ "~ 0 II
8loka 10. vVlth the help of the terminolugy buch
as I\endra, P,wapara, Apokhma as applIed to ,dl the
Bhava:, and their bearings, It is surely possible for intelli.
gent people to have a settled COtlVlctlOn as to th:; e[[<.:ct
of planetary positions ll1 a horoscope.

Ii wIll be ObVICU" from thIS bloka that, 10 the ,,'Jew of wr4(;

(Snpatl), the terms 'l,'I2."ifi (Kantaha), q.I'~ (Kendra), etc., have rnly
to do with Bha vas (and not with Rasls) as the names iif! (Thanu),
'<lC1 (Dh.ma), 'iHfO!" (Sai:aj.l) and the rest. Bh,~vas are' damal cusps,'
whIle Ralol!:. are • zcdJacal signs.'

~ffl ~Rf~~~q:g:m ~~qTa:T$~~t(smTG:~r: i

q~fijlitf~~~i(){~;fi i~qFi ~qm~~~HlfI(T: II ~ ~ II
Sloka 11. From the bend1cent effect vf waiting at
the lotus.feet of his Guru, simqr"'T~·L the foremost among
Brahmins, has thus been able to complete his work
;m-Cir:fi<fi~~, a gUIde to the working out of J. horoscop~
which is a source uf valuable information tu the commu.
nity of good students.

ar~~~T;mrn~ ~mT ij'~RlT~t tr~f,r:q;:lsr'lfllTr

.... I
3T1=ffiI~gt~;:a;~u J(r~ij~7.ff ~~"l@f~T ft f[~(lTr /I ~ =<
,..... ,..,,.....,,,,. ~

(fa lJI"('UafCin:qij'r~T iiTTaq;1J.:e;ar

s(ifl701epr''~T~fsl~:
S1. 12 ] 155

Slokc" 12. The number of verses in the eight

Adhyayas comes up to l3t). Reckoning a Grantha
(Jt;:~) at 32 sylbbJes, the total Granthas will amount
to 201.

This ~::loka is of value <1.5 a safeguard against possible spurious

addltlOns to the text. From the total of l36 verses (= 20 I gran-
thas) gl ven here, It will be safe to presume that the followlllg
slol\as of the edition that we have followed are foreign to the
ongmal text (to Wit,

of Adhyaya 2 -sloka 6,

.. Adhyaya 3-sloka 23,

" Adhyaya 5-siokas 37 and 38,

" Adhyaya 8-s10ka 13); and that the slo1<:a5 2 and 21 of
Adhyaya 3 are, each of them, made up of two verses.

The 136 slokas are thus arnved [1.t : -

Adhyaya I sl01ms 11, syllables 620

t. 2
" 5.
"
268
3 ':4, 1l~4
" " "
.. 4 .f 14,
"
656

5 36, ., 1612
" "
"
6
..,I
"
c;
' . ,0 220
.t 3D, 1448
" "
Sf 8 11, 490
" "
Total--slokas J 36 making 6438 syllables-or
(&~-~s.. =20 I-roT=)
".. ~ ....
201 ilf Granthas.
156 [ Adh.VIII

~~qtr;S:Rf:-

iff;:~:::rr~ ~~qr fir<T~r m~a:rH'liTr~~~<t ~~'f!f I

a;;r~<t !.j~fu~rocfr;q-r 'tl"<Trf{~~<l~;g:r ~<i'"'rcrr II 'c? ~ II

it !j<ff'tJT q¢;::ar+fr+ff'~t ~roOf,q';g;T'f!;r. I

~ruf<f~trG:q1 ?:flf;l(l' ijSr~ +fTeT ?:f~:~~~ II 'H II

 APPENDIX I
CHARAKHANDAS

Latitude
m dEgrees
- --
I I
A;:us I Asus , Asus
I
I d
-
L:Hltude I
m egrees I
'
~

A;:us I\ Asus

--
Asus
-
6 74 59 24 l5i 194 157 65

6rr 80 64 ~6 16 201 162 67

7 87 68 29 16:'1 207 169 68

7§ 92 75 30 17 214 173 71
8 98 80 32 17t 221 179 73

8i 105 84 34 18 228 184 75

9 III 89 37 181 234 190 78
9t 117 95 38 19 241 196 80
10 123 )00 41 19i 248 201 83
JO~ 130 104- 43 20 255 207 85
11 B6 110 45 20} 252 212 87

Iil H2 116 47 Zl 269 218 89

12 I 149 120 49 2H 276 224 92

12i I 155 126 j 51 22 283 230 94
I
13 II 162 130 53 22i 290 237 95
I

13, 168 136 55 23 297 242 99

I
14 175 141 57 231 304 248 102
14! 181 147 59 ~+ 312 254 104
15 188 152 62
I 241
- -
319 :::60 I
I
107
158
.
I --
........... • ................ rJIWII

Latitule
in degrees
I A.. u
• S s Asus A, ,
U
Lab tud,
degrees
10
I A.., Asus Asus

- 1
I
-
2'i 326 267 108 31 421 345 143

25~ 334 :273 111 3a 430 352 145

26 :42 278 114 32 438 360 148

26~ 349 285 117 32§ 447 3(6 152

'27 357 291 120 33 455 375 154-

27~ 365 298 122 33~ 465 381 157

28 373 304- 125 3.J. 473 389 161

2l3! 381 310 128 34! 482 397 164

29 317 131 35 49~ 'to5 168
389
29~ 397 I
1 3~4 133 35)- 500 413 171
30 406 330 136 36 510 421 174
I
30rr 413 338 139 53° 940 814 361
l

1 Asu=4 Seconds.
6 Asus-= l Vighatlka (f.!'.fll<r.T).
60 VighatIJ..as= 1 GhatIka (EJP.:Cfir).

The riSIng periods of the zJdIacal sIgns reckoned from th e

EqulUoctIal Pomt hr places in the Ef].uatJr are as noted below ;-
Mesha 1,674 Asus
Vrishabha. 1,795
"
Mltbuna 1,931
Kata1m. 1,931
"
Slluhn. 1,795 "
Kanyn. 1,674 "
"
Thula 1,674
Vrischika 1,795 "
"
Phanus 1,931 Asus
 159

IvIatara 1,931
Kumbha ],7 0 5
l\leena 1,67+
"
But those for latltulks n::rth and south of the Equator vary
and may bt exactly ascerta1l1ed by means ot the Cn.·\RA.KHA!\I) \S
gl \ en In the prevIOus pages. HaVIng regard to the fact that India
lIes bol ween 6 and 36 N. Lat. the table has been constructed to
berve the reqUlrements of people resldlDg ll1 loel;a,

1 be proce~s of applying it IS af> follows:-

The three fignres gIven agalOst each latItude are meant to

apply to anyone of the four triads into whIch the zodIacal sIgns
are divided commencing always from what luts been called 'iTi:r.,i{q-
(Sayanamesha), t.e., the fir"t 30 degrees from the EqUInoctial Point.
The figures are subtractne in tbe case of the j"t and the 4th tnads
and additive in the case of the other two; that IS to say, subtrac-
tlve from Mesha to Mtthuna aiJd from Matala to Meena, and
additive from Kataha to Kanya and from Thula to DhaLus. For
e:-.ampJe, the rising periods of the signs at a place in Lat. 13 N.
are worked out in the folloWIng table:-

TUl1GS of rISIng Charahl1an,j;c of T1~!ng in

TI111r 3
at Equator for Lat ]} N 13 N. Latttude
(S\dena! Tune) (Sldena! Time) (Sldona! TIme)
Aous ,\sus Asu~ Gh. 'll1gh.

Mesha 1,674 -]02 ] ,512 4 12

Vrishabha 1,795 -no 1,665 4 37~
Mltbuna 1,931 - 53 1,87::) 5 13
Ka taha 1,93 j + 53 1,93+ 5 30%
Simha 1,795 +130 1,925 5 ..:!O~
Kanya 1,671- +162 ] ,836 5 6
Thula 1,674 +162 J ,836 5 6
Vrischl~a 1,795 +130 1.925 5 20~
Dhanus 1,931 + 53 1,98+ 5 30:t
l\Iakara 1.931 53 1,8i8 5 13
Kumbha 1,795 -130 1,665 4 37~
Meena 1,674 -162 1,512 4 12
 160

Pnor to the examination of a horoscope, the rising periods of

the signs in the place of nativity should be carefully found out.
It is upon the accuracy of this that all astrological calculations
must be founded. The figures giving the Asus, additive or sub-
tractive as the case may be, are termed CHARAKHANDA (q~~O's) by
Hindu astronomers. For a clearer knowledge of this, vtde
Bhaskaracharya's fB~Rfl~rmur:, Ch. VII. SIokas 18-22.

In this connection It has to be repeated that the names from

Mesha to Meena indicate divisions of 30 degrees commencing
always from the EquInoctial POlOt and are therefore trrll"rr (Sayana).
But the names from Mesha to Meena used ordlnanly are Nirayana
(~rr) and correspond to the Greek names, ArIes, Taurus, etc,
 APPENDIX-II

SUMMARY.
(Prepared by MR. ROBERT DE LUCE.)

CHAPTER I
In this chapter the author explaIns the process of erecting the
horoscope, that is, of establishIng the zodiacal position of the
twelve Bhavas (houses). their mid'poInts and theIr Sandhis
(junction.points).

The Lagna (mid-point of ihe First Bhava) is determined from

the horizon·distance of the Sun. The lHadhya L3gna (mid point
of the 10th Bhava) is determtned from the meridian-distance of
the Sun.

The mid-pomt of the 7th Bhava is 1800 from the Lagoa; a.nd
the mld-pomt of the 4th Bhava is l80 0 from the Madhya Lagna_
The mid-points of the intermediate Bhavas are found by trio
secting the zodiacal space included between the mid'points of the
four angles (Lagna, 10th, 7th ~nd 4th Bhavas).

The junction'points, or Sandhis are midway between the mid.

points of the adjacent Bhavas.
The strength of a planet in a Bhava if posited at the junction-
poini is zero; if posited at the mid-point it is 100%; the strength
of intermed~ate positions being calculated by the rule of three.
The author in the last sioka enumerates the purposes and
occasions for which this type of horoscope is particularly applicable.
CHAPTER II
In this chapter the author explains the method of calculating
the strength of aspect between planets.
"ft. lit 21
162

CHAPTER III
The author explains how to evaluate the various sources of
strength of a planet, namely ; -
Exaltation strength and the strength from cccupying various
signs and sub-divisions of signs. These sources of strength are
termed Stthanabala, or positional strength. Digbala or dIrectional
strength is determined by a planet's relation to the angular houses
of the horoscope. There are temporal strength (Kala bala) of
various kinds, such as the portion of the nycthemeron (the 24
hours) in which birth occurs, the Moon's age, the planetary ruler-
ship of the hour, da.y, month and year.
Ayanabala is the strength given to a planet by its decImation.

Following the above are given the rules for calculating the
planet's Cheshtabala (motIOnal strength): For the five non-lumi-
nous planets it IS to be noted that the Sighrochcha of the superIor
planets ~1ars. Jupiter and Saturn, is the mean longitude of the Sun,
the mean longitude of the supenor planets being their meaD helio-
centnc longitude. The Sighrochcha of the inferior planets-
Mercury and Venus-is the mean helIocentric longitude of each;
and the mean longitude of Mercury and Venus is the mean longitude
of the Sun_

The Naisarglkabala (natural strength) is a fixed quantity for

each planet. In sloka 21 the author explains the method of
determining strength of Bhavas or Houses. Aspects of planets to
a Bhava are counted to the mid point of a Bhava.

CHAPTER IV
The author gives two methods for finding the amount of good
and evil each planet contributes to the hfe. The first method,
given in slokas 2 to 7 inclusive, multiplies the total strength
(Shadbah) of a planet by the square root of the product of the
planet's Exaltation strength and Cheshta strength to gIve planet's
beneficent effect (Ishta). The evIl effect (Kashta) is obtained by
substituting in the above formula one minus the "Exaltation "
strength and one minus the "Cheshta" Strength. The aspects
between planets are substituted in the above formula to obtain
their good and evil powers.
 SUMMARY 163
~ ........................................... ,.." ow 7'

Beginning with sloka 8 is given a second method of obtaining

the good and evil effects of planets upon the nativity.

The basis of the second method IS the dignities and debilities

planets receive from occupying various signs and sub·diviSlOns of
signs. The author states that a planet receives dignities in the
following order:

Good Good
Exaltation 1'00 Rupa Neutral '125 Rupa
Moolatrikona '75 Enemy '0625
Swakshetra '50
" Great enemy .. , '03125
"
" "
Great Friend '375 Depression , .. '0000
Friend " '25
"
"
The debilities are reckoned to be Umty tltJlZltS the value of
the correspondmg dignity. So the evil effect would be :

Evil
Exaltation 1'00 1'00 - 0
Moolatrikona 1'00 '75 - '25
Swakshetra 1'00 '50 - '50
Great Friend 1'00 '375 - '625
Friend 1'00 '25 - '75
Neutral 1'00 '125 = '875
Enemy 1'00 '0625 - '9375
Great Enemy 1'00 '03125 - '96875
Depression 1'00 '0000 - 1'00000

Without looking any further, a moment's reflection will ShON

that the average planet will have about two or three times as much
evil as good because there are only two signs of the twelve which
give a preponderance of good to any particular planet, and nine
signs give a preponderance of evil. Statistics show that people
are born fairly evenly in numbers throughout the days, months and
years 1U any large section of the population of a country or State.
Therefore by the above method the average person would have
three times more evil than good III his life.

In order to make the method agreeable to reason let the evil

decrease from Depression in the same ratio that good decreases
from Exaltation. The f01l0Wlllg is proposed according to tbis
latter principle:
Evil
Depression 1'00
Great Enemy '75
Enemy '50
Neutral "375
Friend '250
Great Friend '125
Swakshetra ... '0625
Moolatrikona '03125
Exaltation 0'00000
Proceeding with Sripati's second method the values of the
planet's dignities and debili ties in the six remailllng sub·divisions
(Vargas)-Hora, Drekkana, Saptamsa, Navamsa, Dwadasamsa
and Trimsamsa,-are one half as much as would be reckoned in a
Rasi of the same name.

Next divide by four the total of the good and the total of the
evil for each of the planets. These numbers m separate columns
are written under the planet on a llDe marked" Rasl," Beneath,
in their order, write one half of the above values in their proper
columns for each of the six Vargas, Hora, Drekkana, etc. The
result of these operations are called Planets' good and eVil Paoktee.
The total good influence of the lord of the Rasi in which a planet
is placed is multiplied by the planet's good Panktee to obtam the
planet's good "Madhyamaphala." The good influence of the lord of
a Rasi is that evaluation by the rules of slokas 8 and 9, LikeWIse
the total eVIl influence of the lord of the Rasi in whIch a planet
is placed is multiplied by the planet's eVIl Panktee to obtain
planet's eVIl Madhyamaphala. The evIl influenclt of the lord of
the Rasi is that evaluated by the rules of slokas 8 and 9.

The same process is repeated for the six Vargas, using each
Varga-lord in turn. Take square root of product of Ishta Shadbala
of:Varga-lord and Ishta Shadbala of the planet occupying the
Varg1. With this result multiply the planet's good Madhyama-
plnIa. The fi 'U1 re3ult is good Spashta.
 SUMMARY 165

The Ishta Shadbala of the Varga.-lord and the Ishta Sh3.dblh

of the planet occupying the Varga are obtained by the operatton
of the rules given in s10kas 2-7 inclusive.
Repeat the above operations for each of the rem3.ining six
Vargas of each planet. For the evil Spashta substitute in the above
formula Kashta Shadbala and evil Madhyamaphala of each of the
Vargas of each planet occupying the Varga. The total of the
seven good Spashtas of each planet repre3ents the planet's power
for good, and the total of the evil Spashtas of each planet represents
its power for evil in the life.
CHAPTER V
The first subject treated is length ot life indicated by the
Amsaja method. The basis of the methoi is the years indicated
by each planet occupying one of the twelve Navamsas. Each of
the twelve Navamsas, starting from Aries counts nominally for a
year of life. The number of years obtatned by each planet is
increased or diminished according to rules laid down in slokas
2·18 inclUSive, Sloka 19 begins the PlOdwurdaya method olf cal-
culating the length of life. The basis of this method is a speCified
number of years for each planet in its exaltation; one half the
amount in its depression; and intermediate pamts calculated by
the rule-of· three. Certain rules are given for rectifying the result.
The Naisargikayurdaya method and the method of Jeeva·
sarman are identical with the Pindayurdaya, except for the number
of years allotted to a planet in its exaltation point.
The Amsaja method is applicable to a horoscope in whIch the-
Ascendant is stronger than the Sun or the Moon.
The Pmdaja method is applied when Sun is the strongest.
The Naisargikayurdaya is applied when the Moon is the
strcngest.
And Jeevasarman's method is recommended when the Sun,
the Moon and the Ascendant are all weak. Finally, these methods
apply only to people who lead temperate and wholesome lives.
CHAPTER VI
Harmful planetary conditions in a horoscope may hinder or
make VOId the length of life promised by the above computations.
If such a condition occurs, the doubt may be solved by comparing
166

the strength of the p'anets producing the evil with the strength of
the planets which may prevent the eVil. To prevent a promised
evil the good of the preventing planet must overw.;igh the evIl
influence of the evil planet. If there is equality m power between
the two, some eVil will still occur in the lIfe. In the notes IS
given the criticism by Kesava Dalvagna showing that Sripati's
method is uCitenabIe, and an alternative method is proposed to
obviate the difficulty.

CHAPTER VII
The major periods of pIa netary influence of which the life is
composed are called Dasas_ The length of a planet's D:1sa IS the
amount the planet contrIbutes to the Ayurdaya. The first Dasa
will be ruled by the Lagna III the case of the Amsayurdaya method
bemg applicable_ The Sun rules the first Dasa III the Pindayur~
daya process; and the Moon rules the first Dasa in the Nisargayur.
daya.
The second and following Dasas are ruled by the planets in
the Kendras of the first Dasa-ruler. These planets rule m the
order of their strength. Planets III the Panaphara position to the
first Dasa-lord follow. And those in the Apokhma position come
last. The Dasas are divided into Antardasas, which again are
subdivided into Vld"Lsits. And these last are finally subdivided
into Upadasas.
The ruler of the first Antardasa of any Da'J<l. is the ruler of
the Dasa itself. The second Antardasa is ruled by the strongest
planet in the same Bhava with the Dasa·ruler. Next WIll come
the strongest planet occupymg the Tnkona Bhava from the Dasa-
ruler. Next the strongest pl'wet in the 7th Bhava. And filially
the strongest planet occupying the fourth or the eighth from the
Da'la·ruler. In the notes will be found some dIfferent opinions in
regard to Antardasa rulership,
Slokas 18-22 give the method of progressing the horoscope
for the beginning of allY Dasa or sub·dlvision of any Dasa. The
method m tel ms of Western astrology may be described as follows.
Add to the exact date and hour of birth the exact amount of tim~
that elapses till the begmmng of the Dasa tha.t is the subject of
ernuiry. WIth the resulting date and Gour, set up a horoscope
 SUMMARY 167
for the place of birth, us iug the f'phemeris of the year found by
the above process. This progressed horoscope IS to be used to
judge the effect of the Dasa, or sub·dlvision to be considered.
Example: Ta.ke example gIven in notes, page 140 et seq.
Before beginning operatIOns note that a siderial solar revolution
which is the unit that has been calculated in the Ayurdaya process,
consists of 365'256374 days by modern astronomy, and therefore
exceeds a common year of the Gre;rorian or Western Calendar by
'006374 days, and is less than a leap year by '742626 days, and
four solar revolutIOns exceed three common years plus one leap
year of calendar by '025496 days.
Fmd calendar date and hour of the beginning of Kuja Dasa:
Solar revolution" from birth 49'6847 (note p. 140)
Year of birth AD. 1853
49

Year of Kuja Das:l 1902

Between 1853 and 1902 there are elevc:n groups of 4-year,periods,
containing each a leap year.
1853+ 11 X 4=1853+44=1897. From 1897 to 19)2 there is
no leap year because 1900 IS chosen by the Gregonan calendar to
be a common year, the sequence of leap years beglOning again in
1904.
In the 44 years the excess of 44 solar revolutIons over the
calendar will be 11 X '025496 days='28045 days.
The five common years from 1897 to 1901 will lack
5 X '256374=-1'28187 days
Add lack of 44 calendar years '28045 days

Total excess of 49 solar revolutions (from 1853)-. "56232 days.

Convert decimal part of solar revolutions of beginning of Kujadasa
(49'6847) into days. '6847 x 365'256=250'0908
add total above excess 1'5623

the result gives 251' 6531 da.ys

'6531 of a day=lS hours 40 minutes.
 168

Date of birth April 30. 1853.

Beginning of Kuja Dasa 251 days 49 years.
Date of beginning of Kuia Dasa. January 6, 1903,
Hour of bit th IS 5-35 A. M.
Add 15--40

21-15
Subtract 12-00
gives 9-15 P. M,
Therefore by the above calculatIons the beginning of Kuja
Dasa is 9-15 P. M. January 6th, 1903 A. D. at bIrth place,
5 hrs, 20 mID. East of Greenwich, It IS therefore easy to set up
the progressed horoscope usmg ephemens of 1903 A. D. and
Tables of Houses for Latitude 10° 38' N.
CHAPTER VIII
This chapter is devoted to a resume of the various factors
that will enable the astrologer to predict the good or evil that
may accur lU the lIfe from the ripening of past Karma, as indIcated
by the vanous methods that have been explained in the previous
chapters.
 N. B.-The Roman and .\rabic numera.ls opposite to each
bIola reft..r respectively to the chapter to which it belongs and to
Its Dumber therein.

;af(ll) ::J; (1)

at'i:l.:j'r:l.:j'rqr+J!~ VIII, 12 V, 3
;af;:o~r~: VII, 4 q (6)
;af;:cr~~Tsr'W1r VII, 1 ~~Tf'<1ffi~+lrre:~ V, 2
~6~'l1Tr+~
,.... "'" II, 4
VII, 17 q;6firRa*iI)
al~'):z{if ~~~~ V,29 q;((~~F§ti' IV, 9
ahlRt<f ~g~if V,30 q;((eq;{ V,27
~.

atil)~:j'f!~ III, 7 q;~sftr ~Q7.Jr: V, 6

ati~i1fiil~iT: VII, 15 q;:i il)r~r V,16
atnmt~ VIII, :2 iI) (6)
atiT+"lf: ~n~: V,34 Cf.Qi!CfiTre:qfhlf'El'~T VIII, 10
;af~1ar~rlJ~ III, 13 q;Qi!CfiT~liiT~ III, 5
alr (5) ~iift'lfil)Tiff VII, 16
amrr ~iffr VII, 12
...~r«iTrijr
'" . VII, 11
,.... ..t,
atr~:~r;:rt ffiTr..a-: ~r;;o;rr nT, 15
V,14
at~;ffiJr~q' ffi~:qte;:~lm+rq. VIII, 6
V, 1 '"
atr~ft?iB'r: V,17 ~ (1)
~~~~ V,35
~ (3) iT (4)
~Rr Gf,a~li;a:m VIII, 11 !!Q7.JT !J&r: V,l1
,...".... (I .....

~!i1fi!:;mfif.r, limaT IV, 1 il~rrt{ it) iifiTiTQf V, 9

~!Tt'lia;:~ i( VII, 28 ~: ~rli~.rif:
" ~
V,33
~ (4) iTrl!l trmSf~fd III, 16
a''t5mr ~~~ II, 1 "" (3)
~i5~ ur~!i VII, 25 V,24
a'e~~ it VII, 27 ~ "" ,.... "
"CI'!~7.J~lPrQf ~:j'frr<=: IV, 3
.~ 'li~ IV, 13 ~!r~7.J~~~ifilT'i{ IV, 4
aft. Ii, 22
170

;;r (5) fif;;rl~: V,20

~;f~Tti!i~~~ffi VII, 18 olr'tlfriraT: IV, 2
;;r;:iu:r~Ol;rai{;:'t;f I, 11 if'Tirol'r III, 2
~ti!i;;r'tlil"q'G; III, 22 ~p.frflJf~r ~ VIII, 9
~~r~~i!'&:fufa III, 18 tl (9)
~ifTS~ sr~Ji I, 2 tlH'tt qiiif~ VII, 14
a (10) qrci~~r VII, 2
a~~T~{~'tI;:lf~T:er.:r: ... "" V,2t ." .
tlflli f(+/({
~
VII, 3
a~~q'f~ili%q' III, 12 tlT~ ~<rq III,14
a~il~~ IV, 6
~ .
'!Ill !J+r VIII, 3
alfl~5j IV, 11 'to:( fcreg~ VlI, 9
atii~ V,12 'l~ 'ltf'€. IV, 7
arenr +ferfa' VII, 19 ~iI"rfl~fif~f~: VII, 6
t'!i~~+<:r: II, 3 !1r;q~({i'ij': VII, 7
rn~r;a;T: II, 5
V,22 6i~r.riil~OT lII, 1
V, 5 Ci'S'SI''firi VIII, 1
~ (7) +I (5)
~'m'mr~~ VII, 24 ~q~a Oijii'il'''iI'M VI, 1
~~T;rf{~ VIII, 5
~rfG;qaitlffi<fr4~oi VI, 3
~mq-f\'l~gfTar V II, 2J
~r<rSTi~ ~ I, 19
~!1~~ ifti!iq~ VIII, 7
~rqr.=a~ktrtf<t+lrr~~ VII, 10
~~'!1~T ~~~~ VII, 26
~qt~il(iif: ~!3 I, 9
~r.=+I~l{rq: III, 23
~r $!l:r II, 2 ~ (oJ)
if(IJ) iI~iffW!JiI"af : I, 3
~ i{~r UI, 9 iI";:~<riifU III, 19
, ~
if~r: ~r af V,28 ~ (11)
ifa~.tnilcft~;;ra t Ill, 10 ~~+lT!J+I~rrr.=crur~ VI, 2
~Clr at ~~<rat I, 1 if~i(;~ 'R'i.ffi VII, 30
i1i{r~r V, 7 ~~~'f~~~ III, 17
ifer{fiT: tlil V,10 ifrcr~ q'rfflUr VII, 23
ifil~<tr ClfU(ijilr: V,19 srrr;t~\: VII, 20
 In
~
.
&rm<f;crar
.:;.
III, 4 V, 8
~ ~<?:~l~rr~~ IV, 10 "" '"
crcrr~i1 ~+lqif
"'- V, 4
it ,;rli<f;mir{ar: V,37 ~(?i.:;:yfu'i1~~;r~ffi:;:yt V,31
it qr~q;\:lr: V,38 rcrJ$ll"!{ :Uq~ V, 5
~ {r'jf~rcrr: VIII, 4 Qlf~: :miT III, 11
;i[:rrrnt'q: ~rre;i[ VII, 5 =:IT (4)
~ (3) ~:;;{~ +i'OI'rn III, 3
"" '"
{r~: i!q. n-~ err I, 4
",,,
~ ~T <i(?iH "fief III, 21
{F.IT1"<1'{~rRr IV, 12 ~+rr~+{~<i VI, 4
~qrCitar:;:yt IV, 5 ~~rif(?itiT V,15
(9) (1)
«i~~~~mi'(r
.
'" .....
t,1j

V,3:3 q~+nT'iEr<i; ~<t.

q
III, 8
<!Slir ~irir V,13 :a- (8)
<!Sl~ :;:{Q;~r~ I, 6 :a-trOl'q~lfi~~ VII. 23
<?iliirr~~~,:rr:;:yt VII, 8 ~'fit~~rr7{Ta- VIl, 21
I, 7 ~ ~ 't:''''
t,1jli'(r+~~rn:r;;r ~I+"!{~t! III, 20
<i'i.i'(r<ii~r: V,36 ~rl1(rg~ ;:nra~ VIII, 8
;:::;.ij- ~ efr"-T~ <=4'Rr~ V,18 ~Tifcrr4fi:J?: III, 6
" .:;. I, 5
(l~r~<r: ~<ii(tIlift VII, 13
V,26 ~~~qT: If, 6
er (7) ~~~q- IV, 8
" llTer'f!{G;<?>
q.::{r"a .:;. . I, 8 tr (1)
"" ~O
q l1'Ua~~?nl ~qr q~ra IV, 14 &,~fafcf~aT V,25
 N. B.-The Roman and ArabIc numerals opposite to each
refer respectively to the Adhyaya and the Sloka therem in whIch
It occurs.

Figure enclosed in brackets against any word refers to the

page m which the word occurs.

:&t!l~~m VII.22, 23, 27, '29

VIIr-2-5, 8
~r~ (76), V.16 ~!l~q'ai"r (68)
<IT~~t~ (90), (91), (92) ; V- ~g+f+rI:."1;f+rq;<?i (71)
17, 27, 29.00, 35, (100)
~!l+n:~+r (61)
ai~~~<il:'{'!IiJifiR VII-9-ll
~~;ft (5)
~!t ....+rr q;'m
(120)
~!q;<r<T (148); VlII-2
<tTi'~'Q~T~~r (120)
at!q;Effrl{'lITr VII -5
atV:T+lr~~T (120)
<ITt! ([57), (158), (159), (160)
at~~ 1II-2; VIII-7
~~fO' (UI)
<tTRt~~ Ill-)
'"' ~(l~fT'ir V-'J:J, 34
ati{;:a~O'rn'ili
V-9-1 0
~a<?ig 1-4
<tTf.l~'fi~r VII - 7
<IT&.t1Tl (41), (i 40), (141) ;
~;:a-~lffi' VII-l, 4, 9-11, 15,
VII-IP-21
16,18; VIIl-o
<tT;:a;f~TiI'T~ (148) <;tr
~;S:~'fi~ VI r-G an!fr~+r VIILIO
"1;';:?;~T6"~f;mrfi<?:?;,«r VII-6 ~r~+r~~f (L25)

~n:r0'~~ (75) ~r!fr~qEf<?i III-5

<ff,-£i{'lf~ lII-15-16; (45), (47) alf~a;Tli V-1 ; VII-I8
~ort'!11 (8), (6), (7), (25), (46); atr~I;q;<?iT: V-12

IV-3 atn:nmfi''''' (11), (13)

'Sln.~+nf VI ti{T«~q;<?i (13)
a{<tir~q;<?i (13) atr{T~oT,q;'lITT (120)
~<rU~afr~'lITf (12 0) ~fl}'l'~W'~ V ·12
 173
_""V"'......... ...... 100-

~ ~<i~q~ (136)
~~ IV~l, 6, 7 sn~I~~iHIJT
0,
V-26-27
~~~f~Sfi (64) ~r.r If-6
iT
~~1!f~~~ (63)
~~mr<i~~ (66) nfOTaTlla~fT~ (74), (76), (107
<lfuq~ (48)
~
nfr (136)
~!i'l<JC1fcr; V -2, 3 ~11Jcr;
~~ii5' IIL2 ::,'ff~~-V-ll
~.{T~if IV -2 n-(77); V-2-3
:a-!ii~ ~~'€I:$f; (5 8) ;;r;in~;r-( 7 S)
:a-!iiH~l1~ IV-5 <li#llr.lf'-V-12
:a-c!f~ (134)
~!;r-V_2-3
'3"«a 1-3, IIL9, 10 ~!'r;r~;r-(78)
:a-q'<l~
VIL24; VIII-2, 3 ~~-V-2-3
~q~q:JT VILl, 17, IS irf {f~r(J~-(SO)
<Ii ~1JfTq;~ (103)
~ (112)
<p~~(l~~I1J<ti V -12
3l;:~ VlII-12
<f,~.-r (41); VII-IS
<li~q (139)
3l~~r.r~ III-6, 7, S
q;~qfl1{<r~~ (103) 3l~~Hr~ (IS)

<li!; IV-l, 6-7 3l~~ 11-2-5

it'~~~'tI:~ (64) ~~~ TTl -17 ; (111)

q;gq~lSi'~ (63) 'if

it'~~f{<nT~<t'i (66)
'€I:~Q"raTi&T~ (S7), (88), V_
q;f~q~ III-S, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16-17, 24,33.34
14 "H~I1$rR- (157), 158), (159),
q;Riitn 1II-14 (160)
0flR; IIl-21; (154) '€I:r;:sr<lrrrr: (117)
~a:~.-r (41) ~~TiI;;:tr III-IS; (49); IV.
~~(49) 3-4
~;:!f VII-8, 9-11; VII1-lO ~!'r,!O'(::p V -'3, 3
~;:j{~~ III-5 ~erii{~ III- 18
174
... ......
~IDU~~ IVA {~1iii:'i'l
n-6; (19), (55)
- ~11t<1i (78) dr II.?'-5; VII-5
-:q~ (59) m<!.:rT'<T<lrl::<iT>:J II
-~IV_5 ~(fi:'i'l V -25 , VIL2

~
it~rOT III -3; (113)
- <Sfi:'i'l III-5
~Ta<1i<1i+fQ'~fu I-I; VIII-ll
af~~i~ 1II-3; (11 3)
~~~~ V-32; (102)
~rq'{~if (41)
\irilfm:rr~~j;;r (76); V -16, 35
~;r;rTT~q1f~if (117)
SJ::Q"iTil(?i III-20
'el
'elr~~~q~~ VII-6

l~+Tlmr(?i Ill. 13
..
'la 1-3, 4,; III-lO
f;§rm~ (29), (109), (113)
III -9, 10
iiar<jf{l<Ti:'i'l
~a~iTl (41)
'tort~ (24), (112), ( 11 3)
C{
"ff+T~m: (117)
a;~T VII-I, 8, 9-11, 16, 18, 19, f;r~al~ (75)
22
- ij{1i:~T;r;r VII Tct<ifOT VIII -9
TctqrOTrli:;;rr;r;r V1II-9
- if.li (114); VII-3, 7, 8,
14, (131) f.?R:m See tmf~
- 'tr~ VII - 24; (126), ~V-1, 16
(133), (134) Tct~m~~f;;r V - 26 - 31, 35;
d,'tC?i- VII-5; (117) VII-9-11, 12-14
+rrilf'tC?i- VlI·4 #r~o
V-31
.:,. "'"
~itiTl- VII-S ..~~r VII-3
~ ""
~rfu- VIl-4 II L 19
ilmif<1i<Ti:'i'l

~mli:;r;rT1'fr
( .48) ~m<1ir~ V-I
~ r-..r- <-
C{T~T:{{ (10 3) ormif<1il~~r;r;r V -26-'31, 35;
fa:ti\'C?i nU:i-B, 21, 23 VII-9-11, 12-14
~1iii:'i'lIII_14
~~~rrl?1<{~~~ VII. 12-]4
~UT%~+Trmf<?j III, 13 q
~~~qSJ (26), (28), (49), Q'~<Sfi:'i'l
III-Il, 1'2, 16
(93), (104), (135) Q'il~r~q';irm: (117)
 -.. ... ~-.------

Q'SiI~(3) ;rR:rtfq~ I II -14

qtJ1~ III-5; (125» VIII-lO rn'Sl~~ 111-2
'R+lr~~ (75) ~~'fi~r (120)
Q'T<i'VII-2 r.;psr~~r'l (104); V-36
qr~q (111) ~~~11Jf III-2 ; (27), (28)
rqllG~ (76); V-16 ~1Si (5)
fctq~<ir~ V-19_22, 26, 27, ~~i{ VII-6
29-31,33-35
TqIlGT~G;Tli'~~niji+r V II.l ~ -14
'" 0 'lqi{ VII-2
!:l~~1i~ 1-3, 4 ~t+lT!p+rq~ III.4
~T~~i{i:f L:3, 4 ~Frr: (117)
;;;r ~"rmr~t{ (74)
;;;rr~'!JtJ1 VI [-:3 ~)'f~~T VII-5, 30

+riF-P( VI-2 ,~+r IV-2

+rircq~ (11S), (134), (1::6) ~~+I"~E?$IV-5 ; (60)
+rJq' 1-2, 6, 7, 9,10, 11; (154) ~r~~)'fr: (11 7)
~Tct~t~ HUH, 2;; ~n~ (23)
+rfq~;;;;r~ (21) ~mr~m VII.4
+rfCNE?$ 1.9, 10; (125) R'ffiT ~~r(120)
+rJq''fi~G;~r (117); VII-30 Ri: VI-1-5
+rfC';{qE?$ 1I1-20, 21 R'Z+rW VI-1-5; VIII.5-7
+rT<:rm~'Of I-S, 9 R~~I~ (75), (107)
+rrqi~ L9; (13) ~

+rT~~r'Tjfr~ (2), (44) ~.;:r 1.4 ; VII.8, 9; VIII-S

~r~<{ VII-6 ~';;~'!ilr VIL8, 9-11
+I" (?ilifq(?i IIV21

;rrt1f~~ V 1I-2; (120) ~t;:rT;;:~~~n VII-9.1l

+r~~;;r{ III-IS ~.i{~~ V-18, 35
+r"'~~;i'f 1-5 <if
+r"<:{T ~r (120) cmt'n:!T~ (74), (87), (101),
+r~ (135), (136) (103), ~l1S); Vn-Z6; (148-149)
+rtr~Q (118) fife IlI.3; (79); VIII-7
qoT;r~ (l09), (129), (131) ; VII ~:n:iEl'ir
III·3 ; VII-22
-12-14 ~ir~~ IILZ-3
.i'~~ III-14 ~a-EI'ir~+rr:g+rm IV-B, 9
~r VII-I, 4, 11, 17, 18 ~Rt<tT III-3 ; VI-4-S
fqi:r+r~'er
(13) ~+i III-2, 3
fql;l!!~8
VII-2 ~+tlJTr~~f (120)
qM- III-20 '8'r~;Y3:fi[ (45)
~ '8'TCfif VII -20
~(r{'olm~~~ VII-6 f~'i:~ VII-2
'IiT~~~{11t V.22, 23, 33-34 f~'i:T;:ij" 1-2

~~fr 1II-3 m'i:r;:ij" ffiir+ifot (:d)

'lifm~~ IlL 18 ~;:r.;:n';r;r (133)
mW-i III-17 ~rRt",1 (136)
~+r~T VII.22, 27-:29; VIII ~t;~~EI' (111)
2-5, 8 ~r~rcr'f; V II 1-8
~+rq~ (68) ~Tililf~
III-2-5
~+r+i'i~+i'fi ii
(70) ~tfg~ 1II-I7, 18
m'ol{V-36 ~H!:gm:g+r IV-14
Wtrrn I-I; (136 ; VIII-II ~~<!!IIJTq; V-2~'i
~~~ III-2
q:g~~ III, 20
'" ~

~
~ij" (112), (113)
~~~ VII-3 ~r{r HI-3, (113)
~~rrr V.24; VII.B ~rn~<rirr.;:'liTT VII-5
~~Cf'IiTiri:'ojr~~qr.;:'1iIr VI [.6 ~Tnq-;r~ III -14
~~'ol 1.8, 9, 10 ~T{Tq:;~ V-I
 INDEX.

N. B -The EOrl1o.n o.ud Arable numeml~ Oppoblte to eo.eh refer respectIvely

to the Adhyo.ya to whIch It belongs and to the number of the Sloka therein.
FIgure enclosed in brackets agamst any word refers to the page lt1 whIch
the word occurs.

A "When Is--to be feared most?

VII1-6
A BDAPHALA ·V'II-6
vVhen can--bc averted) VIlI-7
ADHAMA DASA (130)
ARISHTADHANGA VI-l-5, VIII
ADHIMITRA IU-Z, VIII-7
-5,7
ADHISATRU III-3
ARITHMETICAL PROGRESSION
AHARGANA (41), (140), (141), VII
V-Z-3
-21.
AROHAPHALA (13)
AHlTA (111), (112), (113) AROHINI DASA (120)
ALIQUOT PAIUS. VII-16 ASHTAKAVAH.GA (148j, VIII-3
AMITAYUS (75) --Dasa VII-5
AMSAJA AYUS (76), V-16 ASPECT.--Benefic and Malefic
AMSAYURDAYA (90), (91), (92); V 1-2; II-1-6, III-ZO, 21
-27,29,30, (lCO),35. Strength of-- 111-1
AMSAYURDAYA DASAKRAMA ASRAYA GUNAKA V-12
VII-9-11 ASS. Llfe-penod of an--. (106 )
ANANTARATADAKA V-9, 10 ASTA LAGNA 1-4
ANIMAL KINGDOM (148) ASTANGATA (111)
ANISHTAPHALA VII-7 ASTANGATAHANI V-22, 34
ANTARDASA VII-I. 4, 9-11, 15, ASU (157), (158), (159), 160
16, 18, VIII-6 ASUBHA. Apphcahon of 8ubha
ANTARDASANATHA (148) and--to the Dasa penods VII
ANUVAKRA ('l9) -27-29.
AI'OKLIMA (U5), (131), VlII-lO Spashta--. (72)
APOELIMABALA III-5 --Da,a. VII-22, 23, 27, 29;
AI'OI(LIMA DASA (125) VIII-2, 5, 8
APPARITION (123) --Madhyamaphala (71)
APl'LlCATION.-of the Nlryana- --I'anktce (68)
Adhyayar VIII-9 --EablTIl (61)
--of Stn Jataka VIII-8 ASWINI (5)
--of Subha and A5ubha to the ATTY ADHAMA DASA (120)
Dasa periods. VII-Z7-Z9 ATTYUTTAMA DASA (120)
AIUI.MBI-IA SANDHI (11), (13) AUSPICIOUS. When wIll a Da&a
ARISHTA.--Adhyaya VI prove--? VII-22
How to deterrnllle--? VI-l·S AUTPATTIKA (112)
--durlDg a DD.ba VIlI-5 AVAROHAPHALA (13)

~l. tf. 23
AVldWHINI DASA (120)
AY.\NADALA III-IS, 16, (45),
(47),
AYANAJ'.IS,\ (3), (6), (7), (25), (46),
IV-3.
AYURDAYA V-I, VII-S
DIfferent kinds of--. (74), (75),
(76)
Amlta-. (7+), (75)
Amsa]a-, (76), V -16
ApplIcallOn of Chakrapatardha-
ham to the four-so V-13-1G
To "hem the-s treated III Adh-
yd.ya V apply' V-37, 38
-AdlJyaya V
AYUSHI\:ALAS of Planets. V-12
B -Gunaka (78)
llADAII.A YANA VII-2
DALAIiHADRA (33)
Bl-IANGAKARA VI-2
IlHASEARACHAIWA (2), (44)
DHATTOTPAL.\ (118), (134), (136"),
DHAVA 1-2,6,7,9,10,11, (15-1)
DHA VADALA III-ZO, 21
DHAVA DIGBALA III-2J,23
DI-IAVA DRIGB,\LA (21)
DI-IAVAMSA 1--9, (13)
DHAVAPI-IAL\ I-D, 10, (l25)
BHAVAI'HALA D,\SA (117), VII
-30.
BHAVJ\ SANDHI 1-8, <)
BHO]ANA VII-6
BHU]A (46)
BIRTH 1-11
BUFFALO Llfe-penod of a - ,
(106)
BULL. Llfe-penod of a - -
(106).
C Good to be el>.penenced In a--.
CADENT I-lOUSE (125).
CAMEL. Llfe-penod of a--.
(106)
CHAl{RAl',\TARDHAHANI (87),
(88), V-16, 17; 24, 33-34.
Its applLcat,on to the four Ajl1l-
dayas-Am"a, l'mda, NI;aJga
and Jcevasarman--. V-13-16
The rule regardlDg-whcl1 more
than one planet are III one and
the same Rasl. V-24
Sage Devala's vIew WIth reference
to-. V-25
CHANDEA YOCAS (117)
CHARAKHANDAS (157-160)
CHESHTABALA. III-IS.
CHESHTA GUNAKA V-2,3.
CHESHTAKENDEA III-IS,
(49) . (50) . IV-3. 4.
CHESI-ITAH.ASMI IV-4
--Chakra. (59)
--Phala IV-5
CHESHTA RAYS IV-4
COMMENCEMENT OF A DAS;\.
VII-19, 20, 22
CONCLUSION VIII-J I
CONDITION The dlfferent-"
under whIch the three dlHcrcnt
Ayurdaya8 above-named obiam.
V-29
CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUN
v-s
COIWNATION 1-11.
D
DAMODARA (103)
DASA VII-J, 8, 9-11, 16. 18,19.
22
Apphcallon of Subha and Asubha
io--pcnod". VII-27·:Y.
llllavaplJaln-- VIl-4
DII 1510ns o f - VIl-l
DnshlJphala--VII-5. (117)
VII-23,24
Moon's miluence on mental states
durmg a--. VII-26.
Order of--s VII-I, 12-14.
Rasi--. VII-4
 INDEX 179

Subd,VIs,on of a - - VII- 1 EXALTATION STRENGTH. III-2

\Vhcn v'l11 a--prove auspiclOUS
and when not--) VU-22
F
FEMININE PL.\NETS III-5
Yoga--. VII-5
D \SADHYAYA VII FRIEND'S HOUSE. III-Z, 3
DASADHYAYEE (143) FRIENDLY Very--hol15e IIT
DASAKR \'lVIA (114), VII-3, 7, 8. -3,3
1+. (111). G
DA.SAN.HHA VU-2·f, (12<:;), GANITAG \. T.\. .\ YTmnA YA (7-1),
(133). (134) (76), (107)
D.\Y, Strength of the-lord. G/I.RGA (136).
IlI-14 GATIBALAS (·}8)
DECLINATION III-IS GLUTTONY V-38.
DEVALA, V-25; VII-:2 GNOMONIC SHADOW 1-2
DH.\TUSWARUPADHEDA VII GOOD IV-I, G; VIII--8
-6. --to be e,pcllcnced 111 a Dasa.
DIGBALA III-6-::!, 21, 23 VII-23, 24
DINAPA13ALA III-H --111Auellce of the plar.ets 111 the
DINARATRITRInHAGA13ALA. s(!veral Vargas. IV-S·9
III-13 GRAHA DIGBALA III-6, 7, 8
DIRECTIONAL STRENGTH III GRAHA DRIGBALA (lS)
-1 GRAHA DRISHTI II-3-5
DIWAKARA DAIVAGNA (26), GRAHA YUDDII \ III-J7, (I1Il
(28), (49), (93), (101), (135) GRANTTHA VIU-12
DOG LIfe-penod of a--. (lOG) GRIHA (112)
DREKKANA. III-3, (113) GUN AKA
--bala. III-5 Uchcha--(77), V-3, :3
DRIGRALA II-G, (19), (55) Asraya--V-ll
DEISI-ITl II-2-5. VII-5 Che~hta-','-2, 3
DRISHTIPHALA DASA VIr-5, 30 C1)c~h:a Ra~ml-- (78)
Dln~HTIS'\DfHNADHYAYA. II Horadltara-- (80)
DWAD.\SAMSA HI-3, (113) I(annayo(~yn.~-. V-l ~
DWAPAT{>\'Y(JCA (41) Sphuta--. V-2, 3
DWITRYADIGIt1}.HA YOGA (117) Uchcharasrm-- (7S.)
GUNAKAEA (103).
E
ECLIPSE V-22,23
H
ELEPHANT. Llfc-pcnod of an HERMAPHRODITE PL\NETS.
- . (leG) III-5
EQUATOR Rl~lUg pcnoJs at the HITA (112), (113)
- . 1-5, (8), (158), (159). BORA III-3, (42), (113)
EQUINOCTIAL POINT. (6), (45) HORADI VARGA DASA VII-5
EVIL. IV-I, 6, VIII·-8 HORAPAB.\LA III--H
--io be expenenced In n. Dasa. HORAPI-IALA V--l
VII-23,24 HORARA TNA (33)
HORSE. Llfe.period of a - (105)
HOUR Strength for the-lord
III-I 4
HUMAN SIGN. III-21, 33.
HUMAN BEINGS. Llfo panod of
(IOG).
I -baht III-21
INIMICAL I-roUSE III-3
ISHTA IV-I, G
lSI-ITA DRIGBALA (63)
ISHTA SAPTAVARGAJA DALA
(G6)
ISHTA SHADDALA. (63)
J 1YI
JATAKAKARMAPADDHATI I-
I, VIII-ll
JEEVASARMAN V-32; (102)
- ' s Ayurdaya (76); V-16, 35.
JNEJYADRIGBALA. III-20
JOURNEY 1-11
JUPITER VII-S
K MANDATARA (49)
KALABALA III-S, 9, 10, 11, 12,
l3, 14.
KALAHORA.. III-14
KALIYUGA 41, VII-IS
K·\.LP A (139)
KALYANAVARMAN (103)
KARMA YOGYA GUN.\'KI\. V-12
KASHTA IV-], G
KASHTA DRIGDALA (63)
KASHTA SAPTAVARGAJADALA
(66)
KASHTA SHADRALA (63)
KEETA III-21 , (5+)
KENDRA VII-8, 9·11, VIII-lO
KENDRADIBALA III-5
KESAVA (17), (33), (13Gi)
KETAKAR (49)
KRANTI III-IS
KRITAYUGA (41)
KRURODAYA HARANA V-26,
27
KSHEPA. II-5.
L
LAGNA I-4, VII-S, 9, VIII-R.
Redllclton m tho Ayns dno lo the
presonce of a malefic phnf'l m
t11o- V-26,27.
-Dasa VII-S, 9·11
LAGNANTARDASAS VII-9-11
LAGNAYUS V-IS, 35
LIFE·PERIOD,-of men ancl
other <lmmals (106).
LONGEVITY.-ofammale (106)
MADHYA DASA (l'W)
'11ADHYA GRAT-LA III-IS
MADHYA LAGNA I-5
MAHABHUTAS (118)
:MAITHUNA VII-G,
MAN. Llfe-penod of a - . (lOG)
MANDAGATI (49)
MANITTHA VII-2, (120)
MALEFIC PLANET. Reduchon
of Ayus clue to the presence of n.
- i n the Lagna, V-26, 27
MARRIAGE 1-11
MASAPABALA IU-14
MASCULINE PLANETS III-5.
MAYA (135), (136)
MEAN PLANET III-l7
MEAN SUN VII-8
MERIDIAN DISTANCE 1-3
MESHA (5)
MISRAPI-IALA (120)
MISRAYURDAYA (ID<})
MITRAKSHETRA IU-2
MOOLATRmONA IH-2, (27),
(28)
MOON VII-S, 23, 24, 25, 26;
VIII-8
- ' s Cheshtakcndra IV-3
-'slDASA (125)
 INDEX 181

- - ''s influence on mental states PARAMA AYU':; (75)

dUrIng a Dasa VII-26. PARASARA (11), (33), (39), (4S)
MOTIONAL STRENGTH III-I, (48), (59)
IS PINDAJA (76), V-16
MUTUAL RELATIONS OF PLI\. PINDAYURDAYA V-19-22, 26,
NETS UI-3. 27, 29-31, 33-35
PINDAYURDAYA DASAKRA.MA
N VII-12-14
NABHASA YOGAS (117)
PL il.NETS MLltual Relations of
NAISARGIKA AYURDAYA V-
- . (29)
26·31, 35; VII-9-11, 12-14.
POSITIONAL STRENGTH III-I
NAISARGIKA AYURDAYA
PRANGNATA 1-3.4
DASAKRAMA VII-I2-14
PRATYANGNATA 1-3, 4
NAISARGIKA AYUS V-I
PRECEDENCE VII-S
NAISARGIKA BALA III-19
NAISARGTKA DASA VII-3 Q
NATA 1-3,4; III-I0 QUADRUPED SIGN. Strength
NATONNATA BALA III-9-10 due to positIon in a - . III
NATURAL STRENGTH III-I, -21, 22.
19
NAVAMSA (24), III-f, (112), R
(11'l ) RAJA YOGAS (117)
NEELAKANTA V-31 HASI (23)
NEUTRAL'S HOUSE III-2 --Dasa VU-4
NIRYANA VIII-9 HASMI IV-2
NIHYANADHYAYA VIII-9 RASMIPHALA IV-5. (60)
NISARGA. See under' NaIsargIka.' REDUCTION.--in Ayurdaya dne
NISARGAJA V-I, 16 to the pre~ence of a malefic In
NISARGAYURDAY:\ V-26-3I, the Lagna V -26, 27
35; VII-9-11, 12-14 mKTA DASA (120)
NIYATA AYUS (75). HISI-ITA. How to determine-?
VI-loS
o mSHTAI3HANGA VI-I-5; VIII
OWN HOUSE. TII-2 -5-7
ORDER OF DASb,.S. VII-I, 8, mSHTAKARA VI-2-5; VIII-
1'2-14. 5-7
p mSHTAJA AYUS (75), (107)
mSING (123)
PAI\:A VII-2
mSmG PERIODS 1-4. (8)
PAKSHA BALA III-ll, 12, 16
mSING SIGN. I-4
PANAPHARA III-5, (125),
VUI-IO
PANCHAMAHAPURUSHA
YOGAS (117).
PANCHANGAM (3), (50)
PAPATVA (111)
I s
SALARY (91), (92)
SAML\.'S HOUSE. III-2
SAJ\TAGAMA (+9).
SAMPURNA DASA (120)
 182

SANDHI 1-3, 9, (11) (13) SUB-DIVISIONS OF A DASA.

SAPTAl\ISA (23), (27) VII-1
SAPTAVARGA III-3, (23), (24), SUDHA DASA VU-22. 27-29;
VII-22 VIII-2·5, 8
SAPTAVARGAJADALA UI-2. SUBHA MADHY'\MA PHALA
3, (24), (27) (70)
SAPTAVARGA SUBHASUDHA SUDT-IA PANKTEE (GS)
PHALli. IV-8-9 SUBODHINI (136)
S.'\RIRA DH.\TU SWAR8P.\ SUCCEDENT HOUSE (125). (131)
BHEDA VII-6 SUN 1-3. VII-8
SATRU'S HOUSE UI-3 - ' s Cheshtakendra IV-3.
SATRUKSHETRA HARANA V - ' s Dasa, VII-8
-:]2, 23, 33-34 SUNDARAMISRA (133)
SATRUTVA (111) SWAKSHETRA III-2.
SATURN-S DASA (125)
SATYACHARYA V-24 T
SATYAMUNI VII-3 TANTRA (142)
SAUMYATVA (111) T ATKALIKA MAITRI CHArm AM
SAVANA VII-ZO, (141) (24).
SAYANAGRAHA (45) TEMPORAL STRENGTH III-l,
SHADBALA III-20 8·14.
SHEEP Llfe-penod of a - . TIGER, Llfe-penod of a - . (lOG).
(106) TONSURE 1-11
SIDDHANTAS 1-2 TRETAYUGA (41).
SIDDHANTA SIROMAN1 (2) TRIBHAGABALA. III-13
SIDDHASENA VII-2 TR1MSAMSA. (29), (109), (113)
SIGHRA KENDRA III-18, (49) TRUE PLANET. III-17.
SIGHROCHCHA III-17
U
SIGNS. Strength o f - III-ZI,
UCHCHABALA III-2, (59).
22
UCHCHAGUNAKA V-Z, 3
SOLAR CONJUNCTION (123) UCHCHAIC-\SM1 rV-2, (58)
SPASHTA ASUBHA (72) UCHCHARASM1 CHAKRA (58)
SPASHTA GRAHA III-17,18 UCHCHARASMI GUNAKA (78)
SPASHTA SUImA (72) UCHCHARASM1 PHALA 1V---5
SPHUTA GUNAKA V-3 UNNATA 1-3,4; III-9, 10;
SRIDHARA V-36 (130)
SRIPAT1 I-I, (26), (104), 110),
UPACHAYA VII-24; VIII-2,3
(136), VIII-ll
UPADASA VII-I, 17, 18
STRENGTH 1-2
UTPALA (136).
- o f the lords of the year, month,
Day and Hour. III-l4. V
- o f the several sIgns, 1II-!Zl, VARAHAMIHIRA (74), (87), (101).
22 (103), (118); (133), (136) VII-26,
STRIJATAKA. VIII-8 (148). (149)
STTHANABALA III-5. VARAPABALA (42)
 iNDEX 183

VA1{GA III-3, (79), VIlI-7

V,\lWABALAS (109), (139) ,VII
w
WO:'\L\'N'~ HOROSCOPE VIII-8
-12-14, (131).
WOH.LD. E"1t from the-. VIII
VARGOTTAMA V-4
-9
VARSHAPABALA III-14
VEERYA III-20 y
VERSE VIII-12 YAVANA VII-2
VERY FRIENDLY HOUSE 1II-2 YOGA. (117)
VIDASA VII-I,4, 11, 17, 18 YOGA]A AYUS (7-1)
VI KALA (49) YOGA DASA VII-5, 30
VIRAMA SANDHI (11), (13) YUGMAYUGMABALA III-4
VIRUPAS (20), (49)
VISHNUGUPTA VII-2 Z
VOW 1-11. ZODIACAL SIGNS (154).
184 mtiffil:f;a:fu:

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS BOOK

tS
""
Gh. Ghatikas
p. page
Pp. pages
Vigh. Vighatikas
~ ~'if

~ ~~
'ij'. 'ij'~<f)r
'tt 'if;:${
'ifr. QT. 'ifH'(<f) l:fT£(:jfl(f

i il;l
t. ;;rr. Gl&:~ 3(T(f<f)

t d~
rcr. ~'ij'rm
~ ~~
~ g~

~ ~I;l

ClZ
""
ERRATA
~~

PAGE LINtt FOlt READ

61 3 Chesharasmi Cheshtarasmi
[from bottom]

89 5 ;rr~~1 ;r~1I ~o 1/
[from bottom]

156 2 iSrq~r ..... 'It

rqsrcr~r

G5
"'"